Site Development Standards
Divisions I through VII of this title are subject to the provisions of this chapter.
In addition to the other standards in this chapter, single-family attached dwellings shall also comply with the following standards:
A. No more than six connected single-family attached dwellings that share a common wall are allowed.
A. Reviewing Authority.
1. Type A, B, or D. Where site plan review or tentative plat approval by the planning commission is not required by city ordinance, the review of the tree removal permit application shall be the responsibility of the community development director.
2. Type C. Where the site is proposed for development necessitating site plan review or plat approval by the planning commission, the tree removal permit shall be reviewed concurrently by the planning commission.
In order to reduce the impacts on adjacent uses of a different type, buffering and screening are required in accordance with Table 18.105.050-1 below.
A. General Requirements.
1. The property owner is responsible for the installation and maintenance of required buffers and screens including compliance with TMC 18.135.060(A).
Off-street parking spaces shall be provided and maintained as set forth in this chapter for all uses in all zoning districts, except as provided in subsection (C) of this section, or as otherwise provided at the time:
A. A new building is hereafter erected or enlarged; or
A. Purpose. This section is intended to improve the comfort, safety and appearance of streets through the appropriate use of street trees. The standards in this section supplement, but do not replace, the provisions of Chapters 18.105 and 18.135 TMC.
B. Plantings. Street trees shall be planted in planter strips on all arterial and collector streets, for all developments that are subject to land division or site design review, except that street trees may be planted in planter wells as provided in subsection (E) of this section. Street trees are encouraged, but not required, for local streets. When provided on local streets, street trees shall be in planter strips. Additional requirements for tree planting are provided in TMC 18.105.030. Planting on unimproved streets shall be deferred until the construction of curbs and sidewalks.
A. No movable sign or bench sign shall be permitted except as may be otherwise permitted by TMC 18.120.040 or 18.120.060.
B. No flashing signs shall be permitted.
No person shall plant on any public property or private property the following trees if the tree’s future critical root zone (CRZ) at maturity (CRZ is defined in TMC 18.100.020) is within the public right-of-way: poplar, willow, cottonwood, fruit tree, or ailanthus, unless part of a city-authorized riparian restoration project. The recommended street tree list should be consulted before any tree is planted within or adjacent to the public right-of-way. No person shall plant any tree anywhere in the city so as to adversely affect public utilities.
All temporary uses must comply with the provisions of this chapter. Only temporary uses lasting more than two days require a temporary use permit. Temporary uses lasting two days or less shall be subject to a special use permit.
A. Application. Applications for the temporary use permit shall be filed with community development and shall include:
No lot area, setback or other open space, or required off-street parking or loading area existing on or after the effective date of this title shall be reduced in area, dimension, or size below the minimum required herein; nor shall any lot area, setback or other open space, or off-street parking or loading area which is required by this chapter for one use be used as the lot area, setback or other open space, or off-street parking or loading area requirement for any other use, except as specifically provided in this chapter. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.120, 2006.]
Except as provided in this section, every required setback shall be open and unobstructed.
A. Setback Measurements. All setback measurements shall be made from the property line to the building or nearest projection thereof and shall be unobstructed from the ground upward, except as specifically provided herein.
B. Projections into Required Setbacks and Exceptions to Setback Requirements. Every part of a required setback shall be open and unobstructed from the ground upward, except for the following:
1. Ordinary building projections such as cornices, eaves, belt courses, sills, buttresses, bay windows or other similar architectural features extending not more than 12 inches into any required setback.
2. Apparatus needed for the operation of active and passive solar energy systems, including but not limited to overhangs, movable insulating walls and roofs, detached solar collectors, reflectors and piping.
3. Open uncovered fire escapes projecting not more than four feet into any required setback.
4. Chimneys projecting not more than two feet into any required setback.
5. Open, unenclosed porch or paved terrace or platform, not covered by roof or canopy, projecting not more than eight feet into a required front setback or four feet into a required side or rear setback.
6. An unenclosed, covered front porch may extend into the required front setback area by eight feet, provided it is not closer than 15 feet from the adjacent curb of a local street or closer than 20 feet to the adjacent curb of a collector or arterial street, and provided it:
a. Remains unenclosed by walls or glass;
b. Is no less than five feet deep (front-to-back dimension) to promote usable porches;
c. Has a floor no more than 30 inches above adjacent grade and the porch is overall no more than 16 feet high; and
d. Is consistent with the architectural character of the house.
7. Planting boxes or masonry planters, not exceeding three and one-half feet in height, and window boxes extending not more than 12 inches into any required setback.
8. Landscaping, and fences or walls conforming to the regulations of Chapter 18.105 TMC.
C. Storage Yards.
1. The storage of building materials other than for immediate use in the construction of buildings on the premises, or wood or fuel outside a building other than for use on the premises, is prohibited in residential zones (RLD, RMD, RMH, RHD).
2. The open storage of materials and equipment is permitted in commercial and industrial zones under the following conditions:
a. The stored material or equipment is not visible from property in another adjacent zone; and
b. The stored material or equipment is not visible from a public street.
D. Setback Requirements for Property Abutting Future Street Right-of-Way.
1. A building or structure shall not be erected on a lot which abuts a street having only a portion of its required width dedicated, unless the setbacks provided and maintained in connection with such building or structure have a width and/or depth of that portion of the lot needed to complete the road width plus the width and/or depth of the setbacks required on the lot by this title. This applies to all zones.
2. Where a precise plan adopted pursuant to law includes the plans for the widening of existing streets, the connecting of existing streets, or the establishment of new streets, the placement of buildings and the maintenance of setbacks, where required by this title, shall relate to the future street boundaries as determined by said precise plans. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.121, 2006.]
Maximum permitted building coverage shall include the aggregated building coverage of the lot with the following exceptions: unroofed and unenclosed patios and decks; up to 100 square feet of unenclosed front porches; swimming pools not structurally covered; and any solar collection device or related apparatus covering less than five percent of the total lot area. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.122, 2006.]
A. Limitations and General Exceptions. Structures exceeding the maximum height allowed in each zone shall be permitted only as a conditional use. Building height as defined in Chapter 18.15 shall not apply to chimneys, spires, aerials, flagpoles, solar energy collectors and necessary mounting or operational equipment, utility poles, or other similar objects not used for human occupancy. Barns and silos are permitted subject to written approval by the city or district fire chief. Buildings and other objects cited in this section should address solar standards in Chapter 18.125 TMC.
B. Building Height Transition. To provide compatible building scale and privacy between developments, buildings in any zone that exceed 30 feet or two and one-half stories, whichever is less, shall provide additional setbacks or “step-downs” adjacent to lower-density residential development.
1. This standard applies to new and vertically expanded buildings that exceed 30 feet or two and one-half stories, whichever is less, on lots adjacent to lots zoned RLD, RMD, or RMH. The minimum side or rear yard setback shall be equal to the height of the proposed building less 15 feet, except as otherwise required by Chapter 18.125 TMC.
2. Building height may “step-down” within the additional setback area; provided, that no portion of the building exceeds the allowed ratio in Figure 18.90.050-1 below and the building meets the minimum side and rear yard setbacks otherwise required in the zone.
Figure 18.90.050-1.

[Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.123, 2006.]
A building, structure or use that is considered necessary to the operation or enjoyment of a lawful permitted use or conditional use, and which is appropriate, incidental, and subordinate to any such building, structure or use – including garages, accessory storage structures, solar energy collectors or other energy-conserving devices and equipment used for the mounting or operation of such devices, and other uses which are customarily incidental to permitted uses – shall be considered accessory when located on the same lot. A use which involves an increase in the number of dwelling units in a building or on a lot beyond that which is permitted in the zone, or which constitutes, in effect, the conversion of a use to one not permitted in the zone, shall not be considered an accessory use. This provision shall not apply to guest houses, which are clearly subordinate to the main dwelling on the lot. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.124, 2006.]
A minimum distance of six feet shall be maintained between buildings on the same lot that are designed for living purposes. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.125, 2006.]
Every lot shall have at least 20 feet of frontage on a street. Alleys are not considered to be streets for the purposes of this requirement. Cluster housing is exempt from this requirement. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.126, 2006.]
No building permit will be issued unless or until public facilities and services are adequate in condition and capacity to accommodate the development; or until appropriate arrangements, such as cash or bond deposits, or public improvement districts, have been made with the city to install needed public facilities and services. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.130, 2006.]
A. Standards and Specifications. Public facility and service improvements (hereinafter called “improvements”) required as a condition of development under this title will be at least the equivalent of the standards and improvements set forth in TMC 17.10.020 and 17.20.020, except as otherwise provided by this title. In the absence of adopted improvement specifications, the city shall determine the specifications of improvements to be installed for each development, but the specifications to be at least equal to the most recent Oregon A.P.W.A. standard specifications of public works construction. If the improvements are to be constructed within the right-of-way under the jurisdiction of an entity other than the city of Talent, that entity shall have the right to determine the standards and design to be imposed. If the entity having jurisdiction within the right-of-way determines that it will not set standards and specifications, the city will do so.
B. Review Process. The applicant shall submit a copy of the plans and specifications for improvements to the city and shall submit to the entity the necessary permits to construct the improvements. Plans prepared in accordance with the standards and specifications set by the city shall be submitted to the engineer of the city’s choice for approval or comment, at applicant’s expense. Thereafter, the plans, if they are for improvements within a public right-of-way and are to become the city’s responsibility, shall be submitted to the city council for its approval or rejection.
C. Inspections. Whenever the city is to accept responsibility for or jurisdiction of the required improvements and the entity having jurisdiction of the right-of-way will not conduct inspection of the construction work, an engineer engaged by the city will do the inspections at applicant’s expense. However, if the city council determines that the nature and size of the improvements justify it, the applicant, in lieu of utilizing the city’s engineer for inspections, may employ his own engineer who shall make inspection in accordance with a list of construction tests to be met at specified events in the course of the construction process; and, in such event, the list shall be approved by an engineer engaged by the city but need not be prepared by him.
D. Acceptance by the City. Before the city will accept responsibility for or jurisdiction of the improvements, the applicant shall deliver to the city in approved form the following:
1. A signed statement from a professional engineer registered in the state of Oregon that the improvements have been constructed in accordance with the approved plans and specifications, and if the engineer was employed by the applicant, that the required construction tests set forth in subsection (C) of this section have been conducted and have yielded positive results;
2. A one-year guarantee that the improvements have been constructed in a workmanlike manner and are free from defects in work and materials, the guarantee to be secured by a surety bond issued by a bonding company licensed by the state of Oregon;
3. One set of “as-built” improvement plans; and
4. If the improvements are constructed upon private property, a recordable easement in a form approved by the city attorney that permits use by the public and maintenance by the city of the improvement.
E. Miscellaneous Tasks of the City Engineer. The city, with advice of an engineer engaged by it, shall establish bonding amounts, and the city may in any event engage an engineer to conduct inspections necessary to protect the interests of the city.
F. Reimbursement for Engineering and Attorney Services. The applicant shall reimburse the city for any work prescribed herein, and conducted by the city’s engineer and attorney. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.135, 2006.]
No building or structure, including agricultural uses as provided in ORS 455.315, shall be erected, constructed, enlarged, altered, repaired, moved, improved, removed, converted or demolished until a building permit has been issued by the building official for the city.
A. Conformance with Chapter Provisions. No building permit or certificate of use of occupancy shall be issued where such construction, addition or alteration or the use thereof would fail to meet or would be in violation of any provisions of this title.
B. Plot Plan. No building permit shall be issued unless the application is accompanied by a sketch showing at least all of the following:
1. The location and dimensions of the lot upon which construction is proposed;
2. The floor plan of the proposed structure or alteration and relationship to lot boundary lines;
3. The location of the lot in relation to streets and the names and widths of all abutting streets;
4. The location of trees with circumference of 14 inches or greater, measured three feet above grade at the base of the tree;
5. The location of proposed construction in relation to other structures on the same lot; and
6. The location and size of all proposed parking spaces and street access points.
More information may be required with a building permit application as required in various chapters of this title. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.140, 2006.]
No business license shall be issued for a business that is not a permitted use in the zone in which it is located. No business license shall be issued for a home occupation until the home occupation has been approved by the staff advisor to the planning commission or the planning commission, per the provisions of Chapter 18.170 TMC. No business license shall be issued unless or until the city building official is satisfied of substantial compliance with the provisions of this title or any approved development plans with any required conditions thereof and/or has granted a certificate of use of occupancy. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.150, 2006.]
Whenever they shall have cause to suspect a violation of any provision of the zoning regulations, or when necessary to investigate an application for or revocation of any zoning approval under any of the procedures prescribed in this title, officials responsible for enforcement or administration of this title, or their duly authorized representatives, may enter on any site or into any structure for the purpose of investigation, provided they shall do so in a reasonable manner. No secured building shall be entered without the consent of the owner or occupant. No owner or occupant, or agent thereof, shall, after reasonable notice and opportunity to comply, refuse to permit such entry. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.160, 2006.]
Any use which is established, operated, erected, moved, altered, enlarged or maintained contrary to the zoning regulations and approved development plans shall be and is hereby declared to be unlawful and a public nuisance, and may be abated as such. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.161, 2006.]
Any person, firm or corporation, whether as a principal, agent, employee or otherwise, violating or causing the violation of any of the provisions of this title shall be guilty of an infraction and, upon conviction thereof, shall be punished by a fine of not more than $350.00. Such person, firm or corporation shall be deemed guilty of a separate offense for each and every day during any portion of which the violation continues. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.162, 2006.]
A. Building Inspector. The building inspector for the city shall have the authority to enter any building or upon any premises for the purpose of investigation and inspection; provided, however, that no dwelling shall be so entered without consent of the occupant unless a 24-hour notice of intention to enter shall have been served upon such occupant.
B. City Attorney. The city attorney, upon request of the city council, shall institute any necessary legal proceedings to enforce the provisions of this title.
C. Chief of Police. The chief of police and his authorized representatives shall have the authority, upon request of the city council, to assist in the enforcement of the provisions of this title. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.163, 2006.]
Where the conditions imposed by a provision of this title are less restrictive than comparable conditions imposed by any other provisions of this title or any other city ordinance, resolution or regulation, the more restrictive provision in this title shall govern. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.170, 2006.]
Any use that causes or could cause a violation of state environmental quality rules and standards will not be permitted in any zone in the city. When a use is proposed for which it is unclear whether or not it will cause such a violation, the planning staff advisor or the planning commission may require a letter from the State Department of Environmental Quality certifying whether or not the proposed use meets said rules and standards. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.173, 2006.]
Repealed by Ord. 966. [Ord. 817 § 8-3J.180, 2006.]
Repealed by Ord. 966. [Ord. 817 § 8-3J.190, 2006.]
The purpose of this chapter is to provide specific guidelines and requirements for the development of residential dwellings of all kinds within the city of Talent in order to better ensure the health and safety of community residents and also to better ensure the quality, appearance, aesthetic values, and property values of all residential neighborhoods. [Ord. 967 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.210, 2006.]
A. The provisions of this chapter shall not apply to:
1. Manufactured home parks, which shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the minimum standards contained in OAR Chapter 814, Division 28, and other provisions contained in this title that pertain to manufactured home parks, including TMC 18.180.030.
2. Multiple-family dwellings, which shall be consistent with all provisions contained in this title that pertain to multiple-family dwellings, including Chapter 18.96 TMC.
3. Cluster housing, which shall be consistent with all provisions contained in this title that pertain to cluster housing, including Chapter 18.97 TMC.
B. The provisions of this chapter shall apply to:
1. Single-family dwellings, including detached, attached, and common-wall dwellings, and individual manufactured homes outside of a manufactured home park.
2. Duplex dwellings.
3. Triplex and quadplex dwellings.
C. Any building or structure containing one or more residential dwelling units that is moved to the city, relocated within the city, or where the floor area is increased by 50 percent or more shall be made to conform to the requirements of this chapter and to the minimum standards for the construction of that type of dwelling that are in effect at the time of subject action or activity.
1. All residential dwellings that are defined in Chapter 18.15 TMC as “dwelling, manufactured home” shall comply with the current minimum construction standards for manufactured homes, as administered by the Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD), and any amendments to that code.
2. All residential dwelling units, other than manufactured homes, shall comply with the provisions of the Uniform Building Code, as adopted by the city of Talent.
D. Any residential dwelling unit or residential structure that is subject to the requirements of this title shall be brought into compliance with all applicable requirements prior to occupancy of that dwelling and in no case shall a dwelling unit remain uninhabitable longer than six months. [Ord. 967 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.220, 2006.]
A. The location of any particular type of residential structure is controlled by the provisions of each zoning district and specified in the lists of permitted and conditional uses in Division III of this title.
B. All proposed residential land uses in the city of Talent shall be reviewed for compliance with this chapter prior to issuance of a building permit or, in the case of a manufactured home, a manufactured home placement or installation permit, unless exempted from compliance with this chapter under TMC 18.95.020(A). [Ord. 967 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.230, 2006.]
The following development standards shall apply to all residential development in the city of Talent listed under TMC 18.95.020(B):
A. Garages or Carports. If provided, a garage or carport shall be accessed by a driveway with a minimum width of 10 feet meeting the standards of TMC 18.110.115(E) and 18.115.060(J).
B. Accessory structures shall meet all setback and building coverage requirements for the zone. However, up to two accessory structures with a combined total area of 200 square feet or less are not required to have rear or side yard setbacks, provided such structures shall be placed at least 40 feet from any right-of-way, shall not exceed 10 feet in height and shall not exceed 20 feet in any horizontal dimension. Storm water from the roof of the exempted structures shall not flow onto the neighboring property. No accessory structure excepted under this provision shall be used as an apiary or for the keeping of livestock, including the housing of bees, swine, horses, chickens or rabbits. Conversion of an accessory structure constructed after the effective date of the ordinance codified in this chapter into an accessory dwelling unit under Chapter 18.165 TMC is prohibited unless in compliance with the zone’s standard setbacks and building code. Maintenance of accessory structures without yard setbacks shall be the responsibility of the structure’s property owner. [Ord. 967 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 868 § 1, 2013; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.240, 2006.]
In addition to the other standards in this chapter, single-family attached dwellings shall also comply with the following standards:
A. No more than six connected single-family attached dwellings that share a common wall are allowed.
B. Garages on the front facade and driveway accesses in front of a single-family attached dwelling are only permitted in compliance with the following standards:
1. Development of two attached dwellings shall have only one shared access, development of three or four attached dwellings shall have a maximum of two total accesses including at least one shared access, or development of five or six attached dwellings shall have a maximum of three total accesses including at least two shared accesses; and
2. Individual driveways and maneuvering areas shall not exceed 12 feet wide or 50 percent of the lot width, whichever is greater, on any lot; and
3. The garage width shall not exceed 12 feet, or 50 percent of the lot width, whichever is greater, as measured from the inside of the garage door frame; and
4. The garage shall not extend closer to the street than the furthest forward living space on the street-facing facade.
C. As an alternative to compliance with subsection (B) of this section, garages, driveways and parking areas for single-family attached dwellings may be located on the back facade or in the rear yard and accessed from a consolidated access.
Figure 18.95.042-1. Alternative Access and Parking Configurations for Single-Family Attached Dwellings

[Ord. 967 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021.]
In addition to the other standards in this chapter, duplexes shall also comply with the following standards:
A. The exterior finish of the structure must be the same for both units.
B. The eaves must be uniform for the entire structure.
C. The window and door trim must be the same in type, size, and location for the entire structure.
D. Windows must match in proportion and orientation for the entire structure.
E. For duplexes on corner lots, each entrance is required to face a separate street frontage. Where an existing house is being converted, one main entrance with internal access to both units is allowed.
F. For duplexes facing one frontage, only one entrance is required to face the frontage. [Ord. 967 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021.]
In addition to the other standards in this chapter, triplexes and quadplexes shall also comply with the following standards:
A. The main entrance for at least one unit in a triplex or quadplex shall face the street frontage.
B. If parking is provided in garages along the front facade of the triplex or quadplex, the garages and driveway accesses cumulatively shall not exceed 50 percent of the width of the front facade, and the garage(s) shall not extend closer to the street than the furthest forward living space on the street-facing facade. Access and driveway design shall comply with standards in TMC 17.10.060.
C. If parking is provided in an off-street parking area, the parking and vehicle use areas shall be located behind or beside buildings and structures, such that no more than 50 percent of the lot width shall be occupied by parking or vehicle use areas at the setback line. Parking areas shall not be located between buildings and the street. [Ord. 967 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021.]
Installation and occupancy of manufactured homes on individual lots will be subject to the following additional requirements:
A. Size. The manufactured home shall enclose a space of not less than 300 square feet.
B. Foundation. The manufactured home shall be placed on an excavated and back-filled foundation and enclosed at the perimeter such that the manufactured home is located not more than 12 inches above grade.
C. Nothing in this section shall allow a manufactured home to be placed on residential land immediately adjacent to a designated historic landmark or historic resource as defined in Chapter 18.175 TMC, or any other property with a historic designation for tax or assessment purposes, unless it is consistent with Old Town design standards of Chapter 18.140 TMC. [Ord. 967 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021.]
A. When a dwelling unit, regardless of type or size, is removed from its site, the owner of the property shall, within 60 days of the dwelling’s removal, ensure the removal of all foundations, supports, blocks, piers, and other materials that will not be necessary for the future development and use of the property and that may, in the interim, be a hazard or neighborhood nuisance, or an eyesore that may adversely affect the community’s or the neighborhood’s appearance.
B. Following removal of a dwelling from its site, the owner of the property shall immediately disconnect all utility services to the property, cap the sewer connection and well or other water source and cover or fill an excavation or basement that may be a hazard.
C. Should the property owner fail within 60 days after the removal of the dwelling to perform the requirements of subsections (A) and (B) of this section, the city of Talent is authorized to perform the work and thereafter record a lien against the real property. Prior to the initiation of the work, the city of Talent shall deliver or mail by certified mail notice to the last known address of the owner specifying that the work will be initiated by the city of Talent within 10 days from the date of the notice and that the cost will be liened against the property unless the owner, within the 10-day period, initiates the work described in subsections (A) and (B) of this section. [Ord. 967 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.250, 2006.]
A. Purpose and intent. It is the policy of the city of Talent to provide for multiple-family dwellings that provide diverse housing options with units to accommodate a range of household sizes and income ranges; incorporate good site and building design; contribute to livability, safety, and sustainability; create a stronger community; and foster a quality environment for residents and neighbors.
The guidelines and standards are intended to achieve the following principles that the city encourages for multiple-family development:
1. Livability. Development should contribute to a livable neighborhood by incorporating visually pleasing design, minimizing the impact of vehicles, emphasizing pedestrian connections, and providing open spaces for outdoor use.
2. Compatibility. Development should have a human scale that is appropriate for the surrounding neighborhood and maintains the overall residential character of Talent.
3. Functionality. Development should be functional, by providing desirable amenities for residents and by creating a circulation system that prioritizes pedestrian safety. [Ord. 966 § 3 (Exh. C), 2021.]
A. Applicability. The design standards and design guidelines in this chapter apply to all multiple-family dwellings in any zoning district.
B. Review Process. An applicant for multiple-family dwellings may elect to use either the objective or discretionary process. The objective process uses clear objective standards that do not require the use of discretionary decision-making. The discretionary process uses design guidelines that are more discretionary in nature and are intended to provide the applicant with more design flexibility.
1. Projects reviewed through the objective process will be evaluated through a Type II site development plan review, pursuant to Chapter 18.150 TMC, and shall comply with the design standards in TMC 18.96.030.
2. Projects reviewed through the discretionary process will be evaluated through a Type III site development plan review, pursuant to Chapter 18.150 TMC, and shall comply with the design guidelines in TMC 18.96.040.
3. A project can be reviewed using only one of the two review processes. For example, a project may not use some of the objective standards and some of the discretionary guidelines in one application. However, an applicant may request a variance to one or more of the objective standard(s) in TMC 18.96.030 under Chapter 18.160 TMC. [Ord. 966 § 3 (Exh. C), 2021.]
A. Building Orientation and Entrances.
1. Building Orientation. Multiple-family residential buildings located within 40 feet of a front lot line shall have their primary orientation toward the street.
2. Building Entrances. The main entrance(s) of any residential building located within 40 feet of a street must face the front lot line. Main entrances may provide access to individual units, clusters of units, courtyard dwellings, or common lobbies. The following exceptions shall apply:
a. On corner lots the main building entrance(s) may face either of the streets or be oriented to the corner.
b. For buildings that have more than one entrance serving multiple units, only one entrance must meet this requirement.
B. Building Mass and Facade.
1. Maximum Building Dimension. The maximum length of any building shall not exceed 150 feet.
2. Windows. Street facades shall contain windows covering a minimum of 15 percent of the facade on each story.
C. Building Design.
1. Building Materials. Permitted building materials shall include:
a. Painted or stained wood siding or shingles, fiber cement or composite siding or shingles, or aluminum or vinyl siding that is textured to simulate wood.
b. Brick or stone, not including plain concrete or concrete block.
c. Stucco.
2. Design Features. The primary facade shall incorporate at least three different architectural features from the following options:
a. Window trim: minimum four-inch width.
b. Eaves: overhang of not less than 12 inches.
c. Decorative top: e.g., cornice or pediment with flat roof or brackets with pitched roof.
d. Bay window: minimum 12-inch projection from front elevation.
e. Dormer.
f. Balcony.
g. Other: feature not listed but providing visual relief or contextually appropriate design similar to options in subsections (B)(2)(a) through (f) of this section, as approved by the planning director through a Type II procedure.
3. Entrances. The main building entrance(s) shall incorporate a minimum of one of the following options:
a. A covered front porch not less than six feet deep and not less than 30 percent of the width of the building.
b. A recessed entrance not less than three feet deep.
c. An awning, canopy or portico not less than six feet deep.
D. Building Articulation. To preclude large expanses of uninterrupted wall surfaces, exterior elevations of buildings shall incorporate design features such as offsets, projections, balconies, bays, windows, entries, porches, porticos, or similar elements. These features shall vary from the other wall surfaces by a minimum of two feet, and shall have a minimum width of six feet.
1. Horizontal surface: At least two of the design features outlined above shall be incorporated along the horizontal face (side to side) of the structure, to be repeated at intervals of no more than 30 feet.
2. Vertical surface: At least two of the design features outlined above shall be incorporated along the vertical face (top to bottom) of the structure, to be repeated at intervals of no more than 15 feet.
E. Roofline Modulation. To increase visual interest and break up large expansive roof lines, flat roofs, and the roof ridges of sloping roofs, shall not exceed a horizontal length of 75 feet without providing differences in elevation of at least four feet in height. Alternatively, the building may be designed with a cross gable or dormer at least four feet wide or a cornice that is a minimum of eight inches tall and a minimum of three inches beyond the face of the facade.
Figure 18.96.030-1. Roofline Modulation Options



F. Common Open Space. Common open space shall be provided in all newly constructed multiple-family developments as follows:
1. A minimum of 20 percent of the gross site area shall be provided in designated and permanently reserved open space. The following may count towards the required open space:
a. Indoor or covered recreation space.
b. Private Open Space. Private open spaces not more than five feet above finished grade shall measure a minimum of 96 square feet with a minimum horizontal dimension for all sides of six feet. Private open spaces five feet or more above finished grade shall measure a minimum of 48 square feet with a minimum horizontal dimension for all sides of six feet.
c. Natural areas, floodplains, steep slopes greater than 25 percent, may be included; provided, that such areas do not exceed 25 percent of the required common open space.
d. Required setback and buffer areas.
2. At least one common open space area shall be provided within developments of 12 units or more that has a minimum area size of 750 square feet plus an additional 250 square feet for every 12 units, or portion thereof, over 12 units. The minimum dimension for all sides of the required common open space is 25 feet.
3. The total amount of open space may be reduced by up to 25 percent if the development provides improved open space. Improved open space shall meet the minimum size requirements of subsection (F)(2) of this section and incorporate one or more of the following types of features:
a. Covered pavilion.
b. Picnic areas with tables and/or benches, including the tables and clear ground space immediately surrounding each table.
c. Ornamental or food gardens.
d. Developed and equipped children’s play areas, with a minimum 30-inch-tall fence to separate children’s play areas from any parking lot, drive aisle, or street.
e. Sports courts (tennis, handball, volleyball, etc.).
f. Swimming pools, spas and adjacent patios and decks.
G. Off-Street Parking Areas.
1. Parking and vehicle use areas shall be located behind or beside buildings and structures, such that no more than 50 percent of the site’s buildable width shall be occupied by parking or vehicle use areas at the setback line. Parking areas shall not be located between buildings and the street.
2. Parking areas shall comply with the standards of Chapter 18.110 TMC.
H. Pedestrian circulation shall comply with the standards of TMC 18.115.030.
I. Screening. Mechanical and communication equipment and outdoor garbage and recycling areas shall be screened so they are not visible from streets and other ground-level private open space and common open spaces.
1. Appropriate screening for rooftop equipment includes parapet walls or architecturally compatible fabricated enclosures such as panels and walls.
2. Utilities such as transformers, heating and cooling, electric meters, and other utility equipment shall be not be located within five feet of a front entrance and shall be screened with sight-obscuring materials. [Ord. 966 § 3 (Exh. C), 2021.]
A. Building Orientation and Entrances. Buildings shall be located with the principal facade oriented to the street or a street-facing open space such as a courtyard. Building entrances shall be well-defined and easily identifiable.
B. Building Mass and Facade. The development shall be designed to reinforce human scale and incorporate transparency through appropriately placed windows that do not compromise residents’ privacy.
C. Building Design.
1. Building Materials. Buildings shall be constructed with architectural materials that provide a sense of permanence and high quality. Street-facing facades shall consist predominantly of a simple palette of long-lasting materials such as brick, stone, stucco, wood and similar siding, and wood and similar shingles.
2. Design Features. Buildings with long monotonous exterior walls shall be avoided and shall instead incorporate varied architectural elements and facade materials arranged in a way to provide interest and a harmonious, balanced design.
3. Entrances. Architecturally defined and covered entryways shall be incorporated into the design of buildings.
D. Building Articulation. The appearance of building bulk shall be minimized by incorporating changes in wall planes, layering, horizontal datums, vertical datums, building materials, color, and/or fenestration to create simple and visually interesting buildings.
E. Roofline Modulation. Building roofs shall be modulated to provide variety and contribute to residential character of the neighborhood.
F. Common Open Space. The development shall provide sufficient open space for the purpose of outdoor recreation, scenic amenity, or shared outdoor space for people to gather.
G. Parking Areas. Vehicle parking shall be integrated into the site in a manner that does not detract from the design of the building, the street frontage, or the site. Parking areas shall be located to minimize their visibility from the public right-of-way.
H. Pedestrian Circulation. Site design shall promote safe, direct, and usable pedestrian facilities and connections throughout the development and to adjacent streets and pedestrian facilities.
I. Screening. Mechanical equipment, garbage collection areas, and other site equipment and utilities shall be screened so they are not visible from the street and open spaces. Screening shall be visually compatible with other architectural elements in the development. [Ord. 966 § 3 (Exh. C), 2021.]
A. Purpose and Intent. It is the policy of the city of Talent to provide for cluster housing that allows more flexible development as an alternative to traditional housing types. Cluster housing is intended:
1. To provide a variety of housing types that respond to changing household sizes and ages, including but not limited to retirees, small families, and single-person households.
2. To encourage creation of more usable open space for residents of the development through flexibility in density and lot standards.
3. To ensure that the overall size and visual impact of the cluster development be comparable to standard residential development, by balancing bulk and mass of individual residential units with allowed intensity of units.
4. To provide centrally located and functional common open space that fosters a sense of community and a sense of openness in cluster housing developments.
5. To ensure minimal visual impact from vehicular use and storage areas for residents of the cluster housing development as well as adjacent properties. [Ord. 966 § 3 (Exh. C), 2021.]
A. Authorization for Cluster Housing by Zoning District. Cluster housing is permitted in residential districts as permitted by individual zoning districts.
B. Approval Process.
1. Cluster housing shall be reviewed as a Type II site plan review consistent with Chapter 18.150 TMC and TMC 18.190.040.
2. If the cluster housing development includes dwellings on individual lots to be created through land division, the site plan review and tentative plan may be reviewed concurrently, with the condition of approval that the site plan review approval shall only become effective after the final plat is recorded.
3. Notwithstanding the time limitations of TMC 18.150.070(C), a cluster housing project without land division may be approved as phased development, but in no case shall the actual time construction period (i.e., for required public improvements, utilities, streets) for any single phase be greater than three years without reapplying for site plan approval. A cluster housing project approved with a land division may apply for phased development consistent with TMC 17.15.010(G).
C. Systems Development Charges. For the purposes of calculating systems development charges (SDCs), cluster dwellings shall be regarded as apartments and all SDCs shall be assessed accordingly, except the following modifications will be factored into the calculations:
1. Rogue Valley Sewer Services or its successor shall determine SDCs for sanitary sewer. [Ord. 966 § 3 (Exh. C), 2021.]
A. Applicability. Where there is a conflict between these standards and standards elsewhere in the code, the cluster housing standards shall apply.
B. Permitted Housing Types.
1. Residential low density district: Units may be single-family detached or duplexes.
2. Residential medium density district: Units may be single-family detached, duplexes, or up to four units attached.
3. Residential high density district: Units may be single-family detached, duplexes or up to 12 units attached.
C. Dimensional Standards.
1. Maximum average gross floor area: 1,200 square feet per dwelling unit.
2. Maximum height for dwellings: 25 feet or two stories, whichever is less.
3. Units per cluster: There may be three to 12 units per cluster with no limit on the number of clusters per development.
4. Minimum Lot Size.
Minimum lot size for cluster development on a single lot | Minimum lot size for development with individual lots | |
|---|---|---|
RLD | 15,000 square feet | 2,000 square feet |
RMD | 10,000 square feet | 1,500 square feet |
RHD | 8,000 square feet | 1,500 square feet |
5. Minimum lot dimensions: Minimum lot width for individual lots shall be 20 feet, with a minimum lot depth of 50 feet.
6. Minimum setbacks from site perimeter: Same as the base zone.
7. Minimum setbacks for single-family and duplex dwellings on individual lots within a cluster housing development:
Setback | |
|---|---|
Front | 10 ft. |
Porch or stairs | 5 ft. |
Side | 3 ft. |
Rear | 5 ft. |
8. Maximum building coverage: Same as the base zone.
9. Minimum distance separating dwelling units (excluding attached dwellings and accessory structures): six feet.
D. Density.
1. For developments in the RLD district: The minimum density shall be met as established in TMC 18.25.065(A). The maximum density shall be 21.6 units per acre.
2. For developments in the RMD district: The minimum density shall be met as established in TMC 18.30.065(A). The maximum density shall be 29 units per acre.
3. For developments in the RHD district: The minimum density shall be met as established in TMC 18.40.065(A). No maximum density standard applies.
4. For purposes of this section, density may be calculated based on the total development site acreage, after subtracting undevelopable land. No percentage reduction for infrastructure is required.
E. Open Space. Cluster housing developments shall provide and maintain at least one common open space per cluster for the use of all occupants. The open space shall have the following characteristics:
1. Located on land with less than a five percent slope.
2. Cleared sufficiently of trees, brush and obstructions so that recreational use is possible.
3. Not used for temporary or regular parking of automobiles or other vehicles.
4. Includes at least 150 square feet of area for each dwelling unit.
5. Provides at least 50 percent of open space in the form of a single compact, contiguous, central open space that:
a. Has a minimum dimension of 20 feet.
b. Abuts at least 50 percent of the dwellings in a cluster housing development.
c. Has dwellings abutting on at least two sides.
6. The common open space shall be developed with a mix of landscaping and lawn area, recreational amenities, hard-surfaced pedestrian paths, or a community building built for the sole use of the cluster housing residents. Impervious elements of the common open space, excluding community buildings, shall not exceed 30 percent of the total open space.
a. Shared nonrecreational facilities such as shared laundry or storage facilities shall not count towards the open space requirement.
7. If private open space is provided for dwelling units, it shall be adjacent to each dwelling unit. Private open space may include landscaping, porches and decks. The minimum dimension for private open spaces shall be 10 feet, except that porches shall have a minimum dimension of five feet.
F. Siding and Roofing Requirements. Cluster dwellings shall comply with siding and roofing standards in TMC 18.95.040.
G. Existing Dwelling Unit On-Site. One existing single-family dwelling incorporated into a cluster housing development that does not meet the requirements of this chapter is permitted to remain on a site developed for cluster housing and shall be considered a dwelling in the development. The existing single-family dwelling unit shall not be part of the average gross floor area calculations. [Ord. 966 § 3 (Exh. C), 2021.]
The city recognizes the importance of trees to the character and beauty of Talent. This chapter is intended to preserve and enhance that urban forest within the city of Talent through effective management of private and public trees. The city has therefore determined that reasonable regulation of the removal of certain trees is necessary and that this regulation of trees is based upon the following general guidelines:
A. Trees benefit the public health, safety, and welfare by protecting air and water quality, preventing erosion and flooding, reducing energy costs, increasing property values, and providing natural beauty and contrast to the built environment which contributes to the physical and mental well-being of residents;
B. Trees provide both shade and shelter in riparian areas which are essential for aquatic and land-going species;
C. Trees enhance the local economy and increase property values by providing an attractive and aesthetically pleasing environment;
D. Undeveloped or development property should be protected from unregulated removal of trees prior to the approval of development plans. Trees on such properties should be preserved so that they may be considered for incorporation into development plans. [Ord. 918 § 2 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.300, 2006.]
“Arborist” means a person who has met the criteria for certification from the International Society of Arboriculture or American Society of Consulting Arborists, and maintains his or her accreditation.
“Commercial wood lot” means parcels or lots which meet the following criteria on the effective date of the ordinance codified in this chapter:
1. The site is at least two acres in size.
2. Trees have been actively managed and maintained on the subject property for the purpose of harvesting.
3. The owner has supplied the city with proof that the property has been in tax-deferred status under state law provisions such as forest land deferral or small woodlands deferral for a minimum of five consecutive years immediately prior to application.
“Community development director” means the city of Talent community development director, or his/her designee.
“Critical root zone” or “CRZ” means a circular area determined by either of the following methods. The method used shall be indicated on the plans.
1. Method A. A circular area equal to one foot in radius for every inch of tree diameter at breast height measured from the outside trunk of the tree at four and one-half feet above ground level; or
2. Method B. An area determined for an individual tree to be the necessary root area for the tree’s continued normal growth as demonstrated in a written report by a certified arborist and based on documented field investigations. Reasonable alteration of the shape based on factors such as existing infrastructures, tree lean or steep slopes may be considered.

“Dead” means the tree is obviously lifeless without any live leaves, needles or buds.
“Diameter at breast height” or “dbh” means the diameter of the tree measured in inches at four and one-half feet above ground level. For trees with multiple trunks, dbh shall be measured at the narrowest point between ground level and the point where the trunk diverges, or shall be the sum of the diameters of the two largest trunks at breast height, whichever is smaller. All measurements shall be rounded to the nearest inch.
“Dying” means the tree is in an advanced state of decline because it is diseased, infested by insects or rotting and cannot be saved by reasonable treatment or pruning, or must be removed to prevent spread of the infestation or disease to other trees.
“Hazardous tree” means the condition or location of the tree presents a clear public safety hazard or a foreseeable danger of property damage to an existing structure and such hazard or danger cannot reasonably be alleviated by treatment or pruning.
“Heritage tree” means any deciduous tree 28 inches in diameter or larger or any conifer tree 32 inches or larger which is not a hazardous tree as defined above. Exception: Japanese maple and dogwood trees with a diameter greater than eight inches are considered heritage. Deciduous and conifer trees may include but are not limited to the following:
Deciduous
Black, White, Red and Burr Oak
Beech
Sycamore or Planetree
Zelcova
Maple
Ash
Dogwood
Madrone
Conifer
Douglas Fir
Redwood
Blue Atlas Cedar
Bald Cypress
Monterey Cypress
Ponderosa Pine
Sequoia
Deodar Cedar
Incense Cedar
“Impacted tree” means a significant tree whose critical root zone will be impacted by proposed development. Impacts include, but are not limited to, fill, cuts, soil compaction, paving, placement of structures, stockpiling of soil, utility trenching and other activities that may impact the health and viability of the tree.
“Public tree” means a tree or woody plant with its base located within or adjacent to a public right-of-way or any tree or woody plant within a city park, or other publicly owned property. Public trees include trees within existing planting strips or sidewalk tree wells. Public trees typically have a single trunk at least two inches in diameter at a point six inches above the mean ground level at the base of the trunk.
“Remove” means:
1. To cut down a tree, or to damage a tree so as to cause the tree to decline and/or die within a three-year period. Types of damage which may constitute removal include but are not limited to topping, damage inflicted upon a root system by application of toxic substances, and girdling. “Removal” does not include normal trimming or pruning of trees as defined by ANSI A300 pruning standards current on the day this definition was adopted.
2. To perform activities which result in impacts to more than 30 percent of the critical root zone if the CRZ is determined by Method A in the definition of “critical root zone” in this section.
3. To perform activities which impact any of the CRZ if determined using Method B in the definition of “critical root zone” in this section.
“Significant tree” means any deciduous tree 15 inches in diameter or larger or any conifer tree 18 inches or larger which is not a hazardous tree as defined above. Exception: Japanese maple and dogwood trees with a diameter greater than one inch are considered significant. Deciduous and conifer trees may include but are not limited to the following:
Deciduous
Black, White, Red and Burr Oak
Beech
Sycamore or Planetree
Zelcova
Maple
Ash
Dogwood
Madrone
Conifer
Douglas Fir
Redwood
Blue Atlas Cedar
Bald Cypress
Monterey Cypress
Ponderosa Pine
Sequoia
Deodar Cedar
Incense Cedar
“Topping” means the severe cutting back of limbs to stubs larger than three inches in diameter within the tree’s crown to such a degree so as to remove the normal canopy and disfigure the tree.
“Tree” means any significant tree or tree within a designated wetland or riparian area setback as defined by TMC 18.85.030(C). [Ord. 918 § 2 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.310, 2006.]
A. City sanctioned activities that intend to increase overall well-being of the environment and the lives of those who live in Talent.
B. Removal of dead or dying trees.
C. Activities associated with tree trimming for safety, as mandated by the Oregon Public Utilities Commission. Tree trimming shall be done by a certified arborist, journeyman tree trimmer, or party designated by the community development director. [Ord. 918 § 2 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.320, 2006.]
A. A person seeking to remove one or more trees shall apply for a tree removal permit Type A, B, C, or D, depending on the applicable standards as provided in this chapter.
B. By submission of an application, the applicant shall be deemed to have authorized city employees, representatives, or consultants to have access to applicant’s property after providing 24 hours’ notice as may be necessary to verify the information provided, to observe site conditions, and, if a permit is granted, to verify that terms and conditions of the permit are followed.
C. Time of Application. Application for a tree removal permit shall be approved before removing or transplanting significant trees except in emergency situations where immediate action must be taken to ensure public safety, or imminent property damage. See TMC 18.100.030 for exemptions. Where the site is proposed for development necessitating site plan or tentative plat review, application for a tree removal permit shall be made concurrent with subdivision, partition, site plan review, or other development application as specified in this chapter.
D. Fees. A person applying for a tree removal permit shall pay an application fee, as established by resolution of the city council. [Ord. 918 § 2 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.330, 2006.]
A. Reviewing Authority.
1. Type A, B, or D. Where site plan review or tentative plat approval by the planning commission is not required by city ordinance, the review of the tree removal permit application shall be the responsibility of the community development director.
2. Type C. Where the site is proposed for development necessitating site plan review or plat approval by the planning commission, the tree removal permit shall be reviewed concurrently by the planning commission.
B. Timeline and Notice – Review Period for Complete Applications.
1. Type A and B permit applications shall be approved or denied within 10 calendar days.
2. Type C permit applications shall be reviewed for completeness within 30 calendar days, and final action shall take place within 120 days as required by ORS 227.178. Notice of proposed action shall be given to surrounding property owners according to TMC 18.190.050. A Type C permit shall follow the hearings procedures required for the accompanying land use application. If the accompanying land use application is denied or is withdrawn or expired, the tree removal permit shall similarly be denied, withdrawn, or expired.
3. Type D permits shall be approved or denied within 45 calendar days.
C. Conditional Approval. Whenever an application for a tree removal permit is granted, the community development director may attach to the permit any reasonable conditions considered necessary to ensure compliance with applicable standards.
D. Tree removal permits and tree surveys shall be valid for a period not to exceed three years. [Ord. 918 § 2 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.340, 2006.]
A. Type A Permit.
1. Type A permit applications will be approved when all of the following conditions are met:
a. A completed request for Type A permit has been filed on the forms provided by the city.
b. The request is for removal of a single tree within a single 12-month period.
c. The trees subject to removal are not heritage trees or public trees.
d. The trees subject to removal were not retained as part of a previous site development approval or planted as mitigation for a previous tree removal.
e. The tree removal request is not proposed in conjunction with land development which requires a land use approval including but not limited to site plan review or amendment, subdivision, or partition approval.
2. Tree removals under a Type A permit do not require mitigation; however, replanting is generally recommended, and recipients of Type A permits who wish to replant may qualify for assistance from the city’s tree fund, if available.
B. Type B Permit.
1. An applicant must apply for a Type B permit to remove trees when any of the following conditions are met:
a. The applicant proposes to remove two or more trees within a 12-month period, independent of an application for site development review; or
b. The applicant proposes to remove a tree or trees which were preserved as part of a previous land use permit or planted as mitigation for previous tree removal; or
c. The applicant proposes to remove a heritage tree; or
d. The proposed tree removal is for clearing of a home site on a lot subsequent to land division approval. All trees removed for home sites prior to occupancy shall be mitigated according to the standards of this chapter.
2. Application for the Type B permit shall contain the following information unless specifically waived by the reviewing authority under subsection (B)(2)(g) of this section:
a. A brief statement explaining why tree removal is being requested, to ensure that another permit type or consolidated application is not more appropriate.
b. An accurate map, drawn to scale, which shows:
i. The shape and dimensions of the property, and the location of any existing and proposed structures, improvements, easements and setbacks.
ii. The location of all impacted trees on the site including critical root zones, species and/or common name, and diameter at breast height (dbh).
c. Tree Protection. Tree protection measures must be outlined to address protection of the tree trunks, canopy and soils within the critical root zones during and after the tree removal process. Examples of tree protection methods include mulching, irrigation, protective fencing, compaction reduction measures, erosion control, etc.
d. Field Identification. All trees to be removed shall be identified by a method obvious to a site inspector, such as tagging, painting, or flagging, in addition to clear identification on construction or application documents.
e. Mitigation Plan. A description of the proposed tree replacement program with a detailed explanation including the number, species, size within five years, size at maturity and any necessary activities to ensure viability including, but not limited to, mulching and irrigation.
f. Existing Covenants, Conditions and Restrictions (CC&Rs). Where the applicant is proposing to remove trees on common areas governed by CC&Rs, the applicant shall provide a copy of the applicable CC&Rs, including any landscaping provisions.
g. Waiver of Documentation. The community development director may waive any of the above information requirements where the information has already been made available to the city, the information is not necessary to review the application, or alternate forms of information have been provided which provide sufficient detail to allow the community development director to review the application.
3. Approval Criteria. Tree removal or transplanting pursuant to a Type B permit shall be limited to instances where the applicant has applied for a Type B permit in accordance with subsection (B)(1) of this section and has provided complete and accurate information as required by this chapter.
C. Type C Permit.
1. Approval to remove two or more trees on a single lot or parcel as part of a site plan review or amendment, subdivision, or partition application may be granted as a Type C permit in conformance with subsection (C)(5) of this section.
2. Type C permit applications shall be reviewed concurrent with the development review process. If a Type C permit or its associated development application is appealed, no trees shall be removed until the appeal has been resolved.
3. Submittal Requirements. The applicant must provide 10 copies of a tree maintenance and protection plan completed by a certified arborist that contains a summary of existing conditions and a mitigation plan as follows:
a. Summary of existing conditions including a topographical survey bearing the stamp and signature of a qualified, registered professional containing all the following information:
i. Property Dimensions. The shape and dimensions of the property, and the location of any existing or proposed structures, utility installations, grading, or other improvements.
ii. Tree Survey.
(A) The survey must include an accurate drawing of the site based on accurate survey techniques at a minimum scale of one inch equals 100 feet including:
(1) The location, number of trees, tree size as dbh (see definition of “diameter at breast height” in TMC 18.100.020), and proposed trees for removal.
(2) The critical root zone of impacted trees, and the extent of likely impacts.
(3) The common name of impacted trees.
(4) Heritage trees shall be clearly noted on the survey.
(B) Where a stand of 20 or more contiguous trees will be removed, the required tree survey may be simplified to accurately show the location of all heritage trees, and significant trees which are within 50 feet of the edge of the development envelope. Only these trees are required to be field tagged. Interior tree areas shall be depicted with clouds or other similar linework and the dbh, common name, and total number of all interior trees shall be accurately stated on the plans.
(C) Neighboring Properties. All impacted trees on neighboring properties shall be shown on the tree survey. If the applicant cannot obtain permission to survey the neighboring properties, the person or persons preparing the survey shall make a note to this effect on the survey and locate the trees and CRZs to the best of their ability. The survey shall show the percentage of CRZ for these trees which will be impacted by the proposed improvements.
(1) When a proposal includes activities which will result in removal of trees on neighboring properties, the applicant shall include the removal of the neighboring trees in the permit application and mitigate for their removal.
iii. Arborist Report. The report shall describe the health and condition of all heritage trees including species, common name, dbh, approximate height, and age. The report shall identify hazardous, dead, or dying trees. The report shall identify opportunities for preservation of groves or stands of trees and make recommendations regarding special tree protection and maintenance practices necessary to restore preserved trees to full health.
iv. Field Identification. Impacted trees shall be designated with metal tags that are to remain in place throughout the development. Those tags shall be numbered, with the numbers keyed to the tree survey map that is provided with the application.
v. Tree Protection. A statement addressing tree protection during construction. See TMC 18.100.080.
b. Mitigation Plan. A plan prepared in accordance with TMC 18.100.070 by a certified arborist or landscape architect describing the proposed tree replacement program with a detailed explanation including the number, species, size at five years, size at maturity and planting location of replacement trees, and any necessary activities to ensure viability including, but not limited to, mulching and irrigation.
4. Waiver of Documentation. The planning commission may waive any of the above information requirements where the information has already been made available to the city, the information is not necessary to determine conformance with applicable criteria, or alternate forms of information have been provided which provide sufficient detail to allow such a determination.
5. Approval Standards for Type C Permits. All Type C permits submitted as part of a proposed residential development shall be reviewed under Option A in subsection (C)(5)(a) of this section unless the applicant chooses the alternative design review available in Option B in subsection (C)(5)(b) of this section. All commercial and industrial developments shall comply with the criteria of Option B.
a. Option A – Numerical Preservation Standard for Residential Developments. Existing trees must be preserved. The total tree diameter on the site is the total diameter of all significant trees on the site, minus the diameter of all exempt trees as defined by this chapter. The applicant must choose one of the following options. Calculations shall be in accordance with subsection (C)(5)(c) of this section.
i. Preserve at least 30 percent of the total significant tree diameter on the site;
ii. Preserve all heritage trees and at least 30 percent of the significant trees on the site;
iii. If the site is larger than one acre, preserve at least 25 percent of the total tree canopy area on the site.
b. Option B – Commercial/Industrial and Alternative Residential Design Review. Tree preservation and conservation as a design principle shall be equal in concern and importance to other design principles. Application of the standards of this section shall not result in a reduction of overall building square footage or loss of density, but may require an applicant to modify plans to allow for buildings of greater height, different design, or alternate location. Tree removal or transplanting pursuant to a Type C permit shall be limited to instances where the applicant has provided complete and accurate information as required by this chapter and where the reviewing authority determines that the following criteria have been met:
i. The proposal includes provisions for mitigation and tree protection.
ii. The proposed removal is necessary for the construction of roads, structures, or other site improvements and the applicant has demonstrated that there are no feasible and reasonable location alternatives and/or design options which would better preserve significant trees on the site while providing the same overall level of density and design functionality.
iii. Other. Where the applicant shows that tree removal or transplanting is reasonable and necessary under the circumstances.
c. Under Option A, when calculating the amount of tree diameter and the number of significant trees on the site, the applicant may choose one of the following methods of measurement:
i. Tree Inventory. A tree inventory identifies all trees on the site, specifying location, species, and diameter of each tree; or
ii. Statistical Sampling. Statistical sampling may be used to estimate the total tree diameter and total number of significant trees present. Sampling must be carried out by individuals with demonstrated experience performing such surveys and shall be based on generally accepted standard methodologies; or
iii. Tree Canopy. When calculating the amount of tree canopy on the site, the total canopy area is based on the most recent aerial photograph available. If the most recent aerial photograph available is more than five years old, the applicant must provide a more recent photograph.
D. Type D Permit. The owner or operator of a commercial wood lot shall apply and receive approval for a Type D permit before beginning harvesting operations of more than three trees within any 12-month period. Type D permit applications shall be reviewed by the community development director.
1. Application for a Type D permit shall include the following:
a. Proof that the subject property is a “commercial wood lot” as defined by this chapter;
b. A map of the property including property boundaries;
c. The size, species and location of all significant trees other than Douglas fir;
d. The size, species and location of all heritage trees.
2. Approval Standards for Type D Permits. An application for a Type D permit shall be granted when all of the following criteria are met:
a. The applicant has submitted a complete application as required by subsection (D)(1) of this section;
b. All heritage trees other than Douglas fir will be protected according to the requirements of this chapter;
c. All nonfir significant trees in excess of three shall be mitigated;
d. All applicable standards of the Oregon Forest Practice Rules are met;
e. The applicant has submitted and obtained approval of an erosion control plan from the city engineer; and
f. If the tree removal proposed is a final harvest, and no further planting, maintenance, or rotation of trees is proposed, the applicant shall submit a long-term erosion control and revegetation plan for review and approval. [Ord. 918 § 2 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.350, 2006.]
A. Requirement Established. Type B or C tree removal permit grantees shall plant one replacement tree for each significant tree removed in excess of the tree that could otherwise be removed under a Type A permit. Type D permit grantees shall mitigate nonfir trees as required by subsection (B) of this section. Mitigation is not required for removal of hazardous, dead, or dying trees.
B. Heritage trees shall be mitigated based on the following methodology:
Replacement trees = 1 + (A – Q)
Where:
A = Actual dbh of the tree in question.
Q = Minimum dbh for this species to qualify as a heritage tree.
C. Replacement Trees. Trees planted as mitigation must meet all of the following standards:
1. To encourage a diversity of species when four or more trees are required as mitigation, no more than 25 percent of trees planted as mitigation shall be of any one species. Use of native trees where appropriate is encouraged;
2. All replacement trees shall be appropriately chosen for the site conditions (especially soil and hydrology) from an approved tree species list supplied by the city, and shall be State Department of Agriculture and American Association of Nurserymen (AAN) American Standards for Nursery Stock (ANSI Z60.1) for top grade;
3. All replacement trees shall be two-inch caliper. The planning official or planning commission may allow the use of replacement Oregon white oaks and other native trees with the largest available nursery stock if two-inch caliper trees are not available;
4. Replacement trees shall be planted prior to plat for land divisions and prior to issuance of final certificate of occupancy for other applications. Mitigation requirements shall run with the land until all required mitigation has been completed;
5. Replacement trees must be staked, fertilized, mulched, and irrigated as necessary to ensure survival; and
6. Trees planted as mitigation for a Type C permit shall be guaranteed by the permit grantee or the grantee’s successors-in-interest for three years after the planting date through an irrevocable development agreement.
D. Alternatives to On-Site Mitigation.
1. Relocation or Replacement Off Site. If in the opinion of a certified arborist or landscape architect there is insufficient available space on the subject property to accommodate the required mitigation plantings, the following alternatives may be used to fulfill mitigation requirements:
a. Replanting may occur on other property in the applicant’s ownership or control within the city, or in a city-owned or dedicated open space or park. If planting on city-owned or dedicated property, the city may specify the species, size, and location of the trees. Nothing in this section shall be construed as an obligation of the city to allow trees to be planted on city-owned or dedicated property.
b. Payment in Lieu of Planting. The applicant may pay into the tree fund an amount equal to the number of replacement trees required times a per-tree rate as established by resolution of the city council.
E. Trees preserved or planted as mitigation may be used to fulfill the landscaping requirements as set forth in Chapter 18.105 TMC.
F. To encourage the retention of established trees which do not yet meet the definition of a significant tree, credit towards mitigation requirements shall be given on a tree-for-tree basis for preservation of the following healthy, structurally sound trees. If such trees are to be used towards meeting the mitigation requirements of this section, required tree preservation and planting plans shall include the size, species, and location of these trees, and these trees shall be given the protections in accordance with TMC 18.100.080 and shall then be considered significant trees. Trees located within the floodplain, parks, and greenway zone (OFPG) may not be counted towards required mitigation.
Big leaf maple | 8" dbh or larger |
Oregon ash | 8" dbh or larger |
Madrone | 6" dbh or larger |
Red alder | 6" dbh or larger |
Ponderosa pine | 6" dbh or larger |
Western red cedar | 6" dbh or larger |
Chinquapin | 6" dbh or larger |
Pacific dogwood | 6" dbh or larger |
Douglas fir | 6" dbh or larger |
Oregon white oak | 6" dbh or larger |
[Ord. 918 § 2 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.360, 2006.]
Where trees are to be preserved as part of a development plan, the following standards apply:
A. All trees to be protected must be clearly differentiated from those being removed by clearly marking trees to be removed in an obvious visible manner such as bright-colored paint, ribbon, etc.
B. Protective Barrier. Before development, vegetation removal, filling, or any land alteration for which a tree removal permit is required, the developer shall erect and maintain suitable barriers to prevent damage to remaining trees. Barriers shall be erected at the edge of the critical root zone of trees to be preserved. Protective barriers shall not be moved and shall remain in place until the city authorizes their removal or issues a final certificate of occupancy, whichever occurs first. At a minimum, barriers shall consist of 48-inch-high heavy duty, high visibility plastic fencing, or silt fencing, attached to anchored metal or wooden posts.
C. Prior to commencement of ground-disturbing activities, the applicant shall request and receive an inspection of all tree protection barriers to ensure that the approved tree removal plans are accurately implemented on the ground. All inspection requests shall provide a minimum of 24 hours’ notice.
D. Construction near Preserved Trees. No person may conduct any construction activity damaging to a tree designated to remain, including, but not limited to, placing solvents, building material, construction equipment or depositing soils within the tree protection zone, attaching fencing or other items to trees, using trees as anchors, or placing irrigated landscaping within the protective barrier.
E. Where trees are removed from within the CRZ of a tree to remain, the removal shall be done by cutting the tree near the ground and grinding the stump or leaving it in place. Removal of trees or stumps within the CRZ of a protected tree by pushing trees down or pulling trees and/or stumps out of the ground is prohibited. [Ord. 918 § 2 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.370, 2006.]
A. No tree removal permitted as a Type B, C, or D permit shall take place until the applicant has received a notice to proceed from the city engineer on public improvements. When no public improvements are proposed, tree removal shall not occur until building permits have been issued. The community development director may make exceptions to this requirement when warranted due to extenuating circumstances or when no such permits are necessary.
B. For applicants seeking a Type B permit to remove trees independent of site improvements, no tree removal shall take place until tree protection measures have been inspected and approved by the community development director.
C. Inspection and approval of all required tree protection measures by the community development director are required prior to tree removals permitted as Type B, C, and D permits.
D. Forty-eight hours prior to tree removal, a copy of the tree removal permit shall be prominently displayed on the subject property and shall remain on display at all times while tree removal operations are being conducted.
E. All required mitigation shall be completed within one year of the removal. [Ord. 918 § 2 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.380, 2006.]
A. Any person found to have removed a significant tree in violation of this chapter shall incur a penalty of not more than $1,000 nor less than $250.00 per violation.
B. Any person found to have removed a heritage tree in violation of this chapter shall incur a penalty of not less than the value of the tree according to TMC 18.100.070(D) plus no less than $500.00 for each heritage tree removed.
C. Failure to comply with any condition of the permit issued to the applicant shall constitute a violation of this chapter and shall subject the applicant to a fine of not more than $1,000, nor less than $500.00. Any fines collected by the city under this section shall accrue to the city tree fund.
D. Each tree removed in violation of this chapter or any permit issued pursuant to this chapter shall constitute a separate violation.
E. Each tree that the applicant fails to replant or replace as required by the terms of the permit, and each violation of any other condition of a permit, shall constitute a separate violation.
F. Retroactive Permit. A person who removes a tree without obtaining a Type A permit may apply retroactively for a permit. In addition to all application requirements of this chapter, the person must be able to demonstrate compliance with all requirements of this chapter, in addition to paying an additional fee as established by resolution of the city council. Mitigation requirements of this chapter may apply to all retroactive permits.
G. Withholding Permits and Stop-Work Orders. The building official has the authority to issue a stop-work order, withhold approval of a final plat, or withhold issuance of a certificate of occupancy, permits or inspections until the provisions of this chapter, including any conditions attached to a tree removal permit, have been fully met.
H. Revocation of Permit. The city administrator may revoke any tree removal permit when the planning official or designee thereof has clearly demonstrated that the application was incomplete or inaccurate to such a degree as to invalidate the approval. Such a revocation may be immediately followed by a stop-work order and the applicant required to either:
1. Revise and resubmit the permit for review and approval; or
2. Pay fines for removing trees in violation of the permit under subsections (A) and (B) of this section.
I. The city shall notify the property owner in writing that a violation has occurred and mitigation is required. Within 30 days of the date of mailing of the notice, the property owner shall provide a mitigation plan to the city. The plan shall provide for replacement of a tree or, at the city’s discretion, payment into the tree fund in accordance with Chapter 18.135 TMC.
J. Alternative Enforcement. In the event that a person, company, or other operating unit commits more than one violation of this chapter, the following alternative fees may be imposed by the city:
1. A person that has gained money or property through the commission of an offense under this section may be required to pay an amount, fixed by the city, not to exceed double the amount of the gain from the commission of the offense.
2. “Gain” is defined as the amount of money or value of property derived from the commission of the violation, less the amount of money or value of property seized by or surrendered to the city. “Value” shall be the greater of the market value or replacement cost as determined by a licensed professional in the tree, nursery, or landscape field. [Ord. 918 § 2 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.390, 2006.]
The purpose of this chapter is to provide for the regulation of planting, maintenance, and removal of landscaping within the city of Talent. All yards, required buffers or screening areas, and parking areas shall be landscaped in accordance with this chapter. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 918 § 2 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.410, 2006.]
A. The minimum percentage of required landscaping is as follows:
1. Residential Zones. Twenty percent of each lot for residential developments.
2. Central Business District (CBD) and Commercial Neighborhood (CN) Zones. Fifteen percent of the site.
3. Commercial Highway (CH), Central Business Highway (CBH) and Commercial Interchange (CI) Zones. Twenty percent of the site.
4. Industrial Zones (IL). Fifteen percent of the site.
5. When the above requirements conflict with landscaping requirements found elsewhere in this title, the standard which maximizes landscaped area shall apply. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 918 § 2 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.420, 2006.]
A. Minimum number of trees and shrubs acceptable per 1,000 square feet of landscaped area:
1. One tree, minimum two-inch caliper.
2. Four five-gallon shrubs or accent plants.
B. Minimum Percentage Ground Cover. All landscaped area, whether or not required, that is not planted with trees and shrubs, or covered with nonplant material as defined in subsection (C) of this section, shall have ground cover plants that are sized and spaced to achieve 75 percent coverage of the area not covered by shrubs and tree canopy unless a xeriscape plan is approved.
C. Landscape Materials. Permitted landscape materials include trees, shrubs, ground cover plants, nonplant ground covers, and outdoor hardscape features, as described below. “Coverage” is based on the projected size of the plants at maturity, i.e., typically three or more years after planting. The landscape materials below may be modified as part of an approved xeriscape plan.
1. Existing Vegetation. Existing noninvasive vegetation may be used in meeting landscape requirements.
2. Plant Selection. A combination of deciduous and evergreen trees, shrubs, and ground covers shall be used for all planted areas, the selection of which shall be based on local climate, soil, exposure, water availability, and drainage conditions. Applicants are encouraged to select native plants which are drought tolerant to reduce the demand on the city’s water supply.
3. Plant Establishment. Unless a certified landscape architect specifically recommends otherwise, all new landscaping shall be irrigated for a minimum of two years to ensure viability.
4. Soil Amendment. When new vegetation (including sod) is planted, topsoil shall be added and/or soils amended or aerated as necessary, to allow for healthy plant growth. Compaction of the planting area shall be minimized whenever practical and compacted soils shall be amended and/or aerated as necessary prior to planting.
5. “Invasive” plants shall be removed during site development and the planting of new invasive species is prohibited. Lists of locally invasive species are available through the local USDA extension office.
6. Hardscape Features. May cover up to 10 percent of the required landscape area (unless a xeriscape plan is approved); except in the downtown area where publicly accessible hardscape features may cover up to 80 percent of the required landscape area, subject to approval through site development plan review. Swimming pools, sports courts, and similar active recreation facilities, as well as paving for parking and access, may not be counted toward fulfilling the landscape requirement.
7. Nonplant Ground Covers. Bark dust, chips, aggregate, or other nonplant ground covers may be used, but shall cover no more than 25 percent of the area to be landscaped and shall be confined to areas underneath plants. Nonplant ground covers cannot be a substitute for ground cover plants unless approved as part of a xeriscape plan. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 918 § 2 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.430, 2006.]
No person shall plant on any public property or private property the following trees if the tree’s future critical root zone (CRZ) at maturity (CRZ is defined in TMC 18.100.020) is within the public right-of-way: poplar, willow, cottonwood, fruit tree, or ailanthus, unless part of a city-authorized riparian restoration project. The recommended street tree list should be consulted before any tree is planted within or adjacent to the public right-of-way. No person shall plant any tree anywhere in the city so as to adversely affect public utilities. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 918 § 2 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.440, 2006.]
In order to reduce the impacts on adjacent uses of a different type, buffering and screening are required in accordance with Table 18.105.050-1 below.
A. General Requirements.
1. The property owner is responsible for the installation and maintenance of required buffers and screens including compliance with TMC 18.135.060(A).
2. The community development director may waive the buffering/screening requirements of this section where the required buffer/screen has been installed on the adjacent property in accordance with this chapter.
3. Where a proposed use abuts undeveloped property, only one-half of the buffer width shall be required.
B. Buffer Location. A buffer consists of an area within a required setback adjacent to a property line. It has a depth equal to the amount specified in Table 18.105.050-1 and contains a length equal to the length of the property line of the abutting use(s).
C. Buffer Requirements.
1. At least one row of trees. These trees will not be less than 10 feet tall at the time of planting and not spaced more than 30 feet apart and five feet tall at the time of planting for evergreen trees and spaced not more than 15 feet apart. This requirement may be waived by the community development director when it can be demonstrated that such trees would conflict with other provisions of this code (e.g., solar access).
2. At least five five-gallon shrubs or 10 one-gallon shrubs for each 1,000 square feet of required buffer area.
3. The remaining buffer area shall be planted in accordance with TMC 18.105.030(C).
D. Screening. Where screening is required or provided, at least one of the following techniques shall be provided in addition to the buffering requirements above:
1. One row of evergreen shrubs that will grow to form a continuous hedge at least six feet tall within two years of planting; or
2. A fence or masonry wall at least six feet in height to provide a uniform sight-obscuring screen; or
3. An earthen berm combined with evergreen plantings or a fence that forms a sight and noise buffer at least six feet tall within two years of installation.
E. Clear Vision. Buffering and screening provisions are superseded by the clear vision requirements of TMC 18.105.055.
F. Landscaping within the buffer shall count towards minimum landscaped area and vegetation required by TMC 18.105.020 and 18.105.030.
G. Agricultural Buffers. To implement the agricultural buffering standards of the Greater Bear Creek Valley regional plan, buffering provisions in TMC 18.215.200 shall be addressed when urban development on land along the urban growth boundary abutting land zoned exclusive farm use is proposed.
Table 18.105.050-1. Buffer and Screening Requirements
BUFFER REQUIREMENTS | PROPOSED USE | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ABUTTING USE OR ZONING DISTRICT | Single-family dwelling (1) | Multifamily | Manufactured home park or subdivision | Commercial/professional or mixed-use | Light industrial use | Parking lot with at least 5 spaces |
Dwellings in RHD, RMD, RLD districts | 0' | 10' | 0' | 10' S | 30' S | 10' S |
Manufactured home park (MHP) or subdivision in any district | 0' | 0' | 0' | 10' S | 30' S | 10' S |
Any arterial street (2) | 10' | 10' | 10' S | 10' | 10' | 10' |
Commercial or professional uses, or commercial and mixed use districts | 10' | 10' S | 10' S | 0' | 0' | 0' |
Light industrial district | 30' S | 30' S | 30' S | 0' | 0' | 0' |
Any parking lot with at least 5 spaces | 5' S | 5' S | 5' S | 0' | 0' | 0' |
“S” indicates screening required. (1) Includes single-family detached, attached and common-wall dwellings, duplexes, triplexes, quadplexes and cluster housing. (2) The buffer/screening standard does not apply along arterial streets where it conflicts with other provisions of this code. | ||||||
[Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 918 § 2 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.450, 2006.]
The purpose of this section is to maintain clear vision areas at intersections in order to protect the safety and welfare of the public in their use of city streets.
A. No person shall maintain or allow to exist on property which they own or which is in their possession or control trees, shrubs, hedges, or other vegetation or projecting overhanging limbs thereof, which obstruct the view necessary for safe operation of motor vehicles or otherwise cause danger to the public in the use of city streets. It shall be the duty of the person who owns, possesses, or controls the property to remove or trim and keep trimmed any obstructions to the view.
B. A clear vision area shall be maintained at all driveways and accessways and on the corners of all property adjacent to an intersection.
C. A clear vision area shall contain no planting, fence, wall, structure, or temporary or permanent obstruction, except for an occasional utility pole, except when the height of the obstruction does not exceed two and one-half feet in height, measured from the top of the curb, or where no curb exists, from the street centerline grade. Trees exceeding this height may be located in this area; provided, all branches and foliage are removed to the height of eight feet above the grade. Open wire fencing that does not obscure sight is allowed to a maximum height of six feet.
D. The clear vision area for all street intersections and all street and railroad intersections shall be that area described in the most recent edition of the “AASHTO Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets.” The clear vision area for all corner lots shall be that area within a 30-foot radius from where the lot line and the edge of a street intersect. The clear vision area for all driveways shall be that area within a 10-foot radius from where the driveway and the edge of a street intersect.

E. Modification of this computation may be made by the city engineer after considering the standards set forth in the most recent edition of the “AASHTO Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets” and taking into consideration the type of intersection, site characteristics, types of vehicle controls, vehicle speed, and traffic volumes adjacent to the clear vision area.
F. The provisions of this section relate to safety. They shall not be modified by variance and are not subject to appeal. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021.]
Fences, walls, hedges, screen plantings and similar regulated objects provide privacy and promote security. Tall fences are appropriate in some locations and for some purposes, but inappropriate where they interfere with public safety and neighborliness. Excessive heights between properties inhibit the enjoyment of light and air and, in residential zones, can create the same confining effect as a building directly against the property line.
All fences and hedges are subject to the following standards:
A. Materials. No one may construct fences or walls of or containing material(s) that can do bodily harm, such as barbed wire, broken glass, or any other hazardous or dangerous materials. For barbed wire and electric fence exceptions, see TMC 8.10.150.
B. Placement. Fences and walls may be erected directly up to common property lines. An exception to this rule may be required when the placement would prevent the use of adjacent property or right-of-way, or prevent the safe use of a driveway or alley. In such cases, the city may require the fence or wall to be set back a minimum distance from the driveway, right-of-way, alley or property line.
Hedges and screen plantings may be planted in locations where their growth does not encroach on public rights-of-way. Encroachment on private property is commonly a private civil matter; the city will not become involved in such disputes unless it deems there is a significant safety concern.
C. Height Limitations. Figure 3-1 illustrates the regulations. See also definitions of “yard” in Chapter 18.15 TMC.
1. Front yard: three feet.
2. Side yard: six feet.
3. Rear yard: six feet.
4. Corner lot: three feet for a distance of 40 feet along the street-side yard when that street is a collector or arterial; otherwise 30 feet. This is to provide a clear sight triangle of 30 feet by 30 feet or 30 feet by 40 feet at intersections.

D. Measuring Height.
1. Generally, height is measured from the adjacent ground upward.
2. When fences are built on top of retaining walls, or one lot is markedly higher than an adjacent lot, height shall be measured from the highest adjacent grade, except that a fence or wall may not be higher than eight feet above the lowest adjacent grade.
3. Below-Grade Lots. On lots that are not generally level with the adjacent street, height may be measured from the top of the adjacent curb, or, where curbs are absent, from the crown of the adjacent street. Exercise of this exception shall be at the discretion of the city.
4. Lots on Collector Streets. Because of heavier traffic volumes and greater speeds, the same exception allowed in the preceding subsection may apply to lots on collector streets. Exercise of this exception shall be at the discretion of the city.
E. Allowances.
1. A hedge or a screen planting is defined as vegetation that has the purpose or effect of obscuring or blocking casual viewing through it and is six feet or more in diameter or width. Nonpyramidal trees are not considered to be such vegetation.
Individual bushes, trees, hedges, and similar vegetation, or groupings of such, that have the effect of substantially inhibiting visibility above the height limitation for the yard in which they are located are permitted if the total blockage of the frontage is 50 percent or less and there are six-foot gaps for every 12 feet of grouping (see Figure 3-2). This allowance does not extend to the sight triangle area in subsection (C)(4) of this section.

2. Entryway or gate arbors are permitted in front yards provided they are no more than eight feet tall, six feet wide, six feet deep, and are no less than 15 feet from a property corner or driveway, including those on adjacent lots.
3. The city planner may grant a special allowance for fences, walls, hedges, or screen plantings that exceed the height limits or location requirements of this chapter for the circumstances listed below. The process used for granting a special allowance will be administrative and include consultation with the police department and/or public works department, and notification of adjoining neighbors, whose interests will be considered.
a. Lots with unusual shapes or in unique situations, where it is shown that public safety is not decreased.
b. Fences or walls surrounding tennis courts, swimming pools, schools, or other special facilities, not including residences, where it is shown that the normal use or level of protection requires a greater height for safety or other reasons.
4. Security fences may be constructed up to 10 feet high in commercial and industrial areas, provided they are a see-through, chain-link type and set back a distance equal to their height in front yards and street-facing side yards, plus any necessary accommodations for sight distance on corners.
F. General Safety Provisions.
1. Recognizing that the best intentions and most careful crafting of regulations do not account for all variables, the city can either disallow or require the elimination or mitigation of fences, walls, hedges, screen plantings, and similar that it finds deleterious to public health or safety, or at odds with the purpose of this chapter.
2. Property owners aggrieved by a decision made under this section may appeal the decision to the planning commission, which may reverse, uphold or modify staff’s decision based on its evaluation of the evidence presented. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 918 § 2 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.460, 2006.]
It shall be the responsibility of the property owner to maintain landscaping on their property. All landscaping and trees shall be provided with irrigation or other facilities for the continuing care of the vegetation.
A. Residential Areas. In all residential zones, areas on a lot not occupied by roadways, parking areas, walkways, patios or structures shall be maintained. Fences, walls, hedges and screen plantings shall be permitted in conformance with the requirements of Chapter 18.100 TMC. All fences, walls, hedges and screen plantings shall be maintained.
B. Commercial Areas. In commercial zones, areas not occupied by structures, roadways or parking areas, walkways, bicycle paths, patios or other specific facilities shall be maintained. Fences, walls, hedges and screen plantings shall be permitted in conformance with the requirements of TMC 18.105.020 and 18.105.030. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 918 § 2 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.470, 2006.]
Solar energy use can be considered as an option to reduce the total number of required trees for a development plan. A clear plan must be created which demonstrates the location of solar panels, intended use of energy from them, and demonstration that the planting of all required trees would pose an obstacle to the development. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 918 § 2 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.480, 2006.]
Xeriscaping is landscaping that is intentionally designed to conserve water and protect the environment. It is a relevant option for landscaping, and is a potential option to reduce landscaping requirements including a reduction of the total number of trees to be planted, or total landscaped area. To be eligible for reduced landscaping requirements, the following requirements must be met:
A. Eligibility.
1. Must be city of Talent utility customer with potable water (not TID) for irrigation.
2. Project must demonstrate a reduction in water use compared to the necessary water required for standard landscaping.
3. The square footage of the xeriscape area must be at least 50 percent of the required landscaped area in TMC 18.105.020. Proposed projects meeting this requirement will be allowed to reduce the overall landscaped area by 10 percent of that required in TMC 18.105.020.
B. Submittal Requirements. The following must be included with any xeriscaping project when a reduction of landscape requirements is being requested:
1. Interested parties wishing to xeriscape a portion of a parcel to reduce landscaping requirements shall supply the city with a completed xeriscape application.
2. Site Description. Applicants are required to submit a simple site design plan including all required landscaping, proposed xeriscaping and irrigation to be installed. The plan shall include the location of plants and type of irrigation for each plant. All xeriscaping shall meet the landscaping requirements below:
a. Plants. Ninety percent of the plant material must be drought tolerant or considered low water use plants (based on the water-wise landscaping website, WUCOLS).
b. Plant Coverage. At completion, xeriscape areas must contain enough plants to create at least 50 percent living plant cover at maturity. Xeriscape areas may not include any live lawn (grass) or invasive plant species as defined by the Oregon Department of Agriculture noxious weed list.
c. Efficient Irrigation Components. If a watering system is used, all sprinkler heads in the xeriscape areas must be low volume (drip, micro-spray, bubblers, or low precipitation rotating nozzles).
d. Prevent Overspray. The xeriscape area shall not be irrigated or oversprayed by other required nonxeriscape areas.
e. Permeable Surfaces and Treatments. In residential areas, no concrete, plastic sheeting or other impermeable surfaces shall be used in an identified xeriscape area.
f. Mulch. Exposed soil must be completely covered by a layer of mulch. Common mulching materials include wood chips, decomposed granite, river rock, and bark. If weed barrier is used beneath the mulch, it must be manufactured to be permeable to air and water.
g. Living Ground Cover. Qualifies as mulch provided the plants are installed at a density to assure 100 percent plant coverage at maturity.
C. Approval Criteria. After examination of the design plan, city staff shall approve or approve with conditions if the following requirements have been met:
1. Submittal requirements of subsection (B) of this section have been met;
2. A preinspection of the site has been conducted by city staff to determine the feasibility of the plan.
D. Inspection Process. All projects shall have a final inspection to ensure that all proposed xeriscaping has been completed in accordance with the approved plan. Certificate of occupancy shall be issued once final inspection and approval have been granted. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 918 § 2 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.490, 2006.]
The purpose of this chapter is to set forth the off-street parking and loading requirements for the various buildings and uses permitted in the city. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.510, 2006.]
No building or other permit shall be issued until plans and evidence are presented to show how the off-street parking and loading requirements set forth below are to be fulfilled, and that property is and will be available for exclusive use as off-street parking and loading space. Every use hereafter inaugurated and every building hereafter erected or substantially altered or enlarged shall have permanently maintained parking spaces in accordance with the provisions of this chapter. The subsequent use of the property for which a building permit is issued shall be conditional upon the unqualified continuance and availability of the amount of parking and loading space required by this chapter. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.515, 2006.]
Every hospital, institution, hotel, commercial or industrial building hereafter erected or established, and every existing structure enlarged or changed for these uses within any zone of the city, having a gross floor area of 10,000 square feet or more, shall provide and maintain at least one off-street loading space plus one additional off-street loading space for each additional 20,000 square feet of gross floor area. Any use requiring one-half or more of a loading space shall be deemed to require the full space. Each loading space shall be at least 10 feet in width, 25 feet in length, and have 14 feet vertical clearance. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.520, 2006.]
No parking lot shall be surfaced or resurfaced without a building permit and until the project plans have been submitted to the city planning office for review to ensure conformance with the provisions of this chapter. If the staff advisor determines that the project plans conform to the provisions of this chapter, this person shall so certify on a copy of plans, retain one copy in the planning office files, and return a copy to the applicant. If a question arises as to the project’s conformance with the provisions of this chapter, the staff advisor shall subject the project to a site development plan review without a public hearing. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.525, 2006.]
Off-street parking spaces shall be provided and maintained as set forth in this chapter for all uses in all zoning districts, except as provided in subsection (C) of this section, or as otherwise provided at the time:
A. A new building is hereafter erected or enlarged; or
B. The use of a building or property is hereafter changed to another use with greater parking requirements; provided, that if the enlargement of a building existing at the time hereof is less than 50 percent of the gross floor area, parking space shall be required in proportion to the increase only. Any use requiring one-half or more of a parking space shall be deemed to require the full space. The provision and maintenance of off-street parking space is a continuing obligation of the property owner.
C. The following uses shall be subject to limited application of this chapter:
1. Single-family residential dwellings, duplex, triplex and quadplex dwellings in any zone shall provide parking consistent with spaces required in TMC 18.110.060 and developed consistent with standards in TMC 18.110.115, and are exempt from other standards of this chapter.
2. All uses in the central business district zone (CBD) are exempt from providing off-street parking consistent with this chapter, except that residential uses shall provide off-street parking consistent with this chapter at a ratio of 50 percent of the spaces otherwise required in TMC 18.110.060. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.530, 2006.]
A. The number of off-street parking spaces required shall be not less than as set forth in Table 18.110.060-1, except as otherwise provided in this chapter.
Table 18.110.060-1. Parking Requirements by Use
Use | Standard |
|---|---|
Residential Uses | |
Single-family dwelling (detached, attached, common wall, and individual manufactured homes) | 2 spaces per dwelling unit, or 1 space per dwelling unit with alley-loaded parking |
Duplex | 1 space per dwelling unit |
Triplex and quadplex dwelling | 1 space per dwelling unit |
Cluster housing | 1 space per dwelling unit |
Multifamily dwelling: Studio dwelling units One- and two-bedroom dwelling units Three-bedroom or larger dwelling units | 0.5 space per dwelling unit 1 space per dwelling unit 1.5 spaces per dwelling unit |
Residential care home and residential care facility | 2 spaces for each 3 guest rooms, or 1 per 3 beds, whichever is more |
Manufactured home park | 1 space for each manufactured home site, plus one per 8 manufactured homes as required by Chapter 18.180 TMC |
Institutional and Public Uses | |
Auditorium or meeting rooms | 1 space for each 60 square feet of floor area in the auditorium or, where seating is fixed to the floor, 1 space for each 4 seats or 8 feet of bench length |
Child care centers having 13 or more children, kindergartens, equivalent parochial or private schools | 1 space per 2 employees, a minimum of 2 spaces; 1 driveway, designed for continuous flow of passenger vehicles for the purpose of loading and unloading |
Churches | 1 space for every 5 seats or every 10 feet of bench length in the main auditorium (sanctuary or place of worship) |
Clubs and lodges | Spaces to meet the combined requirements of the uses being conducted, such as hotel, restaurant, auditorium, etc. |
Hospitals | 1.5 spaces for each bed; when fractioned, next higher full unit |
Libraries, museums, art galleries | 1 space for each 400 square feet of floor area |
Schools | |
Elementary or junior high schools and equivalent private and parochial schools | 1.5 spaces per classroom, or 12 feet of bench length in the auditorium or assembly room, whichever is greatest |
High schools and equivalent private school and parochial schools | 1.5 spaces per classroom plus 1 space for each 10 students capacity, or 1 space per 4 seats or 8 feet of bench length in the main auditorium, whichever is greater |
Colleges, universities; commercial schools for adults; institutions of higher learning; technical, music or art schools; equivalent private or parochial schools | 1 space for each 10 students classroom capacity |
Welfare or correctional institutions | 1 space for each 5 beds |
Passenger terminals (bus, rail) | 2 spaces for each 2,000 square feet floor space for the first 10,000 square feet, with 1 additional space for each additional 10,000 square feet |
Government offices | 1 space for every 450 square feet of gross floor area |
Commercial Uses | |
Banks, office buildings, business and professional offices, including medical and dental | Medical and dental offices – 1 space per 350 square feet of gross floor area; general offices – 1 space per 450 square feet of gross floor area |
Barber and beauty shops, pharmacies | 1 space for every 200 square feet of gross floor area |
Recreational or entertainment establishments | |
Stadiums, theaters, assembly halls | 1 space for each 60 square feet of gross floor area, or 1 space per 4 seats or 8 feet of bench length, whichever is greater |
Skating rinks, dance halls, pool halls, bowling alleys, arcades | 1 space for each 100 square feet of gross floor area |
Hotels and motels | 1 space per guest room plus 1 space for the manager |
Retail establishments, except as otherwise provided herein | 1 space for each 400 square feet of gross floor area |
Nursing homes, homes for the aged, assisted living facilities, and like uses | 1 space for each 2 beds for patients and/or residents |
Restaurants, taverns or bars | 1 space per 4 seats or 1 space for each 100 square feet of gross floor area, whichever is less |
Service or repair shops; retail stores exclusively handling bulky merchandise (e.g., automobiles, furniture) | 1 space for each 750 square feet of gross floor area |
Industrial Uses | |
Industrial uses listed as permitted in the light industrial zone | 2 spaces minimum, plus 1 space per 2 employees on the maximum shift, or 1 space for each 700 square feet of gross floor area, whichever is less, plus 1 space per company vehicle |
B. Maximum Number of Parking Spaces. The number of parking spaces provided by any particular use in ground surface parking lots shall not exceed the required minimum number of spaces provided by this section by more than 50 percent. Spaces provided on-street, or within the building footprint of structures, such as in rooftop parking, or under-structure parking, or in multi-level parking above or below surface lots, may not apply towards the maximum number of allowable spaces. Parking spaces provided through “shared parking” also do not apply toward the maximum number.
C. The following parking shall be provided for disabled persons, in conformance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (Table 18.110.060-2). Disabled parking is in addition to the minimum number of required parking spaces in subsection (A) of this section.
Table 18.110.060-2. Minimum Number of Accessible Parking Spaces – ADA Standards for Accessible Design
Total Number of Parking Spaces Provided (per Lot) | Total Minimum Number of Accessible Parking Spaces (60" and 96" Aisles) | Van Accessible Parking Spaces with Min. 96" Wide Access Aisle | Accessible Parking Spaces with Min. 60" Wide Access Aisle |
|---|---|---|---|
Column A | |||
1 – 25 | 1 | 1 | 0 |
26 – 50 | 2 | 1 | 1 |
51 – 75 | 3 | 1 | 2 |
76 – 100 | 4 | 1 | 3 |
101 – 150 | 5 | 1 | 4 |
151 – 200 | 6 | 1 | 5 |
201 – 300 | 7 | 1 | 6 |
301 – 400 | 8 | 1 | 7 |
401 – 500 | 9 | 2 | 7 |
501 – 1,000 | 2% of total parking provided in each lot | 1/8 of Column A* | 7/8 of Column A** |
1,001 and over | 20 plus 1 for each 100 over 1,000 | 1/8 of Column A* | 7/8 of Column A** |
*One out of every 8 accessible spaces
**7 out of every 8 accessible spaces
Handicapped parking spaces shall be located in a safe location in close proximity to a building entrance.
D. The number of employee off-street parking spaces may be reduced by the planning commission if the applicant for a development can demonstrate such a reduction is supported by adequate mass transit service or that organized carpooling or company-provided transportation is available.
E. The number of off-street parking spaces may be reduced by the planning commission when the developer can demonstrate that the driving characteristics of the development clientele do not necessitate full parking space requirements, that mass transit service is available, and/or that company-provided transportation is provided.
F. Credit for On-Street Parking. The amount of off-street parking required shall be reduced by one off-street parking space for every on-street parking space adjacent to the development. On-street parking shall follow the established configuration of existing on-street parking, except that angled parking may be allowed for some streets, where permitted by city of Talent standards. The following constitutes an on-street parking space:
1. Parallel parking, each 24 feet of uninterrupted curb;
2. Forty-five-degree diagonal parking, each with 12 feet nine inches of curb;
3. Sixty-degree diagonal parking, each with 10 feet five inches of curb;
4. Ninety-degree (perpendicular) parking, each with 10 feet of curb;
5. Curb space must be connected to the lot which contains the use;
6. Parking spaces that would not obstruct a required clear vision area, nor any other parking that violates any law or street standard; and
7. On-street parking spaces credited for a specific use may not be used exclusively by that use, but shall be available for general public use at all times. No signs or actions limiting general public use of on-street spaces are permitted. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.540, 2006.]
Other uses not specifically listed above shall furnish parking as required by the planning commission. The planning commission shall use the above list as a guide for determining the requirements for said other uses. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.550, 2006.]
A. If more than one type of land use occupies a single structure or parcel of land, the total requirements for off-street parking spaces shall be the sum of the requirements for the various uses, unless the planning commission finds that the peak parking demands are actually less (i.e., the uses operate on different days or at different times of the day). In that case, the total requirements shall be reduced accordingly.
B. In the CBD, CBH, CN and CH zones, sites developed with a mix of residential and nonresidential uses are presumed to have reduce peak parking demands and shall be allowed to reduce required residential parking spaces under TMC 18.110.060 by 50 percent at a minimum. Further reductions may be approved by planning commission consistent with subsection (A) of this section. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.552, 2006.]
The planning commission may, upon application by the owners or operators of the uses, encourage and authorize the joint use of parking facilities required by two or more uses, structures or parcels of land, to the extent that it can be shown by the owners or operators of the uses that time does not overlap, and the parking facility is no further than 500 feet from the buildings or uses required to provide parking. If the uses, structures, or parcels are under separate ownership, a right to joint use of the parking space must be evidenced by a deed, lease, contract or other appropriate document to establish the joint use; such instrument must be approved as to form and content by the city attorney, recorded in the office of the county recorder and copies thereof filed with the city recorder. Joint parking facilities are encouraged in the central business district zone, as well as along arterials and collectors to promote access management standards. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.555, 2006.]
Commercial, industrial facilities and multiple-family dwellings shall provide adequate, safe and conveniently located parking facilities for bicycles. All uses, which are subject to site design review, shall provide bicycle parking, in conformance with the following standards, which are evaluated during site design review:
A. Number of Bicycle Parking Spaces. A minimum of two bicycle parking spaces per use is required for all uses with greater than 10 vehicle parking spaces. The following additional standards apply to specific types of development:
1. Multiple-Family Dwellings. Every residential use of five or more dwelling units provides at least one sheltered bicycle parking space for each dwelling unit. Sheltered bicycle parking spaces may be located within a garage, storage shed, basement, utility room or similar area. In those instances in which the residential complex has no garage or other easily accessible storage unit, the bicycle parking spaces may be sheltered from sun and precipitation under an eave, overhang, independent structure, or similar cover.
2. Parking Lots. All public and commercial parking lots and parking structures provide a minimum of one bicycle parking space for every 10 motor vehicle parking spaces. Sheltered bicycle parking is recommended to encourage bicycle use.
3. Schools. Elementary, middle, and high schools, both private and public, provide one bicycle parking space for every five students and employees. All spaces shall be sheltered under an eave, overhang, independent structure, or similar cover.
4. Colleges and Trade Schools. Provide one bicycle parking space for every 10 motor vehicle spaces plus one space for every dormitory unit. Fifty percent of the bicycle parking spaces shall be sheltered under an eave, overhang, independent structure, or similar cover.
5. Downtown District. Within the CBD, bicycle parking for customers shall be provided along the street at a rate of at least one space per use. Individual uses may provide their own parking, or spaces may be clustered to serve up to six bicycles. Bicycle parking spaces shall be located in front of the stores along the street, either on the sidewalks or in specially constructed or designated areas such as pedestrian curb extensions. Inverted “U” style racks are recommended and creative designs are strongly encouraged. Bicycle parking shall not interfere with pedestrian passage, leaving a clear area of at least 36 inches between bicycles and other existing and potential obstructions. Customer spaces may or may not be sheltered. When provided, sheltered parking (within a building, or under an eave, overhang, or similar structure) shall be provided at a rate of one space per 10 employees, with a minimum of one space per store.
6. Multiple Uses. For buildings with multiple uses (such as a commercial or mixed-use center), bicycle parking standards shall be calculated by using the total number of motor vehicle parking spaces required for the entire development. A minimum of one bicycle parking space for every 10 motor vehicle parking spaces is required unless a bus shelter with an existing bike rack is located adjacent to the proposed site.
B. Exemptions. This section does not apply to single-family dwellings (attached, detached, common wall, or manufactured housing), duplex, triplex or quadplex dwellings, home occupations, agriculture and livestock uses, or other developments with fewer than 10 vehicle parking spaces. Further exemptions may be approved only by the planning commission.
C. Location and Design. Bicycle parking shall be conveniently located with respect to both the street right-of-way and at least one building entrance (e.g., no farther away than the closest parking space). It should be incorporated whenever possible into building design and coordinated with the design of street furniture when it is provided, unless demonstrated otherwise by the applicant. Street furniture includes benches, streetlights, planters, and other pedestrian amenities. Creative designs are strongly encouraged.
D. Visibility and Security. Bicycle parking shall be visible to cyclists from street sidewalks or building entrances, so that it provides sufficient security from theft and damage.
E. Options for Storage. Bicycle parking requirements for long-term and employee parking can be met by providing a bicycle storage room, bicycle lockers, racks, or other secure storage space inside or outside of the building.
F. Lighting. Bicycle parking shall be as well lit as vehicle parking for security, unless otherwise well lit by an existing streetlight in the public right-of-way.
G. Reserved Areas. Areas set aside for bicycle parking shall be clearly marked and reserved for bicycle parking only.
H. Hazards. Bicycle parking shall not impede or create a hazard to pedestrians. Parking areas shall be located so as to not conflict with vision clearance standards in TMC 18.105.055. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.560, 2006.]
A. Location of Parking Facilities. Off-street parking spaces for existing and proposed dwellings shall be located on the same lot with said structure. Other required parking spaces shall be located on the same parcel or on another parcel not farther than 500 feet from the building or use they are intended to serve, measured in a straight line from the building. The burden of proving such existence of such off-premises parking arrangements rests upon the person who has the responsibility of providing parking.
B. Use of Parking Facilities. Required parking space shall be available for the parking of operable passenger automobiles of residents, customers, patrons and employees only, and shall not be used for the storage of vehicles or materials or for the parking of trucks used in conducting the business or use.
C. Parking, Front Yard. Required parking and loading space shall not be located in a required front yard setback, but such space may be located within a required side or rear yard. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.565, 2006.]
A. Applicability. The standards of this section apply to all single-family, duplex, triplex and quadplex dwellings in any zone.
B. Dimensions. Off-street parking spaces shall be a minimum of nine feet wide by 19 feet deep.
C. Location. Off-street parking spaces shall be located on the same lot as the residential dwelling(s), and may be located in a garage or carport. Parking spaces may not be located within the front yard or street side yard setbacks, with the exception of spaces located in a driveway within those setbacks.
D. Driveways. Driveways shall comply with standards in TMC 18.115.060(J).
E. Materials. Parking, driveway and maneuvering areas are required to have a durable and dust-free hard surface, and shall be maintained for all-weather use. The use of pervious concrete, pervious paving, parallel driveway tracks leaving the space between unpaved, or an in-ground grid or lattice surface is encouraged to minimize impervious surface and reduce storm water runoff. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021.]
A. Groups of five or more parking spaces shall be served by a service drive so that no backward movement or other maneuvering of a vehicle within a street other than an alley will be required.
B. In cases where a lot fronts on a major or minor arterial street, parking spaces shall be arranged so that no backward movement in the public right-of-way or other maneuvering of a vehicle, including any trailer being towed by a vehicle, within the arterial street shall be required.
C. The community development director or planning commission (for Type III reviews) may allow 35 percent of the required off-street parking spaces to be reduced to seven feet six inches by 15 feet to accommodate compact or hybrid electric cars.
D. Parking Stall Standard Dimensions and Compact Car Parking. All off-street parking stalls shall be improved to conform to city standards for surfacing, storm water management, and striping. Standard parking spaces shall conform to the dimensions below (Figure 18.110.120 and Table 18.110.120). Disabled parking shall conform to the standards in TMC 18.110.060(C).
Figure 18.110.120.

Table 18.110.120. Minimum Parking Space and Aisle Dimensions
A | Type | B | C | D | E | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Angle | Stall Width (in feet) | Stall Depth (in feet) | 1-Way Aisle Width (in feet) | 2-Way Aisle Width (in feet) | Curb length perpendicular to Aisle (D) (in feet) | |
0° (parallel) | standard | 8.0 | 8.0 | 12.0 | 24.0 | 22.5 |
compact | 7.5 | 7.5 | 12.0 | 24.0 | 19.5 | |
30° | standard | 9.0 | 17.0 | 12.0 | 24.0 | 18.0 |
compact | 7.5 | 14.0 | 12.0 | 24.0 | 15.0 | |
45° | standard | 9.0 | 19.0 | 12.0 | 24.0 | 12.5 |
compact | 7.5 | 16.0 | 12.0 | 24.0 | 10.5 | |
60° | standard | 9.0 | 20.0 | 18.0 | 24.0 | 10.5 |
compact | 7.5 | 16.5 | 15.0 | 24.0 | 8.5 | |
90° | standard | 9.0 | 19.0 | 24.0 | 24.0 | 9.0 |
compact | 7.5 | 15.0 | 22.0 | 24.0 | 7.5 | |
[Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.570, 2006.]
All public and private parking areas which contain five or more off-street parking spaces shall be improved according to the following:
A. All parking areas shall have a durable, dust-free surfacing of asphaltic concrete, Portland cement concrete, or other materials approved by the city engineer. The use of pervious asphalt paving in parking areas is encouraged to meet on-site storm water standards that may significantly reduce the requirement for drainage facilities.
B. All parking areas, aisles, turnarounds, and outdoor vehicle sales areas shall be graded so as not to drain storm water over sidewalks, public rights-of-way, and abutting private property. Storm water runoff generated beyond that which is normal for the site in its natural state shall, as much as possible, be retained on the site. Direct flow in stream channels is to be avoided. Methods to accomplish this provision include exhausting the possibilities of grading and draining parking lots into one or more of the following: percolation wells, trenches or ponds; vegetated or landscaped swales; natural drainage channels other than creek channels; and, for peak rainfall or runoff periods, seldom-used portions of the parking lot itself. It is the responsibility of the property owner to maintain the storm water system on his property in an operational manner so as to maintain the public safety and welfare; failure to maintain such a system in good repair may be constituted as a public nuisance in accordance with the provisions of any city ordinance regarding public nuisances. At least, drainage systems shall be conducted to public storm water sewers and ditches. (Please see Storm Drainage Design Standards.)
C. All spaces shall be permanently and clearly marked.
D. Wheel stops and bumper guards shall be provided where appropriate for all spaces abutting property lines or buildings, and where necessary to protect trees or other landscaping; and no vehicle shall overhang a public right-of-way.
E. Where parking facilities or driveways are located adjacent to residential or agricultural uses, school yards, or similar institutions, a sight-obscuring fence, wall or evergreen hedge not less than five feet and not more than six feet in height (except that such wall, fence or screen planting may exceed six feet in height if located beyond the required yard setbacks), and adhering to any vision clearance requirements and the yard requirements of the zone in which it is located, shall be provided on the property line, or between the property line and the parking area or driveway. Screen plantings shall be of such size and number as to provide the required screening at maturity, and shall be planted within 12 months of the issuance of the building permit required in subsection (H) of this section.
F. Trees and Landscaping.
1. A minimum of 40 percent of the outdoor parking area shall be shaded by trees within 15 years of planting, and by buildings at noon on August 21st, Pacific Daylight Time. Noon on August 21st constitutes a 58-degree solar altitude and shadow lengths shall be calculated by multiplying the height of a shadow-casting object by 0.625. Shadow patterns will be cast in a due north direction from the object.
2. Trees shall be retained and/or planted in landscaped areas, which shall cover not less than seven percent of the area devoted to outdoor parking facilities. Such landscaping shall be uniformly distributed throughout the parking area and may consist of trees plus shrubs, ground cover or related material. The intent is to break up large expanses of asphalt and thus provide shade in the warmer months and pervious surfaces for storm water, and aesthetic relief. At a minimum, one tree per five parking spaces total shall be planted to create a partial tree canopy over and around the parking area. All parking areas with more than 20 spaces shall include landscape islands with trees to break up the parking area into rows of not more than 12 contiguous parking spaces. All landscaped areas shall have minimum dimensions of four feet by four feet to ensure adequate soil, water, and space for sustainable plant growth, with appropriate timing devices to encourage water conservation.
3. Irrigation facilities or other provisions for the continuing care of the vegetation and protective curbs or raised wood headers shall be provided for landscaped areas.
4. Trees shall be of a type and distribution to reduce the reflection of heat by paved surfaces and should have an adequate lifespan, be pollution tolerant and have low maintenance requirements in order to save long-term costs. An approved recommended tree list will be provided to the applicant.
5. Trees shall be planted in a manner that will minimize interference with the solar access of adjacent properties.
G. Any lights provided to illuminate any public or private parking area or vehicle sales area shall be so arranged as to reflect light away from any abutting or adjacent residential district and limit excessive light pollution.
H. Building permits are required for all parking lot construction, repair or resurfacing. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.575, 2006.]
A. Parking Prohibited on Flag Drives. No parking or storage of vehicles will be permitted on flag drives, unless area is provided for parking in addition to the paved width required for access to a flag lot. A flag drive is generally the narrow portion used for access of a flag lot defined in TMC Title 17.
B. Recreation Vehicles. The following regulations apply to recreation vehicles parked outside of recreation vehicle parks:
1. It shall be unlawful to occupy a recreational vehicle parked on a public street for sleeping or living purposes for any period of time exceeding three hours.
2. No owner or person in charge of premises within the city shall occupy or allow the occupancy of a recreation vehicle upon the premises as permanent living quarters, except where specifically permitted as a use within a mobile home park.
3. A recreation vehicle may be parked on private property and used for sleeping and/or cooking purposes by guests visiting the residents of the premises, for a period not to exceed 15 days; provided, that the vehicle has self-contained sewage facilities or the occupants are utilizing the facilities in the residence on the premises.
4. Nothing in this title shall prevent the parking of an unoccupied recreation vehicle, not in daily use, upon the premises of the owner thereof. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.580, 2006.]
This chapter addresses access management, multimodal circulation, public improvements, and dedications and setbacks. One of the primary purposes of this chapter is to provide standards for attractive and safe streets that can accommodate vehicle traffic from planned growth, and provide a range of alternative transportation options, including, but not limited to, carpooling, walking, transit and bicycling. This chapter is also intended to implement the transportation system plan (TSP) portion of the comprehensive plan.
The dedications, improvements and/or setbacks required by this chapter must be met or complied with, or provisions made to ensure complete compliance, before any building permits shall be issued. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021.]
A. Purpose. To preserve the character of the city and to conserve natural resources by encouraging development that incorporates open space and the natural features of the land into neighborhood design, and by allowing density distribution within the development project so that there is no penalty for creative design.
B. Open Space Standard. Designated locally significant wetland and riparian areas and a 50-foot “safe harbor” setback from these areas shall be maintained as permanent open space, pursuant to Chapter 18.85 TMC. Additional open space may also be required by the city or dedicated by the developer of a subdivision, in conformance with the comprehensive plan. The open space shall be shown on the preliminary plat for a subdivision and recorded with the final plat or separate instrument in accordance with one of the following methods:
1. By dedication to the city as publicly owned open space. Open space proposed for dedication to the city must be acceptable to the city council with regard to the size, shape, location, improvement, environmental condition (i.e., the applicant may be required to provide a level-one environmental assessment), and budgetary and maintenance terms; or
2. As private open space, by leasing or conveying title (including beneficial ownership) to a corporation, homeowners association or other legal entity, with the city retaining the development rights to the property. The terms of such lease or other instrument of conveyance must include provisions (e.g., maintenance, property tax payment, etc.) acceptable to the city, and shall establish that the subject property may not be developed for any purpose other than that specified in the approved plan. (Note: This section is intended to ensure that open space is used for open space or recreational purposes only.)
C. Uses of Required Open Space. Subject to review and approval by the city council, an open space dedication may be used to comply with the city’s wetland and riparian protection codes and ordinances (Chapters 15.15 and 18.85 TMC) and/or mitigate parks and recreation impacts related to the subject development.
D. Open Space for Public Park Use. If determined by the planning commission to be in the public interest in accordance with the adopted comprehensive plan, the city may require the dedication or reservation of areas within the subdivision of a character, extent and location suitable for the development of parks and other public uses.
E. Additional Open Space. If the developer is required to reserve additional land area in excess of conservation areas prescribed in subsections (B) through (D) of this section, for a park, playground, or other public use, the land shall be acquired by the appropriate public agency within 24 months following final plat approval, at a price agreed upon prior to approval of the plat, or the reservation shall be released to the property owner.
(Note: When the developer is required to reserve additional land area in excess of conservation areas, Dolan v. City of Tigard findings should be in the staff report and decision to justify the exaction.)
F. System Development Charge Credit. Dedication of land to the city for public use areas shall be eligible as a credit toward any required system development charge for parks. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021.]
A. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to provide planning and design standards for public and private transportation facilities and utilities.
B. When Standards Apply. All development shall comply with the city’s public facilities standards and construction specifications. When a new subdivision uses existing streets and other public facilities, those facilities shall be improved to current standards.
C. Standard Specifications. The public works director and city engineer shall establish written standard construction specifications and standard construction drawings consistent with the design standards of this section and application of engineering principles. They are incorporated in this code by reference.
D. Conditions of Development Approval. No development may occur unless required public facilities are in place or guaranteed, in conformance with the provisions of this code. Improvements required as a condition of development approval, when not voluntarily accepted by the applicant, shall be roughly proportional to the impact of development. Findings in the development approval shall indicate how the required improvements are roughly proportional to the impact. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021.]
To ensure safe, direct, and convenient pedestrian circulation, all developments, except residential development of four or fewer units on a single lot, shall provide a continuous pedestrian and/or multi-use pathway system. (Pathways only provide for pedestrian circulation. Multi-use pathways accommodate pedestrians and bicyclists.) The system of pathways shall be designed based on the standards in subsections (A) through (E) of this section:
A. Continuous Pathways. The pathway system shall extend throughout the development site, and connect to all future phases of development, adjacent trails, public parks and open space areas whenever possible. The developer may also be required to connect or stub pathway(s) to adjacent streets and private property, in accordance with the provisions of this section.
Figure 18.115.030-1. Pedestrian Pathway System for Multiple-Family Development (Typical)

B. Safe, Direct, and Convenient Pathways. Pathways within developments shall provide safe, reasonably direct and convenient connections between primary building entrances and all adjacent streets, based on the following definitions:
1. Reasonably Direct. A route that does not deviate unnecessarily from a straight line or a route that does not involve a significant amount of out-of-direction travel for likely users.
2. Safe and Convenient. Bicycle and pedestrian routes that are reasonably free from hazards and provide a reasonably direct route of travel between destinations.
3. For commercial, industrial, mixed use, as well as public and institutional buildings, the primary entrance is the main public entrance to the building. In the case where no public entrance exists, street connections shall be provided to the main employee entrance.
4. For residential buildings, the primary entrance is the front door (i.e., facing the street). For multifamily buildings in which each unit does not have its own exterior entrance, the primary entrance may be a lobby, courtyard, or breezeway that serves as a common entrance for more than one dwelling.
5. Walkways shall be constructed with a hard-surfaced material and shall be no less than five feet wide. If adjacent to a parking area where vehicles will overhang the walkway, a seven-foot-wide walkway shall be provided. The walkways shall be separated from parking areas and internal driveways using curbing, landscaping, bollards, or distinctive paving materials.
C. Connections Within Development. For all developments subject to site development plan review (Chapter 18.150 TMC), pathways shall connect all building entrances to one another. In addition, pathways shall connect all parking areas, storage areas, recreational facilities and common areas, and adjacent developments to the site, as applicable.
D. Street Connectivity. Pathways (for pedestrians and bicycles) shall be provided at or near mid-block where the block length exceeds the length required by TMC 18.115.050(J)(1) through (J)(5). Pathways shall also be provided where cul-de-sacs or permanent dead-end streets are planned, to connect the ends of the streets together, to other streets, and/or to other existing or future developments. Pathways used to comply with these standards shall conform to all of the following criteria:
1. All pathways shall be not less than 10 feet and not more than a 20-foot-wide right-of-way or easement that allows access for emergency vehicles;
2. Pathways within subdivisions shall be lighted;
3. Stairs or switchback paths using a narrower right-of-way/easement may be required in lieu of a multi-use pathway where grades are steep;
4. The city may require landscaping and/or fencing within the pathway easement/right-of-way for screening and the privacy of adjoining properties;
5. The community development director or planning commission (for Type III reviews) may determine, based upon facts in the record, that a pathway is impracticable due to: physical or topographic conditions (e.g., freeways, railroads, extremely steep slopes, sensitive lands, and similar physical constraints); buildings or other existing development on adjacent properties that physically prevent a connection now or in the future, considering the potential for redevelopment; and sites where the provisions of recorded leases, easements, covenants, restrictions, or other agreements recorded prior to the effective date of the ordinance codified in this chapter prohibit the pathway connection.
Figure 18.115.030-2. Pathway Standards (Typical)

E. Design and Construction. Pathways shall conform to all of the standards in subsections (E)(1) through (E)(5) of this section:
1. Vehicle/Pathway Separation. Where pathways are parallel and adjacent to a driveway or street (public or private), they shall be raised six inches and curbed, or separated from the driveway/street by a five-foot-minimum strip with bollards, a landscape berm, or other physical barrier. If a raised path is used, the ends of the raised portions must be equipped with curb ramps that comply with the federal Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).
2. Housing/Pathway Separation. Pedestrian pathways for public use shall be separated a minimum of five feet from all residential living areas on the ground floor, except at building entrances. Separation is measured from the pathway edge to the closest dwelling unit. The separation area shall be landscaped in conformance with the provisions of Chapter 18.105 TMC. No pathway/building separation is required for commercial, industrial, public, or institutional uses, except as required for mixed uses when a residential use is on the ground floor.
3. Crosswalks. Where pathways cross a parking area, driveway, or street (“crosswalk”), they shall be clearly marked with contrasting paving materials, humps/raised crossings, or painted striping. An example of contrasting paving material is the use of a concrete crosswalk through an asphalt driveway. If painted striping is used, it shall consist of thermoplastic striping or similar type of durable application. Striping, because of ongoing maintenance costs, is not the city’s preferred alternative.
4. Pathway Surface. Pathway surfaces shall be concrete, asphalt, brick/masonry pavers, or other surface as approved by the city, at least six feet wide or as approved by the city and shall conform to ADA requirements. Multi-use paths (i.e., for bicycles and pedestrians) shall be the same materials, at least 10 feet wide. (See also TMC 18.115.050, Transportation facility standards, for public, multi-use pathway standard.) Pathway right-of-way shall be no less than 15 feet to provide emergency vehicle access. Right-of-way of less than 15 feet may be used where a path could not otherwise be provided, but in no case may a right-of-way less than 12 feet be approved for a public path.
5. Accessible Routes. Pathways shall comply with the ADA, which requires accessible routes of travel. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021.]
A. Purpose. This section is intended to improve the comfort, safety and appearance of streets through the appropriate use of street trees. The standards in this section supplement, but do not replace, the provisions of Chapters 18.105 and 18.135 TMC.
B. Plantings. Street trees shall be planted in planter strips on all arterial and collector streets, for all developments that are subject to land division or site design review, except that street trees may be planted in planter wells as provided in subsection (E) of this section. Street trees are encouraged, but not required, for local streets. When provided on local streets, street trees shall be in planter strips. Additional requirements for tree planting are provided in TMC 18.105.030. Planting on unimproved streets shall be deferred until the construction of curbs and sidewalks.
C. Growth Characteristics. Trees shall be selected based on growth characteristics and site conditions, including available space, overhead clearance, soil conditions, exposure, and desired color and appearance. The following should guide tree selection:
1. Provide a broad canopy where shade is desired.
2. Use low-growing trees for spaces under utility wires.
3. Select trees that can be “limbed-up” where vision clearance is a concern.
4. Use narrow or “columnar” trees where awnings or other building features limit growth, or where greater visibility is desired between buildings and the street.
5. Use species with similar growth characteristics on the same block for design continuity.
6. Avoid using trees that are susceptible to insect damage and avoid using trees that produce excessive seeds or fruit.
7. Select trees that are well adapted to the environment, including soil, wind, sun exposure, and exhaust. Drought-resistant trees should be used in areas with sandy or rocky soil.
8. Select trees for their seasonal color, as desired.
9. Use deciduous trees for summer shade and winter sun.
D. Caliper Size. The minimum caliper size at planting shall be two inches diameter at breast height (dbh), based on the American Association of Nurserymen Standards.
E. Spacing and Location. If a planter strip is provided, street trees shall be planted within the planting strip. If a planter strip is not provided, trees shall be planted behind the sidewalk or in sidewalk tree wells (e.g., downtown area) when determined in the review process to be a reasonable accommodation. Street tree spacing shall be based upon the type of tree(s) selected and the canopy size at maturity. In general, trees shall be spaced no more than 30 feet apart, except where planting a tree would conflict with sight distance requirements, or existing trees, retaining walls, utilities and similar physical barriers.
F. Soil Preparation, Planting and Care. The developer shall be responsible for planting street trees, including soil preparation, ground cover material, staking, and temporary irrigation for two years after planting. The developer shall also be responsible for tree care (pruning, watering, fertilization, and replacement as necessary) during the first year after planting and individual homeowners or established homeowners’ association will be responsible thereafter.
G. Street Tree List. Only trees included on the city of Talent’s approved tree list shall be planted as street trees. The Pacific Power approved tree list where overhead power lines are a factor, or other native tree lists acceptable to the parks and recreation commission and tree subcommittee, will be acceptable as well. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021.]
A. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to ensure that developments provide a safe and efficient public street system for pedestrians and vehicles, in conformance with the city’s transportation system plan and applicable ordinances.
B. Development Standards. No development shall occur unless the development has frontage or approved access to a public street, in conformance with the provisions of TMC 18.115.060, Vehicular access and circulation, and the following standards are met:
1. Streets within or adjacent to a development shall be improved in accordance with the transportation system plan standards;
2. Development of new streets, and additional street width or improvements planned as a portion of an existing street, shall be improved in accordance with this section, and public streets shall be dedicated to the applicable city, county or state jurisdiction;
3. The city may accept a future improvement guarantee (e.g., owner agrees not to remonstrate (object) against the formation of a local improvement district in the future) in lieu of street improvements if one or more of the following conditions exists:
a. A partial improvement may create a potential safety hazard to motorists or pedestrians;
b. Due to the developed condition of adjacent properties it is unlikely that street improvements would be extended in the foreseeable future and the improvement associated with the project under review does not, by itself, provide increased street safety or capacity, or improved pedestrian circulation;
c. The improvement would be in conflict with an adopted capital improvement plan; or
d. The improvement is associated with an approved land partition on property zoned residential and the proposed land partition does not create any new streets.
C. Variances. A variance to the transportation design standards in this section may be granted pursuant to Chapter 18.160 TMC.
D. Creation of Rights-of-Way for Streets and Related Purposes. Streets, sidewalks and walkways shall be created through the approval and recording of a final subdivision or partition plat; except the city may approve the creation of a street, sidewalk or walkway by acceptance of a deed; provided, that the street is deemed essential by the city council for the purpose of implementing the transportation system plan, and the deeded right-of-way conforms to the standards of this code. All deeds of dedication shall be in a form prescribed by the city administrator and shall name “the public” as grantee.
E. Creation of Access Easements. The city may approve an access easement established by deed when the easement is necessary to provide for access and circulation in conformance with TMC 18.115.060, Vehicular access and circulation. Access easements shall be created and maintained in accordance with Uniform Fire Code Section 10.207.
F. Street Location, Width, and Grade. Except as noted below, the location, width and grade of all streets shall conform to the transportation system plan, as applicable, and an approved street plan or subdivision plat. Street location, width and grade shall be determined in relation to existing and planned streets, topographic conditions, public convenience and safety, and in appropriate relation to the proposed use of the land to be served by such streets:
1. Street grades shall be approved by the public works director or designee in accordance with the design standards in subsection (O) of this section; and
2. Where the location of a street is not shown in an existing street plan (see subsection (I) of this section), the location of streets in a development shall either:
a. Provide for the continuation and connection of existing streets in the surrounding areas, conforming to the street standards of this section; or
b. Conform to a street plan adopted by the planning commission, if it is impractical to connect with existing street patterns because of particular topographical or other existing conditions of the land. Such a plan shall be based on the type of land use to be served, the volume of traffic, the capacity of adjoining streets and the need for public convenience and safety.
G. Minimum Rights-of-Way and Street Sections. Street rights-of-way and improvements shall be within the range of appropriate widths adopted in the transportation system plan. A variance shall be required to vary the standards in the transportation system plan. Where a range of width is indicated, the width shall be determined by the decision-making authority based upon the following factors:
1. Street classification in the transportation system plan;
2. Anticipated traffic generation;
3. On-street parking needs;
4. Sidewalk and bikeway requirements based on anticipated level of use;
5. Requirements for placement of utilities;
6. Street lighting;
7. Proposed traffic-calming devices;
8. Minimize drainage, slope, and sensitive lands impacts, as identified by the comprehensive plan;
9. Street tree location, as provided for in TMC 18.115.040, Street trees;
10. Protection of significant vegetation (i.e., trees with a caliper of four inches (dbh) or greater);
11. Safety and comfort for motorists, bicyclists, and pedestrians;
12. Street furnishings (e.g., benches, lighting, bus shelters, etc.), when provided;
13. Access needs for emergency vehicles; and
14. Transition between different street widths (e.g., existing streets and new streets) where applicable.
H. Traffic Signals and Traffic-Calming Features.
1. Traffic-calming features, such as traffic circles, roundabouts, curb extensions, crosswalks, speed bumps, narrow residential streets, and special paving, should be used to slow traffic in existing and planned neighborhoods and areas with high pedestrian traffic.
Figure 18.115.050-1. Traffic-Calming Features

2. Traffic signals shall be required with development when traffic signal warrants are met, in conformance with the Highway Capacity Manual and the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices. The location of traffic signals shall be noted on approved street plans. Where a proposed street intersection will result in an immediate need for a traffic signal, a signal meeting approved specifications shall be installed. The developer’s cost and the timing of improvements shall be included as a condition of development approval.
I. Future Street Plan and Extension of Streets.
1. A future street plan shall be filed by the applicant in conjunction with an application for a subdivision in order to facilitate orderly development of the street system. The plan shall show the pattern of existing and proposed future streets from the boundaries of the proposed land division and shall include other dividable parcels within 600 feet surrounding and adjacent to the proposed land division. The street plan is not binding; rather, it is intended to show potential future street extensions to serve future development.
2. Streets shall be extended to the boundary lines of the parcel or tract to be developed, when the planning commission determines that the extension is necessary to give street access to, or permit a satisfactory future division of, adjoining land. The point where the streets temporarily end shall conform to subsections (I)(2)(a) through (c) of this section:
a. These extended streets or street stubs to adjoining properties are not considered to be cul-de-sacs or permanent dead-end streets since they are intended to continue as through streets when the adjoining property is developed.
b. A barricade (e.g., fence, bollards, boulders or similar vehicle barrier) shall be constructed at the end of the street by the subdivider and shall not be removed until authorized by the city or other applicable agency with jurisdiction over the street. The cost of the barricade shall be included in the street construction cost.
c. Temporary turnarounds (e.g., hammerhead or bulb-shaped configuration) shall be constructed for stub streets over 150 feet in length.
J. Street Alignment and Connections.
1. Staggering of streets making “T” intersections at collectors and arterials shall not be designed so that jogs of less than 300 feet on such streets are created, as measured from the centerline of the street.
2. Spacing between local street intersections shall have a minimum separation of 125 feet, except where more closely spaced intersections are designed to provide an open space, pocket park, common area or similar neighborhood amenity. This standard applies to four-way and three-way (offset) intersections.
3. All local and collector streets that abut a development site shall be extended within the site to provide through circulation unless prevented by environmental or topographical constraints, existing development patterns or compliance with other standards in this code. This exception applies when it is not possible to redesign or reconfigure the street pattern to provide required extensions. Land is considered topographically constrained if the slope is greater than 15 percent for a distance of 250 feet or more. In the case of environmental or topographical constraints, the mere presence of a constraint is not sufficient to show that a street connection is not possible. The applicant must show why the environmental or topographic constraint precludes some reasonable street connection.
4. Proposed streets or street extensions shall be located to provide direct access to existing or planned commercial services and other neighborhood facilities, such as schools, shopping areas, parks and transit facilities wherever possible.
5. In order to promote efficient vehicular and pedestrian circulation throughout the city, the design of subdivisions and alignment of new streets shall conform to the standards in TMC 18.115.060, Vehicular access and circulation, and block length shall not exceed the dimensions in subsections (J)(5)(a) through (c) of this section:
a. Four-hundred-foot maximum block length, and 1,200-foot maximum perimeter in the residential zones;
b. Four-hundred-foot maximum block length and 1,200-foot maximum perimeter in the central business district zone;
c. Eight-hundred-foot maximum block length and 2,400-foot maximum perimeter in the light industrial district.
Exceptions to the above standards may be granted when the developer can clearly demonstrate that compliance is not feasible, or when a nonvehicle access way is provided at or near mid-block, in conformance with the provisions of TMC 18.115.030, Pedestrian access and circulation. (See examples in Figure 18.115.050-2.)
Figure 18.115.050-2. Street Connectivity

K. Sidewalks, Planter Strips, Bicycle Lanes. Sidewalks, planter strips, and bicycle lanes in a public right-of-way shall be installed in conformance with the TSP. Pathways and bike paths within subdivisions shall be designed to promote the safety of those using the path, and the privacy of adjoining property owners to the greatest extent practicable. For example, pathway connections shall be as direct as possible. Overhead street lighting shall be coordinated with pathway entrances wherever possible, and pedestrian-oriented lighting shall be considered in other areas where overhead lighting cannot be provided. Fences and landscaping may be required for privacy screening and buffering between pathways and adjacent land uses. Alternatively, grade change between pathways and adjacent uses may be a suitable buffer. Ease of maintenance of paved areas and use of native landscaping shall also be encouraged. Maintenance of sidewalks and planter strips is the continuing obligation of the adjacent property owner (ORS 105.672).
L. Intersection Angles. Streets shall be laid out to intersect at an angle as near to a right angle as practicable, except where topography requires a lesser angle or where a reduced angle is necessary to provide an open space, pocket park, common area or similar neighborhood amenity. In addition, the following standards shall apply:
1. No street intersection may be created within 25 feet of a street curve, and no street curve may be created within 25 feet of a street intersection (on the same street). Such intersections and curves shall have at least 25 feet of tangent between them unless topography requires a lesser distance;
2. Intersections that are not at right angles shall have a minimum corner radius of 20 feet along the right-of-way lines of the acute angle; and
3. Right-of-way lines at intersections with arterial streets shall have a corner radius of not less than 20 feet.
M. Existing Rights-of-Way. Whenever existing rights-of-way adjacent to or within a tract are of less than standard width, additional rights-of-way shall be provided at the time of subdivision or development, in conformance with the standards in the transportation system plan.
N. Cul-de-sacs. A permanent dead-end street shall be no more than 250 feet long, shall not provide access to more than 12 dwelling units, and shall only be used when environmental or topographical constraints, existing development patterns, or compliance with other standards in this code preclude street extension and through circulation:
1. All cul-de-sacs shall terminate with a circular or hammerhead turnaround. Circular turnarounds shall have a radius of not less than 30 feet, and not more than a radius of 40 feet (i.e., from center to edge of pavement); except that turnarounds may be larger when they contain a landscaped island or parking bay in their center. When an island or parking bay is provided, there shall be a fire apparatus lane of 20 feet in width;
2. The length of the cul-de-sac shall be measured along the centerline of the roadway from the near side of the intersecting street to the farthest point of the cul-de-sac pavement; and
3. Pathways shall be provided to connect cul-de-sacs in conformance with TMC 18.115.030(B).
O. Grades and Curves. Grades shall not exceed 10 percent on arterials, 12 percent on collector streets, or 12 percent on any other street (except that local or residential access streets may have segments with grades up to 15 percent for distances of no greater than 250 feet), and:
1. Centerline curve radii shall not be less than 700 feet on arterials, 500 feet on major collectors, 350 feet on minor collectors, or 100 feet on other streets; and
2. Streets intersecting with a minor collector or greater functional classification street, or streets intended to be posted with a stop sign or signalization, shall provide a landing averaging five percent slope or less. Landings are portions of the street within 20 feet of the edge of the intersecting street at full improvement.
P. Curbs, Curb Cuts, Ramps, and Driveway Approaches. Concrete curbs, curb cuts, wheelchair and bicycle ramps and driveway approaches shall be constructed in accordance with standards specified in TMC 18.115.060, Vehicular access and circulation, and Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) standards.
Q. Streets Adjacent to Railroad Right-of-Way. Wherever a proposed residential subdivision is adjacent to a railroad right-of-way, a street approximately parallel to such right-of-way at a distance suitable for the appropriate use of the land shall be created. Exception: This standard shall not apply where physical constraints (e.g., wetlands, slopes, etc.) make development of a road impracticable. In this situation, the subdivision shall contain adequate buffering and additional setbacks may be required, as determined by the planning commission. New railroad crossings and modifications to existing crossings are subject to review and approval by the Oregon Department of Transportation.
R. Development Adjoining Arterial Streets. Where a development adjoins or is crossed by an existing or proposed arterial street, the development design shall separate residential access and through traffic, and shall minimize traffic conflicts. To satisfy this requirement, the design shall include one or more of the following:
1. A parallel access street along the arterial with a landscape buffer separating the two streets;
2. Deep lots abutting the arterial or major collector to provide adequate buffering with frontage along another street. Double-frontage lots shall conform to the buffering standards in TMC 18.115.060(F), Access Options;
3. Screen planting at the rear or side property line to be contained in a nonaccess reservation (e.g., public easement or tract) along the arterial; or
4. Other treatment suitable to meet the objectives of this subsection.
S. If a lot has access to two streets with different classifications, primary access shall be from the lower classification street, in conformance with TMC 18.115.060, Vehicular access and circulation.
T. Alleys, Public or Private. Alleys shall conform to the standards in the transportation system plan. While alley intersections and sharp changes in alignment shall be avoided, the corners of necessary alley intersections shall have a radius of not less than 12 feet.
U. Private Streets. A private street shall not provide access to more than two single-family residential lots. A private street shall not be used to avoid connections with public streets. Gated communities and private street systems (i.e., where a gate limits access to a development from a public street) are prohibited. Design and construction standards for grading, base rock, compaction, paving and drainage of private streets shall be the same as for public streets.
V. Street Names. No street name shall be used which will duplicate or be confused with the names of existing streets in Jackson County except for extensions of existing streets. Street names, signs and numbers shall conform to the established pattern in the surrounding area, except as requested by emergency service providers.
W. Survey Monuments. Upon completion of a street improvement and prior to acceptance by the city, it shall be the responsibility of the developer’s registered professional land surveyor to provide certification to the city that all boundary and interior monuments shall be reestablished and protected. The certification shall be a signed statement submitted with the final plat.
X. Street Signs. The city, county or state with jurisdiction shall install all signs for traffic control and street names. The cost of signs required for new development shall be the responsibility of the developer. Street name signs shall be installed at all street intersections. Stop signs and other signs may be required.
Y. Mail Boxes. Plans for mailboxes to be used shall be approved by the United States Postal Service.
Z. Streetlight Standards. Streetlights shall be installed in accordance with city standards. Street lighting shall be designed to provide necessary lighting only, with all fixtures hooded and all resulting lights projected downward, and with no light projected onto adjoining property.
AA. Street Cross-Sections. The final lift of asphalt or concrete pavement shall be placed on all new constructed public roadways prior to final city acceptance of the roadway and within one year of the conditional acceptance of the roadway unless otherwise approved by the city engineer. The final lift shall also be placed no later than when 50 percent of the structures in the new development are completed or three years from the commencement of initial construction of the development, whichever is less.
1. Sub-base and leveling course shall be of select crushed rock;
2. Surface material shall be of Class C or B asphaltic concrete;
3. The final lift shall be Class C asphaltic concrete as defined by A.P.W.A. standard specifications; and
4. No lift shall be less than one and one-half inches in thickness. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021.]
A. Intent and Purpose. The intent of this section is to manage vehicle access to development through a connected street system, while preserving the flow of traffic in terms of safety, roadway capacity, and efficiency. Access shall be managed to maintain an adequate level of service and to maintain the functional classification of roadways as required by the city’s transportation system plan. This section attempts to balance the right of reasonable access to private property with the right of the citizens of the city and the state of Oregon to safe and efficient travel. These regulations also further the orderly layout and use of land, protect community character, and conserve natural resources by promoting well-designed road and access systems and discouraging the unplanned subdivision of land.
This chapter is also intended to implement the transportation system plan (TSP) portion of the comprehensive plan.
1. Street Access and Circulation. Land use activity such as excessive curb cuts, or road approaches, intersections with “local” streets, and traffic lights creates congestion, stop-and-go traffic, and less convenience for users of major streets. These impacts create increased air pollution, energy consumption and traffic hazards and accidents. It is important to minimize access, stop signals and unsafe conditions and to maximize convenience along arterial streets. The intent of this chapter is to manage vehicle access to development through a connected street system, while preserving the flow of traffic in terms of safety, roadway capacity, and efficiency. Access shall be managed to maintain an adequate “level of service” and to maintain the “functional classification” of roadways as required by the city’s transportation system plan.
2. Pedestrian Access and Circulation. The intent of this chapter is to ensure that developments provide safe and efficient access and circulation for pedestrians.
3. Street Improvements. Many streets exist in the city which are substandard in right-of-way width, paved width, pedestrian amenities, or other improvements. Improvements will be necessary in the interests of the public health, safety and convenience. Street improvements on arterial and collector streets benefit all city residents and are generally paid for from public funds. Improvements on local streets primarily benefit properties which have frontage or direct access onto said streets, and street improvement costs are generally assessed to the owners of benefited properties. To ensure that neither the city nor land subdividers or partitioners shall have to assume the entire burden of upgrading the city’s streets, owners of property shall be required to contribute to the improvement of city streets as set forth in TMC 18.115.050.
4. Street Dedication and Setbacks. The transportation system plan assigns a classification to each roadway in Talent based upon existing or planned use, to allow for the safe accommodation of present and anticipated traffic volume on these streets. In order to effectuate the policies of the TSP, a program of street dedication and building setbacks is necessary to permit the widening of certain streets to their appropriate width.
This will not always be feasible due to existing land use, but where it is possible the following regulations will be enforced. Where applicable, requirements set forth in this chapter supersede the yard requirements for the zone in which any specific affected property is located.
B. Applicability. This section shall apply to all public streets within the city and to all properties that abut these streets.
C. Access Permit Required. A new or modified connection to a public street requires an access permit in accordance with the following procedures:
1. Permits for access to city streets shall be subject to review and approval by the public works director based on the standards contained in this section and the provisions of TMC 18.115.050, Transportation facility standards. An access permit may be in the form of a letter to the applicant, or it may be attached to a land use decision notice as a condition of approval.
2. Permits for access to state highways shall be subject to review and approval by the Oregon Department of Transportation (ODOT), except when ODOT has delegated this responsibility to the city or Jackson County. In that case, the city or county shall determine whether access is granted based on its adopted standards.
3. Permits for access to county highways shall be subject to review and approval by Jackson County, except where the county has delegated this responsibility to the city, in which case the city shall determine whether access is granted based on adopted county standards.
D. Traffic Study Requirements. The city or other agency with access jurisdiction may require a traffic impact study (TIS) prepared in accordance with Chapter 18.185 TMC, Traffic Impact Study.
E. Conditions of Approval. The city or other agency with access permit jurisdiction may require the closing or consolidation of existing curb cuts or other vehicle access points, recording of reciprocal access easements (i.e., for shared driveways), development of a frontage street, installation of traffic control devices, and/or other mitigation as a condition of granting an access permit, to ensure the safe and efficient operation of the street and highway system. Access to and from off-street parking areas shall not permit backing onto a public or private street.
F. Access Options. When vehicle access is required for development, access shall be provided by one of the following methods (a minimum of 10 feet per lane is required). These methods are “options” to the developer/subdivider.
1. Option 1. Access is from an existing or proposed alley or mid-block lane. If a property has access to an alley or lane, direct access to a public street is not permitted.
2. Option 2. Access is from a private street or driveway connected to an adjoining property that has direct access to a public street (i.e., shared driveway). An access easement covering the driveway shall be recorded in this case to assure access to the closest public street for all users of the private access.
3. Option 3. Access is from a public street adjacent to the development parcel. If practicable, the owner/developer may be required to close or consolidate an existing access point as a condition of approving a new access. Street accesses shall comply with the access point and spacing standards in subsections (G) and (H) of this section.
4. Subdivisions Fronting Onto an Arterial Street. New residential land divisions fronting onto an arterial street shall be required to provide alleys or secondary (local or collector) streets for access to individual lots.
5. Double-Frontage Lots. When a lot has frontage onto two or more streets, access shall be provided first from the street with the lowest classification. For example, access shall be provided from a local street before a collector or arterial street. Except for corner lots, the creation of new double-frontage lots shall be prohibited in the residential district, unless topographic or physical constraints require the formation of such lots. When double-frontage lots are permitted in the residential district, a landscape buffer with trees and/or shrubs and ground cover not less than 10 feet wide shall be provided between the back yard fence/wall and the sidewalk or street; and maintenance shall be assured by the owner (e.g., through homeowners’ association, etc.).
G. Access Spacing. Driveway access shall be separated from other driveways and public and private street intersections in accordance with the following standards and procedures:
1. Local Streets. A minimum of 10 feet of separation (as measured from the sides of the driveway/street) shall be required on local streets (i.e., streets not designated as collectors or arterials), except as provided in subsection (G)(3) of this section.
2. Arterial and Collector Streets. Access spacing on collector and arterial streets shall be determined by the public works director. Access to State Highway 99 shall be subject to review and approved by the Oregon Department of Transportation (ODOT), based on the applicable standards contained in the city’s transportation system plan and policies contained in the 1999 Oregon Highway Plan.
3. Special Provisions for All Streets. Direct street access may be restricted for some land uses. For example, access consolidation, shared access, and/or access separation greater than that specified by subsections (G)(1) and (G)(2) of this section may be required by the city, county or ODOT for the purpose of protecting the function, safety, and operation of the street for all users. (See subsection (I) of this section.)
H. Road Access Points. For single-family (detached and attached), duplex, triplex and quadplex housing types, one street access point is permitted per lot. Alley access is strongly encouraged before other access points are considered; except that two access points may be permitted for duplexes, triplexes and quadplexes on corner lots (i.e., no more than one access per street), and subject to the access spacing standards in subsection (G) of this section. The number of street access points for multiple-family, commercial, industrial, and public/institutional developments shall be minimized to protect the function, safety and operation of the street(s) and sidewalk(s) for all users. Shared driveways may be required, in conformance with subsection (I) of this section, in order to maintain the required access spacing, and minimize the number of access points.
Standards for the number and location of road access points are as follows. Variations from these standards shall satisfy and be subject to the requirements of Chapter 18.160 TMC, Variance.
1. Arterial Streets.
a. Minimum sight distance of 300 feet.
b. New residential uses: no access.
c. Commercial uses: no access if alternative exists; a maximum of one curb cut or driveway per 150 feet or fraction thereof.
d. Industrial uses: no access if alternative exists; a maximum of one curb cut or driveway per 250 feet or fraction thereof.
2. Collector and Local Streets. All uses: road access permit required as set forth in subsection (B) of this section, subject to general considerations for safety and transportation mobility; curb cuts and driveways. A minimum of 10 feet for local streets and 30 feet separation for collectors (as measured from the sides of the driveway/street) from street intersections.
3. Special Provisions for All Streets. Access consolidation, shared access, and/or access separation greater than that specified by this section may be required by the city, county or ODOT for the purpose of protecting the function, safety, and operation of the street for all users. Where no other alternatives exist, the permitting agency may allow construction of an access connection along the property line farthest from an intersection. In such cases, directional restrictions (i.e., right in/out, right in only, or right out only) may be required.
Where no other alternatives exist, the permitting agency may allow construction of an access connection along the property line farthest from an intersection. In such cases, directional connections (i.e., right in/out, right in only, or right out only) may be required.
I. Shared Driveways. The number of driveway and private street intersections with public streets may be minimized by the use of shared driveways with adjoining lots where feasible. The city shall require shared driveways as a condition of land division or site design review, as applicable, for traffic safety and access management purposes in accordance with the following standards:
1. Shared driveways and frontage streets may be required to consolidate access onto a collector or arterial street. When shared driveways or frontage streets are required, they may be stubbed to adjacent developable parcels to indicate future extension. “Stub” means that a driveway or street temporarily ends at the property line but may be extended in the future as the adjacent parcel develops. “Developable” means that a parcel is either vacant or it is likely to receive additional development (i.e., due to infill or redevelopment potential).
2. Access and maintenance easements (i.e., for the benefit of affected properties) shall be recorded for all shared driveways, including pathways, at the time of final plat approval or as a condition of site development approval to ensure continual emergency accessibility at all times.
3. “Private Access” signage and driveway approach shall be placed at the intersection with the public street to clearly identify the private access.
Figure 18.115.060-1. Examples of Acceptable Driveway Openings Next to Sidewalks/Pathways

J. Driveway Openings/Curb Cuts. Driveway openings or curb cuts shall be the minimum width necessary to provide the required number of vehicle travel lanes (10 feet for each travel lane). The following standards (i.e., as measured where the front property line meets the sidewalk or right-of-way) are required to provide adequate site access, minimize surface water runoff, and avoid conflicts between vehicles and pedestrians:
1. Access that serves up to four dwelling units shall have a minimum driveway opening/curb cut and driveway width of 10 feet and a maximum width of 24 feet.
2. Access that serves between five and eight dwelling units shall have a minimum driveway opening/curb cut and driveway width of 20 feet and a maximum width of 24 feet.
3. Access that serves more than eight dwelling units shall have a minimum driveway opening/curb cut and driveway width of 24 feet and a maximum width of 30 feet. These dimensions may be increased if the public works director determines that more than two lanes are required based on the number of trips generated or the need for turning lanes.
4. Commercial and industrial uses: maximum curb cuts and driveway approaches are the following according to property frontage:
Property Frontage | One Two-Way Driveway | Two or More Two-Way Driveways |
|---|---|---|
Under 30 feet | 60% of frontage | – |
30 – 50 feet | 18 feet | – |
50 – 80 feet | 29 feet | – |
80 feet or more | 33 feet | 28 feet |
Note: One-way driveways can be a maximum of 50 percent of the two-way maximum driveway standards.
5. In no case shall a driveway or curb cut exceed 60 percent of property frontage.
6. The length of driveways shall be designed in accordance with the anticipated storage length for entering and exiting vehicles to prevent vehicles from backing into the flow of traffic on the public street or causing unsafe conflicts with on-site circulation.
7. Driveway Aprons. Driveway aprons (when required) shall be constructed of concrete and shall be installed between the street right-of-way and the private drive, as shown in Figure 18.115.060-1. Driveway aprons shall conform to ADA standards for sidewalks and pathways, which require a continuous accessible route of travel, with a cross slope not exceeding two percent.
K. Fire Access and Parking Area Turnarounds. A fire equipment access drive shall be provided for any portion of an exterior wall of the first story of a building that is located more than 150 feet from an existing public street or approved fire equipment access drive. Parking areas shall provide adequate aisles or turnaround areas for service and delivery vehicles so that all vehicles may enter the street in a forward manner. For requirements related to cul-de-sacs, please refer to TMC 18.115.050, Transportation facility standards.
L. Vertical Clearances. Driveways, private streets, aisles, turnaround areas and ramps shall have a minimum vertical clearance of 13 feet, six inches for their entire length and width.
M. Vision Clearance. Vision clearance at intersections shall conform to the standards of TMC 18.105.055.
N. Construction. The following construction standards shall apply to all driveways and private streets:
1. Surface Options. Driveways, parking areas, aisles, and turnarounds shall be paved with asphalt, concrete or comparable surfacing, or a durable nonpaving material that will support emergency vehicles may be used to reduce surface water runoff and protect water quality.
2. Surface Water Management. When a paved surface is used, all driveways, parking areas, aisles and turnarounds shall have on-site collection or infiltration of surface waters to eliminate sheet flow of such waters onto public rights-of-way and abutting property. Surface water facilities shall be constructed in conformance with city standards.
3. Driveway Aprons. When driveway approaches or “aprons” are required to connect driveways to the public right-of-way, they shall be paved with concrete surfacing. (See also subsection (J)(7) of this section.)
O. Road Access Permits.
1. New curb cuts, driveways and access along and to all streets in or adjacent to the city shall not be permitted unless a road access permit has been granted by the city. The road access permit is not to be construed as a mechanism to deny properties reasonable access to public roads and streets.
2. When new curb cuts, driveways, and access are established as part of normal review processes (e.g., land divisions, site development plan reviews) a road access permit shall not be required, unless it applies to an arterial street.
3. The applicant for a road access permit shall file on forms prescribed by the city. The amount of the fee shall be established, and may be changed, by ordinance or general resolution of the city council. In addition to a nonrefundable fee, the applicant shall be liable for the expense of engineering and legal services provided by the city engineer and attorney in prescribing improvement standards, legal instruments, conducting reviews and site inspections.
4. The community development director, after consultation with the public works director, city engineer, and city attorney as necessary, shall be responsible for determining the curb cut or driveway improvement standards, which shall be constructed on local and collector streets; the planning commission shall be responsible for the same along arterial streets. In general, along local and collector streets, curb cut or improvement standards shall be similar to those prevailing along the street.
5. Permits requested along collector or local streets will be granted in accordance with the standards set forth in subsections (F)(2) through (F)(5) of this section.
6. Permits requested along arterial streets shall be granted in accordance with the provisions of this section and Chapter 18.150 TMC. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021.]
A. Building on Arterial and Collector Streets. Before a building permit can be issued to construct any main building or to increase the floor area of any existing building on any property fronting on an arterial street, the owner of the lot shall execute and deliver to the city a recordable covenant running with the land to the effect that, if the city subsequently undertakes a project to construct a public pedestrian sidewalk along street frontage which includes the subject property’s frontage, on the basis of assessing the cost to abutting properties in proportion to special benefits, neither the owner of the subject property nor his successors in interest shall file or cause the filing of any remonstrance against the project as it relates to the construction of the proposed walk; provided, that the walk proposed to be constructed must extend as one continuous walk (except when crossing an intersecting street) and either extend:
1. For an entire block, or the full distance from one intersecting street to the next; or
2. For not less than 1,000 feet and from an intersecting street to the end of a property’s frontage; or
3. When for purposes of extending either an existing walk, or a walk to be constructed under this subsection, that connects to a street intersection, for not less than 500 feet.
The path shall consist of a six-foot-wide, durable, dust-free surface of asphaltic concrete, or Portland cement concrete, and shall be constructed at an elevation and location approved by the city. If the pedestrian walk is to be within a right-of-way not under the jurisdiction of the city, the state or the county, as the case may be, shall have the right to establish the standards, specifications, elevations and location of the path.
B. Building on All Other Streets.
1. Before a building permit will be issued for the construction of a new single-family dwelling, or the placement of a mobile home, or the construction of an additional dwelling unit on a lot with an existing unit or units, within property with frontage on a street (other than an arterial), which is not yet improved to city standards, the owner of the property shall either install the improvements required for exterior unimproved streets adjacent to minor land partitions or shall sign a recordable agreement to consent to the improvements when the city forms a local improvement district to improve the street.
2. Before a building permit will be issued for the construction of a duplex, multiple-family dwelling or other high-density residential building, not requiring subdivision or land partitioning, or the construction of any main building on a commercial or industrial lot, on property with frontage on a street (other than an arterial) which is not yet improved to city standards, the owner of the property shall covenant with the city to install the improvements required for exterior subdivision streets and sidewalks in conformance with TMC 17.20.060.
C. Development Standards. No development shall occur unless the development has frontage or approved access to a public street, in conformance with the provisions of this chapter and TMC 17.20.020.
D. Variances. Variances to the transportation design standards in this section may be granted as governed by Chapter 18.160 TMC. A variance may be granted under this provision only if a required improvement is not feasible due to topographic constraints or constraints posed by sensitive lands.
E. Creation of Access Easements. The city may approve an access easement established by deed when the easement is necessary to provide for access and circulation in conformance with this chapter. Access easements shall be created and maintained in accordance with the fire code standards.
F. Development Adjoining Arterial and Collector Streets. Where a development adjoins or is crossed by an existing or proposed arterial street, the development design shall separate residential access and through traffic, and shall minimize traffic conflicts. The design shall include one or more of the following:
1. A parallel access street along the arterial with a landscape buffer separating the two streets;
2. Deep lots abutting an arterial or collector street will provide adequate buffering with frontage along another street. Double-frontage lots shall conform to the buffering standards in TMC 18.115.060(F)(5);
3. Screen planting at the rear or side property line to be contained in a nonaccess reservation (e.g., public easement or tract) along the arterial; or
4. Other treatment suitable to meet the objectives of this subsection;
5. If a lot has access to two streets with different classifications, primary access shall be from the lower classification street, in conformance with this chapter. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021.]
If a lot adjoins a street which is designated in the comprehensive plan as an arterial or collector street but which has less right-of-way width than required by the plan, then no building permit will be issued for the construction of a main building on that lot until, if on a collector street, there is first dedicated from the lot a sufficient amount of frontage to remedy half the right-of-way deficiency of the street as a collector along the portion adjoining the lot. If the street is an arterial, dedication for arterial width shall not be required, but in lieu thereof a building setback in the additional amount shall be enforced as prescribed in subsections (A)(1) and (B) of this section. If such setback is imposed it shall not apply to existing buildings and the property within the setback shall in all respects retain all incidents of ownership, except the building restriction, including the right to compensation if the area is subsequently acquired for street widening.
A. Planned Right-of-Way Line. A planned right-of-way line is hereby established for the streets designated in the transportation system plan as minor arterials, collectors and locals.
1. Arterials. The planned right-of-way for arterials is 90 to 100 feet wide, unless it is determined by the planning commission or city council that some lesser width in conformance with the TSP is more appropriate. The planned right-of-way line is a line 45 to 50 feet from each side of, and parallel to, the centerline. If a lesser right-of-way width is permitted, half of that width measured from each side of, and parallel to, the centerline will result in the planned right-of-way line.
2. Collectors. The planned right-of-way for collectors is 60 to 66 feet wide. The planned right-of-way line is a line 30 to 33 feet from each side of, and parallel to, the centerline.
3. Local Streets. The planned right-of-way for a local street is 50 to 60 feet wide, unless some lesser width is permitted by the planning commission or city council in conformance with the standards set forth in the TSP. The planned right-of-way line is a line measured half the permitted right-of-way width from, and parallel to, the centerline.
4. Alleys. The planned right-of-way for an alley is 20 feet wide.
B. Building Setback Line. Where there is a planned right-of-way line established by this chapter, the building setback distance required for any yard area in the zone in which a property is located shall be measured from the planned right-of-way line rather than from the actual property line. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021.]
A. Sewers and Water Mains Required. Sanitary sewers and water mains shall be installed to serve each new development and to connect developments to existing mains in accordance with the city’s construction specifications and the applicable comprehensive plan policies.
B. Sewer and Water Plan Approval. Development permits for sewer and water improvements shall not be issued until the city engineer has approved all sanitary sewer and water plans in conformance with city standards.
C. Oversizing. Proposed sewer and water systems shall be sized to accommodate additional development within the area as projected by the comprehensive plan. The developer shall be entitled to system development charge credits for the oversizing. (Note: Dolan v. City of Tigard findings should accompany any decision to require oversizing.)
D. Permits Denied. Development permits may be restricted by the city where a deficiency exists in the existing water or sewer system which cannot be rectified by the development and which if not rectified will result in a threat to public health or safety, surcharging of existing mains, or violations of state or federal standards pertaining to operation of domestic water and sewerage treatment systems. Building or development moratoriums shall conform to the criteria and procedures contained in ORS 197.505. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021.]
A. General Provisions. The city shall issue a development permit only where adequate provisions for storm water and surface water runoff have been made pursuant to Resolution 517, Storm Drainage Design Standards.
B. Accommodation of Upstream Drainage. Culverts and other drainage facilities shall be large enough to accommodate potential runoff from the entire upstream drainage area, as designated in the city of Talent storm water master plan, whether inside or outside the development. Such facilities shall be subject to review and approval by the public works director or city engineer.
C. Effect on Downstream Drainage. Where it is anticipated by the public works director or designee that the additional runoff resulting from the development will overload an existing drainage facility, the city shall withhold permits of the development until provisions have been made for improvement of the potential condition or until provisions have been made for storage of additional runoff caused by the development in accordance with city standards. Any applicable procedures in state development moratorium statutes shall be followed.
D. Easements. Where a watercourse, drainage way, channel, or stream traverses a development, there shall be provided a storm water easement or drainage right-of-way conforming substantially with the lines of such watercourse and such further width as will be adequate for conveyance and maintenance. Development within designated locally significant wetland and riparian areas shall be in conformance with the requirements in Chapter 18.85 TMC, Natural Areas, Parks and Floodplains. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021.]
A. Underground Utilities. All utility lines including, but not limited to, those required for electric, communication, lighting and cable television services and related facilities shall be placed underground and shall provide for future expansion of services, except for surface mounted transformers, surface mounted connection boxes and meter cabinets which may be placed aboveground, temporary utility service facilities during construction, and high capacity electric lines operating at 50,000 volts or higher. The following additional standards apply to all new subdivisions, in order to facilitate underground placement of utilities:
1. The developer shall make all necessary arrangements with the serving utility to provide the underground services. All aboveground equipment shall not obstruct vision clearance areas for vehicular traffic per TMC 18.105.055;
2. The city reserves the right to approve the location of all surface mounted facilities;
3. All underground utilities, including sanitary sewers and storm drains installed in streets by the developer, shall be constructed prior to the surfacing of the streets;
4. Stubs for service connections shall be long enough to avoid disturbing the street improvements when service connections are made; and
5. Adequate capacity for communications services shall be provided. Underground conduit for communications lines, or oversized conduit for phone or other compatible utilities, shall be installed whether or not provision of such services is planned at the time of development.
B. Easements. Recorded easements shall be provided for all underground utility facilities.
C. Exception to Undergrounding Requirement. The standard applies only to proposed subdivisions. An exception to the undergrounding requirement may be granted due to physical constraints, such as steep topography, or existing development conditions, when demonstrated by the applicant. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021.]
The following describe the purpose and intent of this chapter:
A. To protect the health, safety, property, and welfare of the public;
B. To provide for the safe installation and maintenance of signs;
C. To initiate and maintain an organized, clean, orderly, attractive, and inviting appearance that respects and reflects the rural character of the city;
D. To permit and encourage flexibility for creative, context sensitive design that respects the site conditions and is appropriate to the applicable zoning district;
E. To maintain simplicity in permitting and review of signs, while encouraging economic development;
F. To improve the effectiveness of signs in identifying businesses; and
G. To enhance the aesthetic character of the “rural, small town atmosphere” in the Old Town and highway districts and improve the appearance of commercially zoned corridors. [Ord. 817 § 8-3J.710, 2006.]
“Area” shall mean the area included within the outer dimensions of a sign. In the case of a multiple-faced sign, the area of each face shall be included in determining sign area, excepting double-faced signs placed no more than 24 inches back to back.
“Awning” means a temporary or movable shelter supported entirely from the exterior wall of a building and composed of nonrigid materials except for the supporting framework.
“Building or face wall” means all window and wall area of a building in one plane or two closely related planes or elevations. Walls are distinguished from roofs in that wall planes are erected at an angle equal to or less than 30 degrees from a vertical plane.
“Electrical sign” means a sign utilizing electrical wiring.
“Flashing sign” means any sign containing an intermittent or flashing light source or an externally mounted intermittent light source.
“Frontage” means the length of the property line of any one premises along each public right-of-way it borders.
“Grade” means the level of the surface of the soil, whether paved or not, immediately below a particular sign; when a slope is involved, the average grade.
“Ground sign” means a sign erected on a freestanding frame, mast or pole and not attached to any building. Also known as a “freestanding” or “monument” sign.
“Incidental sign” means a sign not exceeding two square feet in area identifying or advertising goods, products, services, or facilities available on premises. Such incidental signs include, but are not limited to, trading stamps, credit cards accepted, brand names of price signs; such signs larger than two square feet and used to identify the business or premises are not considered incidental signs.
“Joint-use sign” means when two or more businesses combine part or all of their total allowed sign area into ground sign for each common frontage of such business.
“Maintain” means to permit a sign, sign structure, or any part thereof to continue; or to repair, refurbish, or keep in good order and repair a sign, sign structure, or any part of each.
“Marquee sign” means a sign, which is painted on, attached to, or supported by a marquee, awning or canopy.
“Nameplate” means a nonelectrical sign identifying only the name, address, occupation, or profession of the occupant of the premises on which the sign is located. If any premises includes more than one occupant, the nameplate can have all names and occupations or professions as well as the name of the building and directional information.
“Off-premises sign” means a sign that directs attention to a business commodity, industry, or other activity, which is sold, offered, or conducted elsewhere than on the premises where the sign is located.
“Portable sign” means any sign that is not originally designed to be permanently affixed to a building, structure, or the ground. A sign originally designed, regardless of its current modification, to be moved from place to place. These signs primarily include, but are not limited to, A-frame or sandwich board signs, signs attached to wood or metal frames and designed to be self-supporting and movable, and also including trailer reader boards. Portable signs are not to be considered temporary signs as defined in this title.
“Projecting sign” means a sign that projects from and is supported by a wall or a building, with the display surfaces of the sign in a plane other than parallel to said wall.
“Reader board” means any sign that uses a continuous message system or a sign of a permanent nature, but which accommodates changeable copy. Also referred to as “bulletin board.”
“Roof sign” means a sign or any portion of which that is displayed above the highest point of the roof, whether or not such sign also is a wall sign.
“Shopping center or business complex” means any two or more businesses which are in a building or group of buildings with shared off-street parking, on one or more lots which are contiguous or which are separated by a public right-of-way or a privately owned flag drive used for access and not greater than 35 feet in width, which are constructed and/or managed as a single entity, regardless of individual ownership and/or function.
“Sign” means any sign, illuminated or nonilluminated, or presentation by words, letters, figures, designs, or pictures, visible in the public right-of-way to give notice relative to a person, business, goods, products, or service, an activity, or a solicitation. “Sign” includes identification, advertising, and informational signs. “Sign” also includes any permanently installed or situated merchandise (other than a structure), an emblem, a painting, a banner, a pennant, a placard, a poster, a temporary sign, a light (other than a device used primarily to illuminate a building or premises) that is intended to attract attention, advertise, identify, or inform. For the purpose of removal, “sign” shall include sign structure. This definition shall not include official notices issued by a court or public body or officers, or directions, warning or information signs or structures required by or authorized by law or by federal, state, county or city authority.
“Sign height” means the distance from the finish ground level to the top of the sign or the highest portion of the sign structure or frame, whichever is greater.
“Temporary sign” means any sign which is not permanently installed or affixed to any sign structure or building, to advertise a new business before a permanent sign is installed, or to advertise a business special or sale.
“Wall sign or graphics” includes, but is not limited to, any mosaic, mural or painting or graphic art technique or combination or grouping of mosaics, murals, or paintings or graphic art techniques applied, implanted or placed directly onto a wall or fence.
“Wayfinding system” means a color coordinated system of pedestrian-scale signs designed to solely provide directions within a shopping center or central business district zone (CBD) and is not intended as additional advertisement for each business listed on such system. [Ord. 817 § 8-3J.720, 2006.]
A. General. No person shall hereafter install a sign unless the city has issued a valid permit for the sign, and no person shall allow or maintain on premises under his or her control any sign hereafter installed without such permit. No person shall install a sign in violation of the lawful conditions of a permit, or install or maintain a sign, or allow a sign on premises under his control, in violation of any other requirement imposed by this chapter.
B. Permit. An application for permit shall be submitted in writing on forms provided by the city, and must be approved by the city planner or such other department designated by the city council to administer this chapter; and, if any portion located on the exterior of a building is electrical or structural, the application must also be approved by the building official. The application shall contain the following information:
1. Contact information: name, mailing address, telephone number, and e-mail address of the applicant; of the owner of the sign premises; and of the installer.
2. Location by street number of the building, structure, or lot to or upon which the sign is to be installed or affixed, and, where no address exists, cross streets.
3. A drawing approximately to scale showing design of the sign including dimensions, size, color scheme, method of attachment, materials, source of illumination (if any), and an illustration of the relationship to any building, structure, or public right-of-way to which it is proposed to be installed or affixed. Three-dimensional drawings are preferred.
4. A plot plan approximately to scale indicating the location of the sign relative to property lines, streets, and sidewalks.
5. The square footage of each of the following:
a. Each wall area fronting along each street and alley;
b. Each existing sign by sign type.
C. If the proposed sign conforms to this chapter, a permit shall be issued. City staff or the planning commission may attach conditions of approval as may be necessary and lawful, upon payment of the prescribed fee. A sign permit shall expire unless exercised within 100 days from the date of issuance.
D. Fees. Applicants for signs will be charged a fee in an amount established, and which may be changed, by ordinance adopted by the city council. Signs requiring review and inspection by the city building official will be charged an additional fee prescribed by the official building permit fee schedule.
E. Appeal. An applicant or any other person can appeal an administrative decision made by the city planner or building official to the planning commission. A planning commission decision may be appealed to a hearings officer. Appeals shall be based on the same issues and conducted according to Chapter 18.190 TMC, which provides standards and procedures for the appeal process. The fee for an appeal shall be in an amount established, and which may be changed, by ordinance adopted by the city council. If the appeal is upheld, the filing fee shall be refunded except for the costs for publishing, posting, and mailing public notices. [Ord. 817 § 8-3J.730, 2006.]
The following signs or operations are exempt from permits, but shall conform to all other applicable provisions of this chapter:
A. On-site repainting or touch-up, cleaning and normal maintenance and repair of a sign.
B. Informational signs placed by local, regional, or state governments in the publicly owned right-of-way. However, when placed over a public sidewalk, the bottom of these signs shall be no less than seven feet from the top of the sidewalk or pedestrian grade.
C. Flags of international, national, state, or local governments.
D. Signs within a building as long as the signs are not visible to motorists or pedestrians outside the building.
E. Memorials, plaques, cornerstones, or other designations that may be associated with historical or cultural persons, events, and cemeteries.
F. Temporary Signs.
1. Temporary on-premises signs, including any visible from the public right-of-way, advertising a new business, establishment, or organization before permanent signs are installed may be maintained for a period of time not to exceed 45 days;
2. Temporary signs advertising a candidate or ballot measure for an election, as defined and limited in TMC 18.120.060(A)(4).
G. Nameplate on private residence.
H. On-premises real estate signs, as set forth in TMC 18.120.060, advertising exclusively for sale, rental, or lease of the premises upon which the signs are located. The signs must be removed within 15 days of the sale, lease, or rental of the property.
I. Incidental signs not visible from a public street; provided, that they are less than two square feet per sign, do not exceed two in number per lot, or two per street frontage.
J. Public art, including murals, three-dimensional statues, caricatures, representations of persons, animals or objects, as long as such art is first approved by the city council. For clarification purposes, public art shall not include or be construed to be for the benefit of private advertising. [Ord. 861 § 2; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.732, 2006.]
A. No movable sign or bench sign shall be permitted except as may be otherwise permitted by TMC 18.120.040 or 18.120.060.
B. No flashing signs shall be permitted.
C. No wind sign, device, or balloon shall be permitted.
D. No three-dimensional statue, caricature, or representation of persons, animals or merchandise shall be permitted as part of any sign.
E. No public address system or sound devices shall be used as part of a sign.
F. No electrical reader board signs.
G. Signs, which by reason of size, location, movement, content, coloring, or manner of illumination may be confused with or construed as a traffic, street, or emergency sign or signal, or cause any other hazardous or disruptive situation.
H. No signs shall be affixed to telephone poles in the public right-of-way.
I. No fluorescent colors shall be used in the design or construction of a sign. [Ord. 817 § 8-3J.734, 2006.]
A. Residential Zones. In all residential zones set forth in this title, no signs shall be permitted except the following:
1. Nameplates. One sign showing property numbers, names of occupants or other identification. Area may not exceed two square feet.
2. Real Estate Signs. One single- or double-faced, nonilluminated, on-site sign for each street frontage offering the premises for sale, lease or inspection. Such sign must be removed once the property has been sold, leased, or rented. The area of each sign may not exceed six square feet.
3. Temporary and Permanent Residential Development Identification Sign. One single- or double-faced ground sign, nonilluminated or indirectly illuminated, set back from vehicle or pedestrian traffic ways may be permitted at each entry point to a residential development. The area of the sign may not exceed an area of 32 square feet located not over five feet above grade.
4. Nonilluminated, Temporary, On-Premises Signs Advertising a Local, County, State, or National Candidate or Ballot Measure. Said signs shall not exceed 16 square feet in area, and the applicable removal date shall be marked on each sign. All such signs shall be removed within 10 days following the election to which the sign pertains.
5. Nonresidential Signs. For nonresidential uses permitted or conditionally approved within a residential zone excluding approved home occupations, the following standards shall apply:
a. No sign shall exceed an area of 12 square feet.
b. Signs may only be externally or indirectly illuminated.
c. Only one on-premises sign shall be permitted which may be either:
i. A ground sign not to exceed an overall height of five feet and set back at least 10 feet from the property line; or
ii. A wall sign; or
iii. A sign projecting from the main structure on the lot.
Signs associated with residential districts may be reviewed in conjunction with the associated development review. All signs that are not reviewed at this time shall be subject to the procedural requirements set forth for review of home occupation signs in subsection (A)(6) of this section.
6. Home Occupation Signs. Home occupation signs shall be permitted by the city planner and/or building official if the requirements of TMC 18.120.030(B) and all of the following have been met:
a. No more than one sign is permitted per home occupation.
b. No sign is illuminated.
c. No sign is larger than two square feet and no dimension is smaller than 18 inches.
d. No additional sign permit fee is required as part of a home occupation approval.
e. If an applicant is required to petition the neighbors for a home occupation each property owner within 250 feet of the subject property has an opportunity to review the proposed sign and a majority of those owners do not object.
If the city planner determines that the proposed sign does not meet the standards in this chapter, or the property owner did not collect the necessary signatures, he or she shall refer the question to the planning commission in accordance with the procedure set forth in Chapters 18.170 and 18.190 TMC.
B. Commercial and Industrial Zones. Signs in all commercial and industrial zones are subject to the following standards and requirements:
1. The total square footage allotted for all signs for each business or premises cannot exceed 15 percent of the total square footage of each wall area fronting along a street or 150 square feet, whichever is less. Alleys are considered a street. The permissible square footage can be used in the following manner, however:
a. No sign, or combination of signs, can exceed an area greater than 15 percent of the wall area to which it relates, regardless of whether or not the wall fronts on a street;
b. No more than two types of signs are permitted per business or premises. Types of signs include, but are not limited to, portable signs, wall signs, ground signs, joint-use signs, and other signs demarcating the establishment. No ground sign shall exceed 10 feet from grade.
c. Sign standards for advertising a ballot measure or candidate for public office shall be the same as subsection (A)(4) of this section.
2. The total area of all permanent shopping center identification signs cannot exceed 15 percent of the total wall area of walls on the premises where customer entrances are provided or 150 square feet, whichever is less. No more than two signs can be utilized. A wayfinding system shall not count towards the permissible amount.
3. No individual ground sign can exceed 10 feet in height from grade or contain in excess of 150 square feet in area. No sign dimension can exceed 10 feet.
4. Off-premises signs specifically for another business located within the Talent area of mutual planning concern, as set forth in the comprehensive plan, are considered signs for the premises or business giving permission to locate such signs. Thus, such off-premises signs will be calculated as part of the permitting business’s total square footage requirements prescribed in subsection (B)(1) of this section. Where no building frontage exists and the property is vacant, such off-premises signs are permitted according to the standards for construction signs in subsection (B)(7)(a) of this section.
5. All off-premises signs visible from the public right-of-way of Interstate 5 and Highway 99 shall be subject to the standards and requirements of the Oregon Administrative Rules and Oregon Revised Statutes administered and enforced by the Oregon Department of Transportation (ODOT). Where there is a conflict between the standards or requirements of the city and the state, the more restrictive standards or requirements shall apply.
6. No sign shall be permitted for a business or premises above the highest point of the roof except if permitted according to the following:
a. When application for a variance is made as set forth in TMC 18.120.100 and approved by the planning commission.
7. Except as otherwise provided in this chapter, the following signs are permitted as set forth herein, but are subject to the following requirements:
a. Construction signs identifying the architect, general contractor, and subcontractors shall be permitted not to exceed one per street frontage of the property, or an area of 32 square feet located not over five feet above grade, and must be removed when a certificate of occupancy is issued.
b. The Old Town design standards regarding awnings and marquees may be used outside of the Old Town district. An applicant requesting a sign permit outside the Old Town district is strongly encouraged to use the Old Town design standards to accelerate the permit approval process. [Ord. 817 § 8-3J.736, 2006.]
A. Safety, Design and Construction.
1. All signs shall be constructed of such materials or treated in such a manner to withstand normal wear from weathering. Sign materials should be able to meet the Uniform Building Code for wind resistance. Neon is an acceptable material. The design, fabrication and lettering and/or message elements shall be comparable in quality to a product produced by a professional commercial sign shop. The use of plastic and foam is prohibited as an exterior material in the Old Town district as defined in Chapter 18.175 TMC. Creative designs are strongly encouraged, especially hanging signs, to distinguish the Old Town district. The Old Town design standards, Commercial Standard 9, shall be required if the subject property is located in the Old Town district and is subject to review by the architectural review committee.
2. Commercial and Industrial Districts. All signs shall be earth tone colors in the Old Town district. All signs and their supporting members shall be constructed of noncombustible materials or fire-retardant treated wood, which maintains its fire-resistive qualities when tested in accordance with the rain and weathering tests of the state building code standards.
3. Nontreated Signs. All wall, ground, marquee, and projecting signs of 20 square feet or less may be constructed of nontreated wood.
4. Directly Illuminated Signs. All signs illuminated from within may be faced with plastics approved by the state building code. All commercial signs shall be externally lit in the Old Town district with low-voltage, high-intensity lighting.
5. Glass. All glass used in signs shall be shatter resistant, or covered by a shatter-resistant material.
6. Wood. Wood in contact with the ground shall be foundation-grade redwood, foundation-grade cedar, all-heartwood cypress, or any species of wood which has been pressure treated with an approved preservative. Trim and backing strips may be constructed of wood.
7. All letters, figures, and other message elements shall be safely secured to the sign structure.
8. Each electrical sign shall be constructed to meet the requirements of the state electrical code.
9. No sign shall be erected or maintained in such a manner that any portion of its surface or its supports will interfere in any way with free use or access to any fire escape, exit, or standpipe. No sign shall be erected or maintained so as to obstruct any window so that light or ventilation is reduced below minimum standard required by any applicable law or building code.
10. No sign face, supporting member of a sign, or other obstruction will be permitted to obstruct the view from an automobile at an intersection. The location of a sign and its supporting members must be such that a car, if stopped at an intersection, can see clearly for the distances set forth in the table below. The location of the stopped car and the approaching traffic will be determined by assuming streets are improved to standards in accordance with their street classification set forth in the transportation system plan.
Table 18.120.070. Speed Limits and Vision Distance
Speed Limit of Oncoming Traffic | Clear Vision Distance of Approaching Traffic |
|---|---|
10 mph | 21 ft. |
15 mph | 36 ft. |
20 mph | 55 ft. |
25 mph | 76 ft. |
30 mph | 101 ft. |
35 mph | 129 ft. |
40 mph | 160 ft. |
45 mph | 195 ft. |
50 mph | 232 ft. |
55 mph | 273 ft. |
Signs constructed lower than two feet or their lowest portion higher than nine feet in height, measured from the top of the curb, or where no curb exists, from the established street centerline grade, are permitted and are not considered to obstruct visibility. Objects with a horizontal dimension of 12 inches or less are not considered to obstruct visibility.
11. All signs projecting over a sidewalk or public right-of-way shall be at least 10 feet in height. No sign shall project farther than five feet into any public right-of-way, except in alleys where signs shall not be constructed in a manner that would prohibit the movement of delivery trucks. In any event, no sign shall project beyond a curb or into a roadway.
B. Maintenance and Inspection.
1. All signs shall be maintained at all times in a state of good repair.
2. Any sign erected or maintained in violation of this section is a public nuisance and the city may issue a 45-day written notice that requires the owner of the sign or of the premises to correct the unlawful condition or remove the sign. It shall be unlawful for any person who owns or controls the sign, or the premises on which it is situated, to fail to obey such an order within the time prescribed. The city shall give the notice by registered mail to the owner of the sign or, if the sign owner cannot be located, to the owner of the building or premises upon which the sign is located. If the sign owner or property owner has not removed or corrected the sign within the 45-day period, the city may requisition the removal of the sign, and the charge for removal shall become a lien on the property. If the city finds that any sign is in violation of this section to the extent that it deems it an immediate and serious danger to the public, it may order its immediate removal.
3. Upon discontinuance in business or occupancy of any establishment, the city shall require the removal of the signs and supporting structures advertising or identifying the establishment according to the procedure set forth in subsection (B)(2) of this section. [Ord. 817 § 8-3J.738, 2006.]
All billboards and other off-premises advertising signs, except as otherwise provided in TMC 18.120.060(B), are hereby declared a public nuisance. Any sign nonconforming under this section and in existence on the date of the ordinance codified in this title, if on private property, shall be removed immediately upon change of ownership of the property upon which the sign is located. [Ord. 817 § 8-3J.750, 2006.]
Any sign that existed prior to the effective date of this chapter (when originally adopted by Ordinance No.723 on August 21, 2002), but does not conform to the provisions and requirements set forth in this chapter, shall be a “nonconforming” sign. Nonconforming signs may be continued and maintained in reasonable repair, but shall not be altered, relocated, or replaced (even if accidentally destroyed), except as provided in this section:
A. An existing nonconforming sign may not be altered or replaced unless reviewed and approved by the city planner or planning commission. To grant such a permit, the city planner or planning commission must find:
1. That the proposal meets all criteria for a conditional use permit under TMC 18.155.100; and
2. That the nonconformity will not be increased in any respect.
Application shall be made on forms provided by the city under TMC 18.120.030. The filing fee and the procedure thereafter shall be the same as for a conditional use permit. [Ord. 817 § 8-3J.760, 2006.]
Any person or firm, including, but not limited to, a sign owner, a tenant, the fabricator, installer, or painter of a proposed sign, may seek a variance to the provisions of this chapter by following the procedures prescribed by Chapter 18.160 TMC. The fee for a variance shall be in an amount fixed by ordinance. The planning commission may grant a variance to this title if, after holding a public hearing, it finds:
A. Uncommon Condition of Premises or Nature of Use. Because of circumstances beyond the control of the applicant, including the lot size, shape or orientation; the topography; or the location of other signs or obstructions, the proposed sign is the only practical method to adequately identify and advertise the premises; or the sign has a special quality, such as a barber pole, that traditionally identifies the given use; or the proposed sign helps to accentuate the quality of any historical structure or policy identified by city ordinance; and
B. No Detriment. The proposed sign will not be detrimental to the neighborhood environment, is within the intent and purpose expressed in TMC 18.120.010, and will conform with the comprehensive plan; and
C. Minimum Variance. The proposed sign represents the minimum variance necessary to carry out the purposes set forth above. [Ord. 817 § 8-3J.770, 2006.]
On conviction, any person who violates any of the provisions of this chapter shall be punished by a fine not exceeding $150.00 per day of the violation, or by confinement not exceeding five days, or both, in the discretion of the municipal court. Such person shall be deemed guilty of a separate offense for each day that the violation continues. The continued maintenance of a sign installed in violation of this title constitutes a public nuisance and it, or the condition constituting the violation, may be abated in accordance with the procedures of the general nuisance abatement ordinances of the city (Chapter 8.10 TMC); provided, that the violation constituting the nuisance has been adjudged after a Talent municipal court hearing. The city council may, after according the property owner 10 days’ notice and a reasonable opportunity to be heard before the city council, authorize the chief of police or designated code enforcement officer to go upon the premises and summarily abate the nuisance. [Ord. 817 § 8-3J.780, 2006.]
Because of the existing shortage of conventional energy sources, it has been determined to be in the public interest to encourage the use of solar energy for the heating and cooling of buildings and providing hot water for use in buildings or swimming pools. As a general rule existing zoning regulations for height, setback, and lot density limitations in residential areas are sufficient to permit adequate access to sunlight by each lot without obstruction by adjacent structures. Trees should be planted in such a manner as to prevent the casting of shadows upon solar collectors. However, where existing zoning is insufficient to provide adequate protection from interference by structures, trees or topography, it is the intent of this chapter to provide adequate protection for the use of solar collectors without at the same time causing undue hardships on the rights of property owners. [Ord. 817 § 8-3J.810, 2006.]
The use of solar energy collectors for the purpose of providing energy for heating and/or cooling is a permitted use within all zones, whether as a part of a structure or incidental to a group of structures in the nearby vicinity. Use of solar energy collectors is subject to the restraints imposed by the diversity of topography within the city of Talent city limits plus the zoning, height and setback limitations contained within this title, and existing trees. No guarantee is hereby given that all property within the city limits of the city of Talent is entitled to the use of solar collectors. However, as a general policy, reasonable care should be taken to protect the opportunity for the utilization of solar collectors at all of the locations available. [Ord. 817 § 8-3J.820, 2006.]
A. Solar easements across contiguous or nearby lots, tracts, or land may be created to establish a window of exposure to the sun so as to protect an existing or intended solar collector’s exposure to the sun from obstruction by buildings and trees.
1. Solar easements may be purchased, reserved, granted, or otherwise obtained. Adverse possession cannot create such an estate.
2. An easement infringed upon is a compensable property right through private remedy.
B. Solar easements shall contain at least:
1. A legal description of the real property benefited and burdened by the easement; and
2. A description of the solar energy easement sufficient to determine the space over the burdened property which must remain unobstructed.
C. A solar easement may, at the discretion of the easement owner, be recorded and filed in the office of the county recorder and copies thereof filed with the city recorder.
D. Any person seeking a building permit to construct or modify any structure or building so as to increase the consumption of airspace over that lot shall certify in writing that no solar easement exists over that lot. Where a solar easement exists, the applicant for the permit shall present a copy of the deed containing the legal description of the easement unless the easement is already recorded with the city recorder. Should the city planner determine that the proposed construction would intrude upon the easement, no building permit shall be granted. [Ord. 817 § 8-3J.830, 2006.]
A. The planning commission may grant a variance to setbacks and other lot requirements prescribed by a zone in which a development is proposed, or require special setbacks and heights for buildings, objects or vegetation, in order to permit unimpaired access to the sun. Special setbacks or heights requested or required shall conform to the following conditions:
1. Development within Developed Areas. When a development is proposed in an area where shadows will be cast on properties that are fully developed, special setbacks and heights requested or required shall not permit a proposed development to:
a. Interfere with an existing solar collector attached to a dwelling, a passive solar system or solar easement; and
b. Cast a shadow on a major south wall of a building used for human occupancy;
c. Under unavoidable circumstances, major south roof access may be considered adequate solar access for properties within a reasonable vicinity when:
i. Lot size and shape, existing land use, and topographic conditions prohibit better solar access; and
ii. The affected property owners have been notified of the intended proposal and the effects on their property and have either given their written approval or have not provided comment within 20 days.
2. Development within Undeveloped Areas. When a development is proposed in an area where shadows will be cast on properties that are vacant or not fully developed, special setbacks and heights requested or required shall not permit the development:
a. To cast a shadow within an existing solar easement;
b. To cast a shadow within the buildable area of the shaded property or cast a shadow higher than six feet at the property line, whichever provides greater flexibility for the developer of the proposal; or
c. Preclude the opportunity to reasonably install a solar collector or utilize other passive or active solar techniques upon shaded property.
3. Determination of Developed and Undeveloped Areas. The city planner shall determine whether a development proposed is in a developed or undeveloped area, or whether it is partially located in both. The planning commission and city council may reverse the planner’s decision.
B. If, for reason of solar orientation, a development such as a subdivision or several contiguous lots are being developed cooperatively or as a unit, all yard regulations may be varied to carry out said purpose, providing that the planning commission after public notice and hearing, as set forth in TMC 18.190.050, is of the opinion that such a development will not be injurious to adjacent property.
C. For determining shadow patterns, a 16-degree solar altitude shall be used and shadows shall be determined for those cast between the hours beginning at 9:00 a.m. and ending at 3:00 p.m., Pacific Standard Time, on November 21st. The hours of 9:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m. on November 21st constitute a 45-degree measurement east and west of due north. [Ord. 847 § 4 (Exh. B), 2008; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.840, 2006.]
A. Purpose and Intent. The purpose of this section is to establish standards that regulate the placement, appearance and impact of wireless communication facilities, while providing residents with the ability to access and adequately utilize the services that these facilities support. Because of the physical characteristics of wireless communication facilities, the impact imposed by these facilities affects not only the neighboring residents, but the community as a whole. The standards are intended to ensure that the visual and aesthetic impacts of wireless communication facilities are mitigated to the greatest extent possible.
B. All wireless communication facilities, towers or antennas shall meet the following:
1. For existing facilities, a request for a modification of an existing wireless tower or base station that does not substantially change the physical dimensions of the tower or base shall not be denied (47 USC § 1455, Wireless Facilities Deployment, 2012). These modifications are limited to the following:
a. Collocation of new transmission equipment;
b. Removal of transmission equipment; or
c. Replacement of equipment.
2. All facilities shall be installed and maintained in compliance with the requirements of the building code. At the time of building permit, the applicant shall provide written statements from the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), the Aeronautics Section of the Oregon Department of Transportation, and the Federal Communication Commission that the proposed wireless communication facility complies with regulations administered by that agency, or that the facility is exempt from regulation.
3. Strobe lighting is prohibited. Therefore, any facility that requires such illumination is prohibited. If federal regulations require strobe lighting and an alternative is possible, the alternative shall be used.
4. All facility applications shall contain documentation showing that the emissions of the proposed facility, and the cumulative emissions of this facility and any collocated or nearby facilities, shall meet the occupational/controlled and general population/uncontrolled electromagnetic radiation emission standards established by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC), 47 CFR 1.1310.
5. Prior to construction of a wireless communication facility the owner/operator shall provide a deposit to the city of Talent for the estimated cost of removal and disposal of the facility and equipment as well as give consent to allow city to enter the property.
6. If a wireless communication facility ceases to be operational the owner/operator has six months to decommission the facility. The community development director may grant a six-month extension to this requirement. Requests for extensions must be in writing and must be received by the community development director within the initial six-month period. The property owner shall bear the ultimate responsibility for removal of decommissioned facilities. If the facility is not decommissioned within one year, the city of Talent shall decommission the facility and the owner/operator shall forfeit the deposit and shall be billed for any remaining balance.
7. Any application to locate an antenna on a building or structure located in the Old Town design review district shall be subject to review by the Talent architectural review committee.
C. Type II Review. Wireless communication antennas are permitted in all zones but limited to existing facilities within the public right-of-way in any zone designated residential under Type II site plan review application provided the following conditions are met:
1. The antenna must be mounted on another structure allowed in the zone, such as a rooftop, light pole, or utility pole, and blend in architecturally with the structure to which it is attached.
2. Any equipment associated with an antenna must be located within the exterior walls of the building to which the antenna is attached or it must be screened from view of the public right-of-way and any adjacent property by an opaque hedge or fence five to six feet high and of a design appropriate to the building or neighborhood. If the equipment is located on the roof it must be set back and screened so that it is not within public view or it must appear to be part of the building.
3. A photo of the antenna at a similar installation, including a photo montage that includes the antenna within the surrounding area.
D. Conditional Use Permits. Wireless communication towers are allowed subject to the provisions of Chapter 18.155 TMC. [Ord. 817 § 8-3J.910, 2006.]
The purpose of this chapter is to provide for the regulation of planting, maintenance, and removal of publicly owned trees, shrubs, and other plants adjacent to public rights-of-way. [Ord. 918 § 1 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.1000, 2006.]
“Public tree” means a tree or woody plant with its base located within or adjacent to a public right-of-way or any tree or woody plant within a city park, or other publicly owned property. Public trees include trees within existing planting strips or sidewalk tree wells. Public trees typically have a single trunk at least two inches in diameter at a point six inches above the mean ground level at the base of the trunk.
Significant and Heritage Tree. See TMC 18.100.020. [Ord. 918 § 1 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.1010, 2006.]
The removal of public trees should be compatible with guidelines adopted by the Oregon Department of Forestry. Except for the purposes of removal of dying or hazardous branches, maintenance by city crews, or pruning for purposes of maintaining tree health, no person shall plant, remove, cut above the ground, or disturb any public tree until a permit has been issued by the community development department. A permit for the removal of any public tree shall be in accordance with the tree preservation and protection requirements of Chapter 18.100 TMC and shall also require a right-of-way permit. Applicants for a removal permit may be required to mitigate the removal of tree or trees in accordance with the provisions of TMC 18.100.070, Mitigation.
Planting of public trees shall generally follow construction of curbs and sidewalks; however, the city may defer tree planting until final inspection of completed dwellings to avoid damage to trees during construction. When public trees are proposed, their selection and installation shall be according to the following requirements:
A. Species Selection. Trees shall be selected from the city’s adopted tree list and shall be appropriate for the planning location based on the criteria found therein.
B. Caliper Size. All street trees shall be a minimum of two-inch caliper at time of planting.
C. Spacing and Location. Street trees shall be planted within the street right-of-way within existing and proposed planting strips or in sidewalk tree wells on streets without planting strips, except when utility easements occupy these areas. Street tree spacing shall be determined by the type of tree(s) selected and the canopy size at maturity and, at a minimum, the planting area shall contain 16 square feet or, typically, four feet by four feet. In general, trees shall be spaced at 30- to 40-foot intervals, except where planting a tree would conflict with existing trees, retaining walls, utilities and similar physical barriers. All public trees shall be placed outside utility easements and clear vision areas.
D. Growth Characteristics. Trees shall be selected based on climate zone, growth characteristics and site conditions, including available space, overhead clearance, soil conditions, exposure, and desired color and appearance. The following should guide tree selection by developers and approval by the city:
1. Provide a broad canopy where shade is desired, except where limited by available space.
2. Use low-growing trees for spaces under low utility wires.
3. Select trees which can be “limbed-up” to comply with vision clearance requirements.
4. Use species with similar growth characteristics on the same block for design continuity.
5. Use deciduous trees for summer shade and winter sun, unless unsuited to the location due to soil, wind, sun exposure, annual precipitation, or exhaust.
E. Replacement. Replacement of public trees shall be the responsibility of the developer for a period of two years from the time of planting, and shall be guaranteed through a warranty bond prior to final plat. [Ord. 918 § 1 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.1020, 2006.]
The city may plant trees on any public right-of-way, park, or other public property. The city will notify private property owners 24 hours in advance before any tree, shrub, or plant is planted on public property within six feet of any owner’s property. [Ord. 918 § 1 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.1030, 2006.]
No person shall plant on any public property or private property the following trees if the tree’s future critical root zone (CRZ) at maturity (CRZ is defined in TMC 18.100.020) is within the public right-of-way: poplar, willow, cottonwood, fruit tree, or ailanthus, unless part of a city-authorized riparian restoration project. The recommended street tree list should be consulted before any tree is planted within or adjacent to the public right-of-way. No person shall plant any tree anywhere in the city so as to adversely affect public utilities. [Ord. 918 § 1 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.1040, 2006.]
A. Tree Maintenance. The city may require any trees, shrubs, plants, or vegetation in any public right-of-way, park, or other public property to be trimmed or pruned.
1. The city will maintain trees within the public right-of-way along collector and arterial streets.
2. The owners of property abutting streets other than arterial and collector streets in residential zoning districts within the city shall be responsible for the care and maintenance (trimming, pruning and spraying) of trees and shrubs located in the public right-of-way. Property owners shall also be responsible for repairing damage done to a street, sidewalk or curb by the roots of any tree or shrub where the CRZ is within the public right-of-way.
3. All owners of property within the city shall be responsible for the following:
a. Trimming, pruning and spraying trees on private property that overhang a public right-of-way.
b. Trimming and pruning of vegetation that obstructs motorist or pedestrian view of traffic signals, signs, streetlights, street names, or other markings or safety fixtures in the public way. Branches over the street shall be pruned to a height of 13 feet, six inches and eight feet above a sidewalk.
c. Repairing damage done to a street, sidewalk or curb by the roots of any tree or shrub on private property.
d. Removing trees and shrubs on private property that have been declared a public nuisance or a hazard.
e. Debris Removal. The person working on trees on a street, highway, or public area shall be required to remove all debris from the right-of-way by sunset of the same day, unless specifically authorized to do otherwise by the community development director, or designee. The acceptable standard shall be a broom clean finish or better.
4. If any property owner neglects to perform any duty required by this section and causes injury or damage to any person or property, that owner shall be liable to the person suffering such injury or damage and shall indemnify the city for all damages the city has been compelled to pay in any such case. Such damages may be collected in a civil action against the property owner.
B. Tree Topping. It shall be unlawful as a normal practice for any person, firm, or city department to top any tree in the public right-of-way. Topping is defined as the severe cutting back of limbs to stubs larger than three inches in diameter within the tree’s crown to such a degree so as to remove the normal canopy and disfigure the tree. Trees severely damaged by storms, or other causes, or certain trees under the utility wires or other obstructions where other pruning practices are impractical may be exempt from this provision.
C. Dangerous Tree – Nuisance – Removal. Any tree or shrub growing in any public property, on private property, or in a planting strip abutting public property, which is a public safety hazard or which may endanger the security or usefulness of any public street, sewer, or sidewalk; is declared to be a public nuisance. The abatement procedure of Chapter 8.10 TMC shall be applied.
D. Trees – Abuse – Mutilation. No person shall abuse, destroy, or mutilate any tree, shrub, or plant in a public planting strip, park, or any other public property. This includes attaching or placing any rope or wire (other than one used to support a young or damaged tree), signs, posters, or handbills to any public tree; or allowing any wire charged with electricity, or any gaseous, liquid, or solid substance which is harmful to the trees, to come in contact with the roots or leaves of any such tree. [Ord. 918 § 1 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.1050, 2006.]
The tree committee shall be a subcommittee of the parks commission. The responsibilities of the tree committee shall include the following:
A. Making recommendations to the city council for nominating public trees for locally significant or heritage tree designation;
B. Assisting city staff with Arbor Day observance. [Ord. 918 § 1 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.1060, 2006.]
The city shall observe Arbor Day once a year. The tree committee shall assist city staff with organizing any event to celebrate Arbor Day and the mayor shall issue a proclamation declaring the observance of Arbor Day. [Ord. 918 § 1 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.1070, 2006.]
Any community member may go before the tree committee to nominate a public tree to be designated as a locally significant or heritage tree. The tree committee will make a recommendation to the city council. Upon owner approval, city council may pass a resolution to designate the nominated tree. [Ord. 918 § 1 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.1080, 2006.]
This chapter supplements the standards of this title. It provides additional standards for permitted land uses in order to control the scale and compatibility of those uses within the city. [Ord. 952 § 1 (Exh. A), 2019; Ord. 936 § 1 (Exh. A), 2017; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.1110, 2006.]
This chapter supplements the other requirements of this title. Uses designated as special uses, and uses the city determines to be similar to such uses, are subject to this chapter. Some special use standards contained in this chapter, and others, have a corresponding section in this title. Where standards differ between chapters, the provisions of this chapter apply. [Ord. 952 § 1 (Exh. A), 2019; Ord. 936 § 1 (Exh. A), 2017; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.1120, 2006.]
City staff or planning commission applies the standards of this chapter through the applicable review process (i.e., Type I review, Type II review or Type III review). Site development plan review pursuant to Chapter 18.150 TMC, or a conditional use permit pursuant to Chapter 18.155 TMC, may be required for some uses. [Ord. 952 § 1 (Exh. A), 2019; Ord. 936 § 1 (Exh. A), 2017; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.1130, 2006.]
The purpose of this section is to regulate the cultivation of marijuana within the city of Talent in a manner that protects the health, safety and welfare of the community, while avoiding undue interference with an individual’s right to cultivate marijuana as allowed by the laws of the state of Oregon.
A. Homegrown Marijuana Cultivation. Marijuana cultivators shall be allowed to cultivate, produce, process and/or possess marijuana as an outright permitted use, subject to the following general conditions:
1. The resident grower must live on the property where the cultivation of marijuana is located and that same property must be the primary residence of the resident grower;
2. Marijuana cultivation shall not be the primary use of a dwelling. Vacant, uninhabited or abandoned dwelling units shall not be used for marijuana cultivation;
3. Marijuana cultivation and any related activities shall be in full compliance with all applicable provisions of the Oregon Health Authority (OHA) and Oregon Liquor Control Commission (OLCC);
4. Marijuana processing including any drying, keeping or storage of homegrown marijuana shall be located indoors;
5. Licensed commercial grows, as defined by Measure 91, are strictly prohibited in all residential zones;
6. The use of explosive or flammable gas products for marijuana cultivation or processing is prohibited;
7. The cultivation area shall not adversely affect the health or safety of nearby residents by creating dust, glare, heat, noise, smoke, traffic, or other impacts, or be hazardous due to use or storage of materials, processes, products or wastes;
8. Disposal of any excess or unused marijuana, marijuana products, or other by-products thereof shall meet all local and state requirements for disposal, and shall be disposed of in a secure fashion to avoid access by children, visitors, casual passersby, vandals or anyone not licensed or authorized to possess marijuana;
9. Building Code. Any structure, accessory structure, electrical service, plumbing, or mechanical equipment such as lighting, fans, heating and cooling systems associated with marijuana cultivation shall satisfy the Oregon Building Code requirements and obtain all required permits prior to installation;
10. Accessory Structures. Any accessory structure shall meet the requirements of this title;
11. Light and Glare. Light pollution, glare, or brightness that disturbs the repose of another shall be minimized. All lighting shall be shielded or confined to the interior of the structure;
12. Outdoor Cultivation. Up to four recreational marijuana plants per lot or up to six medical marijuana plants per lot are allowed to be grown in accordance with applicable Oregon Revised Statutes and Oregon Administrative Rules. Outdoor marijuana cultivation shall meet all of the following requirements:
a. Outdoor cultivation areas must be in compliance with ORS 475.320(2)(d) which requires all medical marijuana grows to obtain and display a medical marijuana grow site registration card.
b. Locate marijuana plants so that they are not visible from a public place, public street or area the general public has access (e.g., schools, playgrounds, parks, open space, pedestrian and bicycle paths and trails). Marijuana plants shall not be located in a front yard.
c. Marijuana plants grown outdoors shall meet the following dimensional standards:
i. Cultivation areas shall be sited closer to the primary dwelling of the resident grower than to dwellings on adjacent properties;
ii. Cultivation areas may include one area or a combination of areas on the property;
iii. Contiguous legal lots or parcels under single ownership shall be considered a single lot or parcel for the purpose of calculating the allowed marijuana plants;
iv. Number of marijuana plants grown outdoors may not exceed four recreational or six medical plants;
v. Maximum marijuana plant height shall not exceed 10 feet in height. Plant height is measured from the average adjacent grade;
vi. Minimum cultivation area setbacks from any property line shall be 10 feet and 20 feet from dwellings on adjacent properties or from multifamily dwelling units within a multifamily development.
B. Marijuana-Related Businesses.
1. Marijuana-related businesses may require a Type II or Type III site development plan review under Chapter 18.150 TMC or a Type III conditional use permit under Chapter 18.155 TMC. Marijuana-related businesses shall meet all of the following requirements:
a. The business must be located in a permanent building and may not locate in a trailer, cargo container, or motor vehicle. Outdoor marijuana production, cultivation, and storage of merchandise, raw materials, or other material associated with the business are prohibited.
b. Any modifications to the subject site or exterior of a building housing the business must be consistent with the site development plan standards, if required by Chapter 18.150 TMC. Security bars or grates on windows and doors are prohibited.
c. The business must provide for secure disposal of marijuana remnants or by-products; such remnants or by-products shall not be placed within the business’s exterior refuse containers.
d. Light and Glare. Shield lighting systems and the use of window coverings may be required to confine light and glare from light systems associated with indoor cultivation to confine light and glare to the interior of the structure. Grow light systems within a greenhouse are prohibited.
e. Building Code. Any structure, accessory structure, electrical service, plumbing, or mechanical equipment (e.g., lighting, fans, heating and cooling systems) associated with a business shall satisfy the building code requirements and obtain all required building permits prior to installation.
f. Methodology for Measuring Separation Requirements. The following methodology shall be used for marijuana-related businesses that are required to be separated by a specific distance (i.e., marijuana production facility, marijuana wholesale facility, marijuana retail outlet). For the purposes of determining the distance between a marijuana-related business and another marijuana-related business, “within 1,000 feet” means a straight-line measurement in a radius extending for 1,000 feet or less in every direction from the closest point anywhere on the premises of an approved marijuana-related business to the closest point anywhere on the premises of a proposed marijuana-related business of the same type. If any portion of the premises of a proposed marijuana-related business is within 1,000 feet of an approved marijuana-related business of the same type, it shall not be approved. For the purpose of this chapter, “premises” are all public and private enclosed areas within a building at the location that are used in the business operation, including offices, kitchens, rest rooms, and storerooms. [Ord. 952 § 1 (Exh. A), 2019; Ord. 936 § 1 (Exh. A), 2017; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.1140, 2006.]
All temporary uses must comply with the provisions of this chapter. Only temporary uses lasting more than two days require a temporary use permit. Temporary uses lasting two days or less shall be subject to a special use permit.
A. Application. Applications for the temporary use permit shall be filed with community development and shall include:
1. Form prescribed by the city and signed by the property owner.
2. A statement explaining the request.
3. Site plan showing location of any proposed structures, activity areas, and parking with respect to property lines and existing buildings, parking areas, and landscaping.
4. Drawings or photos showing proposed structures.
5. Any other information needed to describe the proposed use in sufficient detail for community development director to determine how the proposed use meets the approval criteria.
B. Approval Standards. A temporary use may be granted only if:
1. The temporary use is consistent with the purpose of the zoning district in which it is placed.
2. The temporary use shall comply with the applicable criteria listed in subsection (C) of this section.
C. Allowable Temporary Uses.
1. Temporary Displays, Sales, and Events. Temporary displays, sales and events may be permitted in all industrial, commercial and public facilities and parks zones. All activities must meet the following criteria:
a. Adequate parking facilities are available. The temporary activity does not eliminate parking spaces required by Chapter 18.110 TMC.
b. The temporary activity does not encroach on the required setbacks of the lot.
c. Food vendors shall comply with all state and county health and fire regulations and shall furnish written evidence of compliance prior to opening for business.
d. Renew the temporary use permit each year.
e. Temporary activities involving tents, tarps, or sales out of vehicles will last no more than two consecutive days.
2. Temporary Stationary Food Vending, Coffee Stands or Other Kiosks. Temporary stationary food vending, coffee stands or other kiosks may be permitted in all commercial zones for a period not to exceed one year.
a. No extension cords shall be used to provide electricity.
b. The use shall not connect to city water or sewer and shall identify the method of gray water disposal.
c. Prior to the issuance of any permit or a business license, the fire marshal shall inspect and approve any mobile unit to determine compliance with all applicable building and fire codes.
3. Second Dwelling on Property during Construction or Demolition of Dwelling. A manufactured home or RV may be used temporarily during construction or reconstruction of a permanent residence, or a building permit may be issued for a new residence while an existing home remains occupied to allow for the residents to remain on their lot until the new dwelling is ready to occupy. The temporary use, including demolition of building, shall be limited to a maximum of one year unless an extension is approved by the community development director. The following standards must be met for either of these temporary uses:
a. The applicant shall provide evidence of an approved water supply and sewage disposal system.
b. The certificate of occupancy for the new residence shall not be issued until the original dwelling has been demolished and the site cleaned up, or until the manufactured home being used temporarily is removed from the site.
c. If a manufactured home is to be used as a temporary residence, a building permit for the siting and anchoring of the manufactured home shall be submitted and approved by the building inspector prior to occupancy. Upon expiration of the temporary use, the manufactured home shall not be converted to an accessory use.
d. RV use shall be limited to not more than 180 days, unless an active building permit exists. RV use may be extended with a written request beyond the 180 days if a final building permit for the construction or demolition of a second dwelling has not been obtained.
4. Outdoor Storage (Not Involving Sales). Temporary outdoor storage not exceeding 180 days may be permitted in all industrial and commercial zones. All outdoor storage areas must meet the following criteria:
a. The storage does not encroach on the required setbacks of the lot.
b. Adequate parking facilities are available. The temporary outdoor storage does not eliminate parking spaces required by Chapter 18.110 TMC.
c. The materials being stored will not cause any contamination of storm water runoff. The materials being stored shall be screened from view with sight-obscuring fence or landscaping in compliance with Chapter 18.105 TMC.
d. The materials do not create an attractive nuisance as defined in the Talent Municipal Code.
e. After one year, the temporary use permit period expires. The use shall then either be converted to a permanent use through conditional use permit review in compliance with the standards of Chapter 18.155 TMC or be discontinued.
5. Standards for a Manufactured Dwelling as a Temporary Office in the Commercial or Industrial Zone during Construction of a Permanent Structure.
a. Within six months from the date the approval is granted, an application for a building permit for a permanent structure or modification of an existing structure on the premises must be filed. Failure to submit the application within the specified time will terminate the approval.
b. The temporary permit shall be for a period not to exceed 18 months.
c. All owners of the lot agree in writing to remove the manufactured dwelling from the lot not later than 18 months from the date on which the building permit is issued or not later than two months following the completion of the construction, whichever shall occur first.
d. All owners of the lot agree in writing to remove all evidence that the manufactured dwelling has been on the lot within 30 days after the removal of the manufactured dwelling and that the manufactured dwelling shall not be converted to an accessory building.
e. Any electric, water and sewer connections which are necessary must be made according to city specification.
f. A building permit for the siting and anchoring of the manufactured dwelling shall be submitted and approved by the building inspector prior to occupancy.
D. Procedures for Approving Temporary Uses.
1. The community development director may approve, disapprove, or conditionally approve the temporary use permit. Approval of the temporary use permit will be subject to compliance with the standards as set forth in this chapter and standards as established elsewhere by city ordinance.
2. The community development director may attach appropriate and reasonable conditions to the permit that are necessary to ensure the public health, safety, and welfare and to maintain compliance with city codes and ordinances. Such clear and objective standards may include but are not limited to:
a. Setback requirements.
b. Screening.
c. Control of points of ingress and egress.
d. Special provisions for signs.
e. Landscaping and maintenance of landscaping.
f. Maintenance of grounds.
g. Control of noise, vibration, and odors.
h. Limitation of hours for certain activities.
i. Limitation of duration of temporary use.
3. Once approved, the site plan for the temporary use as modified with conditions shall become the official plan and a revised plan meeting the conditions shall be submitted to community development.
4. Compliance with conditions imposed in the temporary use permit and adherence to the approved plans are required. The community development director may revoke the temporary use permit with any departure from the approved plans or conditions of approval.
5. All temporary uses require a city business license.
E. Procedures for Renewing Temporary Use Permits.
1. Temporary use permits shall be subject to review and approval by the community development director on an annual basis for a period not to exceed three years, after which the use shall be discontinued or application for site development plan review shall be approved.
2. Temporary use permit renewals may be approved by the community development department; provided, that:
a. No formal complaints have been filed regarding the temporary use.
b. There have been no changes made to the site plan or activities from the time of initial approval as verified by the community development director. [Ord. 952 § 1 (Exh. A), 2019; Ord. 936 § 1 (Exh. A), 2017; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.1150, 2006.]
A. The keeping of chickens or ducks within the city is allowed in all residential zoning districts as an outright permitted use, subject to the following conditions:
1. One chicken or duck is allowed for each 1,000 square feet of assessed lot size, up to a maximum of 10 chickens or ducks.
2. Roosters and geese are not allowed.
B. Chickens and ducks kept under this section shall be secured at all times:
1. During nondaylight hours, chickens and ducks shall be confined within a secure coop sufficient to protect chickens and ducks from predators;
2. During daylight hours, chickens and ducks shall be confined within a coop or run meeting the requirements of subsection (C) of this section, or within a securely fenced backyard.
C. Coops and Runs.
1. Coops and runs shall be built in compliance with all applicable building and zoning codes if over 200 square feet;
2. Coops shall be set back at least 20 feet from dwellings on abutting property;
3. Coops shall be set back a minimum of five feet from abutting side property;
4. Coops and runs shall not exceed eight feet in height in a back yard or three feet in height in the front yard;
5. Coops must have at least two square feet of floor area per adult chicken or duck;
6. Runs must have at least six square feet of run area per adult chicken or duck.
D. To protect public health, the areas in which chickens or ducks are kept must be maintained in compliance with the following requirements:
1. All animal or poultry food shall be stored in metal or other rodent-proof receptacles;
2. Manure must be collected, stored, composted and/or removed from the property on a regular basis so as not to create a public health hazard or nuisance. All manure not used for composting or fertilizing shall be removed from the property;
3. Noise resulting from the keeping or maintaining of chickens or ducks must not exceed the limitations set forth in the Talent Municipal Code. [Ord. 952 § 1 (Exh. A), 2019; Ord. 936 § 1 (Exh. A), 2017; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.1160, 2006.]
The purpose of this section is to allow short-term rentals in the city of Talent with the goal of minimizing impacts to residential housing stock in the city. A short-term rental is defined as a dwelling unit that is rented to successive tenants for periods of less than 30 days’ duration over a 12-month period. Short-term rentals are permitted in all residential zones, in both owner-occupied and leased properties; provided, that the short-term rental meets the definition as stated in TMC 18.15.020, the requirements of this section, and all other applicable city, county or state laws and regulations.
A. Application Requirements. Any occupant of a dwelling unit may make an application to the community development department to operate a short-term rental. The application shall consist of the following:
1. Applicant’s name, address, telephone number and email address, mailing address (if different from site address), and the assessor’s parcel map number and tax lot number of the subject property.
2. A written description of the subject property, including property type (single-family home, multifamily apartment, etc.), and a description of the portion (if applicable) of the dwelling to be rented.
3. Site map showing location of dwelling unit on the parcel, and location and number of required off-street parking spaces.
4. If the property is leased, a copy of a lease agreement valid for at least six months from the date of application, plus an original, signed letter from the property owner indicating the tenant has permission to use the property as a short-term rental.
5. A one-time application fee and annual permit fee, in an amount established by resolution or ordinance of the city council.
6. A copy of the applicant’s Oregon driver’s license or other document indicating the applicant resides in the dwelling unit that is the subject of the application.
7. Name, address, telephone number and email address of an adult 18 years or older living within 10 miles of the short-term rental site who will be available for emergency contact if the property owner or lessee is not.
8. Copy of the neighborhood notice that was mailed or delivered. The applicant must:
a. Prepare a notification letter using the authorized community development form that:
i. Describes the operation and the number of bedrooms that will be rented to overnight guests; and
ii. Includes information on how to contact the applicant, and the operator if the operator is not the applicant, by phone.
b. Mail or deliver the notification letter to all residents and owners of the property within 250 feet from the short-term rental.
B. Conditions of Approval. The following are the conditions that must be met in order for a short-term rental permit application to be approved:
1. The dwelling unit to be used as a short-term rental must be the primary residence of the of the applicant proposing to operate the short-term rental, either as an owner or a lessee. For the purposes of this section, “primary residence” is defined as the place an individual considers to be the individual’s true, fixed, permanent home, and the place a person intends to return to after an absence. In addition, the owner or lessee must occupy the property full-time for at least 200 days per calendar year.
2. The owner or lessee of the dwelling unit may lease all or part of the subject property as long as the residency requirements of this section are met.
3. Existing accessory dwelling units and new accessory dwelling units permitted under this code shall not be used as short-term rentals, and owners or lessees may not occupy an accessory dwelling unit in order to make a primary dwelling available as a short-term rental.
4. The short-term rental must demonstrate compliance with city off-street parking standards.
a. For one- and two-bedroom dwelling units: two spaces per unit.
b. For three- or more bedroom dwelling units: two spaces per unit, and one space for each additional bedroom between three and five, for a maximum of five spaces.
5. Applicant shall demonstrate that the dwelling unit is in compliance with all applicable health and safety laws and regulations, including installation of smoke and carbon monoxide detectors.
6. Applicant shall keep a guest log recording the name, address and dates of stay for each short-term rental guest. The log shall be available for inspection by city staff at any time.
7. No exterior signs advertising the short-term rental accommodations shall be allowed.
8. Applicant shall prominently post rental rules and regulations in the interior of the dwelling unit where they can be seen by guests. Rules shall include reference to on-street parking prohibitions, excessive noise, disturbance of neighbors, and the emergency contact information as listed in the application.
9. By submitting an application for a short-term rental, applicant agrees to allow city staff to inspect the dwelling unit prior to approval of the short-term rental application, should staff determine an inspection is necessary, and at any time after approval in response to complaints, upon 24 hours’ notice to the applicant.
10. Applicant shall provide evidence of a current city business license, and registration with the applicable state and local taxing authorities for purposes of paying state and local lodging taxes.
11. Applicant shall agree to provide notice to all property owners within 250 feet of the dwelling unit that is the subject of the application that the applicant intends to use dwelling unit as a short-term rental.
C. Level of Review. An application for a short-term rental shall be a Type I review by the community development department based on the conditions for approval set forth in this section. An administrative decision by the community development department is final on the date that it is made and cannot be appealed to the city or city officials.
D. Preexisting Nonconforming Use. Preexisting nonconforming use of a residential property as a short-term rental shall be allowed if all of the following conditions are met:
1. The owner/occupant files an application under this section and pays all applicable fees, within 60 days of final approval of a short-term rental ordinance.
2. The owner/occupant demonstrates to the satisfaction of the community development department that the property was in compliance with all applicable state and local laws and regulations in the 12 months prior to enactment of the ordinance codified in this chapter, including obtaining a business license and paying all required taxes.
E. Enforcement. The granting of a business license to operate a short-term rental shall be subject to payment of an annual permit fee, and to review by the community development department. If the community development department determines that a short-term rental is operating in violation of the conditions of approval of this section, the license holder shall be subject to all applicable fines and other actions under the Talent Municipal Code, including but not limited to disallowance of a short-term rental for a period of 12 months from the date of violation or citation.
F. Renewal. If a short-term rental licensee has been cited for one or more violations of the Talent Municipal Code that result in a fine during the term of the license, the licensee shall not be allowed to renew the license for a period of 12 months from the license expiration date.
G. Council Review. The city council shall review the operation of the ordinance codified in this chapter within one year after the date of enactment in order to assess its impact on, and benefit to, the city and its residents, assess any opportunity to direct proceeds generated by transient room taxes from short-term rentals to affordable housing, and make any changes to the ordinance it deems necessary at that time. [Ord. 952 § 1 (Exh. A), 2019.]
Site Development Standards
Divisions I through VII of this title are subject to the provisions of this chapter.
In addition to the other standards in this chapter, single-family attached dwellings shall also comply with the following standards:
A. No more than six connected single-family attached dwellings that share a common wall are allowed.
A. Reviewing Authority.
1. Type A, B, or D. Where site plan review or tentative plat approval by the planning commission is not required by city ordinance, the review of the tree removal permit application shall be the responsibility of the community development director.
2. Type C. Where the site is proposed for development necessitating site plan review or plat approval by the planning commission, the tree removal permit shall be reviewed concurrently by the planning commission.
In order to reduce the impacts on adjacent uses of a different type, buffering and screening are required in accordance with Table 18.105.050-1 below.
A. General Requirements.
1. The property owner is responsible for the installation and maintenance of required buffers and screens including compliance with TMC 18.135.060(A).
Off-street parking spaces shall be provided and maintained as set forth in this chapter for all uses in all zoning districts, except as provided in subsection (C) of this section, or as otherwise provided at the time:
A. A new building is hereafter erected or enlarged; or
A. Purpose. This section is intended to improve the comfort, safety and appearance of streets through the appropriate use of street trees. The standards in this section supplement, but do not replace, the provisions of Chapters 18.105 and 18.135 TMC.
B. Plantings. Street trees shall be planted in planter strips on all arterial and collector streets, for all developments that are subject to land division or site design review, except that street trees may be planted in planter wells as provided in subsection (E) of this section. Street trees are encouraged, but not required, for local streets. When provided on local streets, street trees shall be in planter strips. Additional requirements for tree planting are provided in TMC 18.105.030. Planting on unimproved streets shall be deferred until the construction of curbs and sidewalks.
A. No movable sign or bench sign shall be permitted except as may be otherwise permitted by TMC 18.120.040 or 18.120.060.
B. No flashing signs shall be permitted.
No person shall plant on any public property or private property the following trees if the tree’s future critical root zone (CRZ) at maturity (CRZ is defined in TMC 18.100.020) is within the public right-of-way: poplar, willow, cottonwood, fruit tree, or ailanthus, unless part of a city-authorized riparian restoration project. The recommended street tree list should be consulted before any tree is planted within or adjacent to the public right-of-way. No person shall plant any tree anywhere in the city so as to adversely affect public utilities.
All temporary uses must comply with the provisions of this chapter. Only temporary uses lasting more than two days require a temporary use permit. Temporary uses lasting two days or less shall be subject to a special use permit.
A. Application. Applications for the temporary use permit shall be filed with community development and shall include:
No lot area, setback or other open space, or required off-street parking or loading area existing on or after the effective date of this title shall be reduced in area, dimension, or size below the minimum required herein; nor shall any lot area, setback or other open space, or off-street parking or loading area which is required by this chapter for one use be used as the lot area, setback or other open space, or off-street parking or loading area requirement for any other use, except as specifically provided in this chapter. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.120, 2006.]
Except as provided in this section, every required setback shall be open and unobstructed.
A. Setback Measurements. All setback measurements shall be made from the property line to the building or nearest projection thereof and shall be unobstructed from the ground upward, except as specifically provided herein.
B. Projections into Required Setbacks and Exceptions to Setback Requirements. Every part of a required setback shall be open and unobstructed from the ground upward, except for the following:
1. Ordinary building projections such as cornices, eaves, belt courses, sills, buttresses, bay windows or other similar architectural features extending not more than 12 inches into any required setback.
2. Apparatus needed for the operation of active and passive solar energy systems, including but not limited to overhangs, movable insulating walls and roofs, detached solar collectors, reflectors and piping.
3. Open uncovered fire escapes projecting not more than four feet into any required setback.
4. Chimneys projecting not more than two feet into any required setback.
5. Open, unenclosed porch or paved terrace or platform, not covered by roof or canopy, projecting not more than eight feet into a required front setback or four feet into a required side or rear setback.
6. An unenclosed, covered front porch may extend into the required front setback area by eight feet, provided it is not closer than 15 feet from the adjacent curb of a local street or closer than 20 feet to the adjacent curb of a collector or arterial street, and provided it:
a. Remains unenclosed by walls or glass;
b. Is no less than five feet deep (front-to-back dimension) to promote usable porches;
c. Has a floor no more than 30 inches above adjacent grade and the porch is overall no more than 16 feet high; and
d. Is consistent with the architectural character of the house.
7. Planting boxes or masonry planters, not exceeding three and one-half feet in height, and window boxes extending not more than 12 inches into any required setback.
8. Landscaping, and fences or walls conforming to the regulations of Chapter 18.105 TMC.
C. Storage Yards.
1. The storage of building materials other than for immediate use in the construction of buildings on the premises, or wood or fuel outside a building other than for use on the premises, is prohibited in residential zones (RLD, RMD, RMH, RHD).
2. The open storage of materials and equipment is permitted in commercial and industrial zones under the following conditions:
a. The stored material or equipment is not visible from property in another adjacent zone; and
b. The stored material or equipment is not visible from a public street.
D. Setback Requirements for Property Abutting Future Street Right-of-Way.
1. A building or structure shall not be erected on a lot which abuts a street having only a portion of its required width dedicated, unless the setbacks provided and maintained in connection with such building or structure have a width and/or depth of that portion of the lot needed to complete the road width plus the width and/or depth of the setbacks required on the lot by this title. This applies to all zones.
2. Where a precise plan adopted pursuant to law includes the plans for the widening of existing streets, the connecting of existing streets, or the establishment of new streets, the placement of buildings and the maintenance of setbacks, where required by this title, shall relate to the future street boundaries as determined by said precise plans. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.121, 2006.]
Maximum permitted building coverage shall include the aggregated building coverage of the lot with the following exceptions: unroofed and unenclosed patios and decks; up to 100 square feet of unenclosed front porches; swimming pools not structurally covered; and any solar collection device or related apparatus covering less than five percent of the total lot area. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.122, 2006.]
A. Limitations and General Exceptions. Structures exceeding the maximum height allowed in each zone shall be permitted only as a conditional use. Building height as defined in Chapter 18.15 shall not apply to chimneys, spires, aerials, flagpoles, solar energy collectors and necessary mounting or operational equipment, utility poles, or other similar objects not used for human occupancy. Barns and silos are permitted subject to written approval by the city or district fire chief. Buildings and other objects cited in this section should address solar standards in Chapter 18.125 TMC.
B. Building Height Transition. To provide compatible building scale and privacy between developments, buildings in any zone that exceed 30 feet or two and one-half stories, whichever is less, shall provide additional setbacks or “step-downs” adjacent to lower-density residential development.
1. This standard applies to new and vertically expanded buildings that exceed 30 feet or two and one-half stories, whichever is less, on lots adjacent to lots zoned RLD, RMD, or RMH. The minimum side or rear yard setback shall be equal to the height of the proposed building less 15 feet, except as otherwise required by Chapter 18.125 TMC.
2. Building height may “step-down” within the additional setback area; provided, that no portion of the building exceeds the allowed ratio in Figure 18.90.050-1 below and the building meets the minimum side and rear yard setbacks otherwise required in the zone.
Figure 18.90.050-1.

[Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.123, 2006.]
A building, structure or use that is considered necessary to the operation or enjoyment of a lawful permitted use or conditional use, and which is appropriate, incidental, and subordinate to any such building, structure or use – including garages, accessory storage structures, solar energy collectors or other energy-conserving devices and equipment used for the mounting or operation of such devices, and other uses which are customarily incidental to permitted uses – shall be considered accessory when located on the same lot. A use which involves an increase in the number of dwelling units in a building or on a lot beyond that which is permitted in the zone, or which constitutes, in effect, the conversion of a use to one not permitted in the zone, shall not be considered an accessory use. This provision shall not apply to guest houses, which are clearly subordinate to the main dwelling on the lot. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.124, 2006.]
A minimum distance of six feet shall be maintained between buildings on the same lot that are designed for living purposes. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.125, 2006.]
Every lot shall have at least 20 feet of frontage on a street. Alleys are not considered to be streets for the purposes of this requirement. Cluster housing is exempt from this requirement. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.126, 2006.]
No building permit will be issued unless or until public facilities and services are adequate in condition and capacity to accommodate the development; or until appropriate arrangements, such as cash or bond deposits, or public improvement districts, have been made with the city to install needed public facilities and services. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.130, 2006.]
A. Standards and Specifications. Public facility and service improvements (hereinafter called “improvements”) required as a condition of development under this title will be at least the equivalent of the standards and improvements set forth in TMC 17.10.020 and 17.20.020, except as otherwise provided by this title. In the absence of adopted improvement specifications, the city shall determine the specifications of improvements to be installed for each development, but the specifications to be at least equal to the most recent Oregon A.P.W.A. standard specifications of public works construction. If the improvements are to be constructed within the right-of-way under the jurisdiction of an entity other than the city of Talent, that entity shall have the right to determine the standards and design to be imposed. If the entity having jurisdiction within the right-of-way determines that it will not set standards and specifications, the city will do so.
B. Review Process. The applicant shall submit a copy of the plans and specifications for improvements to the city and shall submit to the entity the necessary permits to construct the improvements. Plans prepared in accordance with the standards and specifications set by the city shall be submitted to the engineer of the city’s choice for approval or comment, at applicant’s expense. Thereafter, the plans, if they are for improvements within a public right-of-way and are to become the city’s responsibility, shall be submitted to the city council for its approval or rejection.
C. Inspections. Whenever the city is to accept responsibility for or jurisdiction of the required improvements and the entity having jurisdiction of the right-of-way will not conduct inspection of the construction work, an engineer engaged by the city will do the inspections at applicant’s expense. However, if the city council determines that the nature and size of the improvements justify it, the applicant, in lieu of utilizing the city’s engineer for inspections, may employ his own engineer who shall make inspection in accordance with a list of construction tests to be met at specified events in the course of the construction process; and, in such event, the list shall be approved by an engineer engaged by the city but need not be prepared by him.
D. Acceptance by the City. Before the city will accept responsibility for or jurisdiction of the improvements, the applicant shall deliver to the city in approved form the following:
1. A signed statement from a professional engineer registered in the state of Oregon that the improvements have been constructed in accordance with the approved plans and specifications, and if the engineer was employed by the applicant, that the required construction tests set forth in subsection (C) of this section have been conducted and have yielded positive results;
2. A one-year guarantee that the improvements have been constructed in a workmanlike manner and are free from defects in work and materials, the guarantee to be secured by a surety bond issued by a bonding company licensed by the state of Oregon;
3. One set of “as-built” improvement plans; and
4. If the improvements are constructed upon private property, a recordable easement in a form approved by the city attorney that permits use by the public and maintenance by the city of the improvement.
E. Miscellaneous Tasks of the City Engineer. The city, with advice of an engineer engaged by it, shall establish bonding amounts, and the city may in any event engage an engineer to conduct inspections necessary to protect the interests of the city.
F. Reimbursement for Engineering and Attorney Services. The applicant shall reimburse the city for any work prescribed herein, and conducted by the city’s engineer and attorney. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.135, 2006.]
No building or structure, including agricultural uses as provided in ORS 455.315, shall be erected, constructed, enlarged, altered, repaired, moved, improved, removed, converted or demolished until a building permit has been issued by the building official for the city.
A. Conformance with Chapter Provisions. No building permit or certificate of use of occupancy shall be issued where such construction, addition or alteration or the use thereof would fail to meet or would be in violation of any provisions of this title.
B. Plot Plan. No building permit shall be issued unless the application is accompanied by a sketch showing at least all of the following:
1. The location and dimensions of the lot upon which construction is proposed;
2. The floor plan of the proposed structure or alteration and relationship to lot boundary lines;
3. The location of the lot in relation to streets and the names and widths of all abutting streets;
4. The location of trees with circumference of 14 inches or greater, measured three feet above grade at the base of the tree;
5. The location of proposed construction in relation to other structures on the same lot; and
6. The location and size of all proposed parking spaces and street access points.
More information may be required with a building permit application as required in various chapters of this title. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.140, 2006.]
No business license shall be issued for a business that is not a permitted use in the zone in which it is located. No business license shall be issued for a home occupation until the home occupation has been approved by the staff advisor to the planning commission or the planning commission, per the provisions of Chapter 18.170 TMC. No business license shall be issued unless or until the city building official is satisfied of substantial compliance with the provisions of this title or any approved development plans with any required conditions thereof and/or has granted a certificate of use of occupancy. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.150, 2006.]
Whenever they shall have cause to suspect a violation of any provision of the zoning regulations, or when necessary to investigate an application for or revocation of any zoning approval under any of the procedures prescribed in this title, officials responsible for enforcement or administration of this title, or their duly authorized representatives, may enter on any site or into any structure for the purpose of investigation, provided they shall do so in a reasonable manner. No secured building shall be entered without the consent of the owner or occupant. No owner or occupant, or agent thereof, shall, after reasonable notice and opportunity to comply, refuse to permit such entry. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.160, 2006.]
Any use which is established, operated, erected, moved, altered, enlarged or maintained contrary to the zoning regulations and approved development plans shall be and is hereby declared to be unlawful and a public nuisance, and may be abated as such. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.161, 2006.]
Any person, firm or corporation, whether as a principal, agent, employee or otherwise, violating or causing the violation of any of the provisions of this title shall be guilty of an infraction and, upon conviction thereof, shall be punished by a fine of not more than $350.00. Such person, firm or corporation shall be deemed guilty of a separate offense for each and every day during any portion of which the violation continues. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.162, 2006.]
A. Building Inspector. The building inspector for the city shall have the authority to enter any building or upon any premises for the purpose of investigation and inspection; provided, however, that no dwelling shall be so entered without consent of the occupant unless a 24-hour notice of intention to enter shall have been served upon such occupant.
B. City Attorney. The city attorney, upon request of the city council, shall institute any necessary legal proceedings to enforce the provisions of this title.
C. Chief of Police. The chief of police and his authorized representatives shall have the authority, upon request of the city council, to assist in the enforcement of the provisions of this title. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.163, 2006.]
Where the conditions imposed by a provision of this title are less restrictive than comparable conditions imposed by any other provisions of this title or any other city ordinance, resolution or regulation, the more restrictive provision in this title shall govern. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.170, 2006.]
Any use that causes or could cause a violation of state environmental quality rules and standards will not be permitted in any zone in the city. When a use is proposed for which it is unclear whether or not it will cause such a violation, the planning staff advisor or the planning commission may require a letter from the State Department of Environmental Quality certifying whether or not the proposed use meets said rules and standards. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.173, 2006.]
Repealed by Ord. 966. [Ord. 817 § 8-3J.180, 2006.]
Repealed by Ord. 966. [Ord. 817 § 8-3J.190, 2006.]
The purpose of this chapter is to provide specific guidelines and requirements for the development of residential dwellings of all kinds within the city of Talent in order to better ensure the health and safety of community residents and also to better ensure the quality, appearance, aesthetic values, and property values of all residential neighborhoods. [Ord. 967 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.210, 2006.]
A. The provisions of this chapter shall not apply to:
1. Manufactured home parks, which shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the minimum standards contained in OAR Chapter 814, Division 28, and other provisions contained in this title that pertain to manufactured home parks, including TMC 18.180.030.
2. Multiple-family dwellings, which shall be consistent with all provisions contained in this title that pertain to multiple-family dwellings, including Chapter 18.96 TMC.
3. Cluster housing, which shall be consistent with all provisions contained in this title that pertain to cluster housing, including Chapter 18.97 TMC.
B. The provisions of this chapter shall apply to:
1. Single-family dwellings, including detached, attached, and common-wall dwellings, and individual manufactured homes outside of a manufactured home park.
2. Duplex dwellings.
3. Triplex and quadplex dwellings.
C. Any building or structure containing one or more residential dwelling units that is moved to the city, relocated within the city, or where the floor area is increased by 50 percent or more shall be made to conform to the requirements of this chapter and to the minimum standards for the construction of that type of dwelling that are in effect at the time of subject action or activity.
1. All residential dwellings that are defined in Chapter 18.15 TMC as “dwelling, manufactured home” shall comply with the current minimum construction standards for manufactured homes, as administered by the Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD), and any amendments to that code.
2. All residential dwelling units, other than manufactured homes, shall comply with the provisions of the Uniform Building Code, as adopted by the city of Talent.
D. Any residential dwelling unit or residential structure that is subject to the requirements of this title shall be brought into compliance with all applicable requirements prior to occupancy of that dwelling and in no case shall a dwelling unit remain uninhabitable longer than six months. [Ord. 967 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.220, 2006.]
A. The location of any particular type of residential structure is controlled by the provisions of each zoning district and specified in the lists of permitted and conditional uses in Division III of this title.
B. All proposed residential land uses in the city of Talent shall be reviewed for compliance with this chapter prior to issuance of a building permit or, in the case of a manufactured home, a manufactured home placement or installation permit, unless exempted from compliance with this chapter under TMC 18.95.020(A). [Ord. 967 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.230, 2006.]
The following development standards shall apply to all residential development in the city of Talent listed under TMC 18.95.020(B):
A. Garages or Carports. If provided, a garage or carport shall be accessed by a driveway with a minimum width of 10 feet meeting the standards of TMC 18.110.115(E) and 18.115.060(J).
B. Accessory structures shall meet all setback and building coverage requirements for the zone. However, up to two accessory structures with a combined total area of 200 square feet or less are not required to have rear or side yard setbacks, provided such structures shall be placed at least 40 feet from any right-of-way, shall not exceed 10 feet in height and shall not exceed 20 feet in any horizontal dimension. Storm water from the roof of the exempted structures shall not flow onto the neighboring property. No accessory structure excepted under this provision shall be used as an apiary or for the keeping of livestock, including the housing of bees, swine, horses, chickens or rabbits. Conversion of an accessory structure constructed after the effective date of the ordinance codified in this chapter into an accessory dwelling unit under Chapter 18.165 TMC is prohibited unless in compliance with the zone’s standard setbacks and building code. Maintenance of accessory structures without yard setbacks shall be the responsibility of the structure’s property owner. [Ord. 967 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 868 § 1, 2013; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.240, 2006.]
In addition to the other standards in this chapter, single-family attached dwellings shall also comply with the following standards:
A. No more than six connected single-family attached dwellings that share a common wall are allowed.
B. Garages on the front facade and driveway accesses in front of a single-family attached dwelling are only permitted in compliance with the following standards:
1. Development of two attached dwellings shall have only one shared access, development of three or four attached dwellings shall have a maximum of two total accesses including at least one shared access, or development of five or six attached dwellings shall have a maximum of three total accesses including at least two shared accesses; and
2. Individual driveways and maneuvering areas shall not exceed 12 feet wide or 50 percent of the lot width, whichever is greater, on any lot; and
3. The garage width shall not exceed 12 feet, or 50 percent of the lot width, whichever is greater, as measured from the inside of the garage door frame; and
4. The garage shall not extend closer to the street than the furthest forward living space on the street-facing facade.
C. As an alternative to compliance with subsection (B) of this section, garages, driveways and parking areas for single-family attached dwellings may be located on the back facade or in the rear yard and accessed from a consolidated access.
Figure 18.95.042-1. Alternative Access and Parking Configurations for Single-Family Attached Dwellings

[Ord. 967 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021.]
In addition to the other standards in this chapter, duplexes shall also comply with the following standards:
A. The exterior finish of the structure must be the same for both units.
B. The eaves must be uniform for the entire structure.
C. The window and door trim must be the same in type, size, and location for the entire structure.
D. Windows must match in proportion and orientation for the entire structure.
E. For duplexes on corner lots, each entrance is required to face a separate street frontage. Where an existing house is being converted, one main entrance with internal access to both units is allowed.
F. For duplexes facing one frontage, only one entrance is required to face the frontage. [Ord. 967 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021.]
In addition to the other standards in this chapter, triplexes and quadplexes shall also comply with the following standards:
A. The main entrance for at least one unit in a triplex or quadplex shall face the street frontage.
B. If parking is provided in garages along the front facade of the triplex or quadplex, the garages and driveway accesses cumulatively shall not exceed 50 percent of the width of the front facade, and the garage(s) shall not extend closer to the street than the furthest forward living space on the street-facing facade. Access and driveway design shall comply with standards in TMC 17.10.060.
C. If parking is provided in an off-street parking area, the parking and vehicle use areas shall be located behind or beside buildings and structures, such that no more than 50 percent of the lot width shall be occupied by parking or vehicle use areas at the setback line. Parking areas shall not be located between buildings and the street. [Ord. 967 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021.]
Installation and occupancy of manufactured homes on individual lots will be subject to the following additional requirements:
A. Size. The manufactured home shall enclose a space of not less than 300 square feet.
B. Foundation. The manufactured home shall be placed on an excavated and back-filled foundation and enclosed at the perimeter such that the manufactured home is located not more than 12 inches above grade.
C. Nothing in this section shall allow a manufactured home to be placed on residential land immediately adjacent to a designated historic landmark or historic resource as defined in Chapter 18.175 TMC, or any other property with a historic designation for tax or assessment purposes, unless it is consistent with Old Town design standards of Chapter 18.140 TMC. [Ord. 967 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021.]
A. When a dwelling unit, regardless of type or size, is removed from its site, the owner of the property shall, within 60 days of the dwelling’s removal, ensure the removal of all foundations, supports, blocks, piers, and other materials that will not be necessary for the future development and use of the property and that may, in the interim, be a hazard or neighborhood nuisance, or an eyesore that may adversely affect the community’s or the neighborhood’s appearance.
B. Following removal of a dwelling from its site, the owner of the property shall immediately disconnect all utility services to the property, cap the sewer connection and well or other water source and cover or fill an excavation or basement that may be a hazard.
C. Should the property owner fail within 60 days after the removal of the dwelling to perform the requirements of subsections (A) and (B) of this section, the city of Talent is authorized to perform the work and thereafter record a lien against the real property. Prior to the initiation of the work, the city of Talent shall deliver or mail by certified mail notice to the last known address of the owner specifying that the work will be initiated by the city of Talent within 10 days from the date of the notice and that the cost will be liened against the property unless the owner, within the 10-day period, initiates the work described in subsections (A) and (B) of this section. [Ord. 967 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.250, 2006.]
A. Purpose and intent. It is the policy of the city of Talent to provide for multiple-family dwellings that provide diverse housing options with units to accommodate a range of household sizes and income ranges; incorporate good site and building design; contribute to livability, safety, and sustainability; create a stronger community; and foster a quality environment for residents and neighbors.
The guidelines and standards are intended to achieve the following principles that the city encourages for multiple-family development:
1. Livability. Development should contribute to a livable neighborhood by incorporating visually pleasing design, minimizing the impact of vehicles, emphasizing pedestrian connections, and providing open spaces for outdoor use.
2. Compatibility. Development should have a human scale that is appropriate for the surrounding neighborhood and maintains the overall residential character of Talent.
3. Functionality. Development should be functional, by providing desirable amenities for residents and by creating a circulation system that prioritizes pedestrian safety. [Ord. 966 § 3 (Exh. C), 2021.]
A. Applicability. The design standards and design guidelines in this chapter apply to all multiple-family dwellings in any zoning district.
B. Review Process. An applicant for multiple-family dwellings may elect to use either the objective or discretionary process. The objective process uses clear objective standards that do not require the use of discretionary decision-making. The discretionary process uses design guidelines that are more discretionary in nature and are intended to provide the applicant with more design flexibility.
1. Projects reviewed through the objective process will be evaluated through a Type II site development plan review, pursuant to Chapter 18.150 TMC, and shall comply with the design standards in TMC 18.96.030.
2. Projects reviewed through the discretionary process will be evaluated through a Type III site development plan review, pursuant to Chapter 18.150 TMC, and shall comply with the design guidelines in TMC 18.96.040.
3. A project can be reviewed using only one of the two review processes. For example, a project may not use some of the objective standards and some of the discretionary guidelines in one application. However, an applicant may request a variance to one or more of the objective standard(s) in TMC 18.96.030 under Chapter 18.160 TMC. [Ord. 966 § 3 (Exh. C), 2021.]
A. Building Orientation and Entrances.
1. Building Orientation. Multiple-family residential buildings located within 40 feet of a front lot line shall have their primary orientation toward the street.
2. Building Entrances. The main entrance(s) of any residential building located within 40 feet of a street must face the front lot line. Main entrances may provide access to individual units, clusters of units, courtyard dwellings, or common lobbies. The following exceptions shall apply:
a. On corner lots the main building entrance(s) may face either of the streets or be oriented to the corner.
b. For buildings that have more than one entrance serving multiple units, only one entrance must meet this requirement.
B. Building Mass and Facade.
1. Maximum Building Dimension. The maximum length of any building shall not exceed 150 feet.
2. Windows. Street facades shall contain windows covering a minimum of 15 percent of the facade on each story.
C. Building Design.
1. Building Materials. Permitted building materials shall include:
a. Painted or stained wood siding or shingles, fiber cement or composite siding or shingles, or aluminum or vinyl siding that is textured to simulate wood.
b. Brick or stone, not including plain concrete or concrete block.
c. Stucco.
2. Design Features. The primary facade shall incorporate at least three different architectural features from the following options:
a. Window trim: minimum four-inch width.
b. Eaves: overhang of not less than 12 inches.
c. Decorative top: e.g., cornice or pediment with flat roof or brackets with pitched roof.
d. Bay window: minimum 12-inch projection from front elevation.
e. Dormer.
f. Balcony.
g. Other: feature not listed but providing visual relief or contextually appropriate design similar to options in subsections (B)(2)(a) through (f) of this section, as approved by the planning director through a Type II procedure.
3. Entrances. The main building entrance(s) shall incorporate a minimum of one of the following options:
a. A covered front porch not less than six feet deep and not less than 30 percent of the width of the building.
b. A recessed entrance not less than three feet deep.
c. An awning, canopy or portico not less than six feet deep.
D. Building Articulation. To preclude large expanses of uninterrupted wall surfaces, exterior elevations of buildings shall incorporate design features such as offsets, projections, balconies, bays, windows, entries, porches, porticos, or similar elements. These features shall vary from the other wall surfaces by a minimum of two feet, and shall have a minimum width of six feet.
1. Horizontal surface: At least two of the design features outlined above shall be incorporated along the horizontal face (side to side) of the structure, to be repeated at intervals of no more than 30 feet.
2. Vertical surface: At least two of the design features outlined above shall be incorporated along the vertical face (top to bottom) of the structure, to be repeated at intervals of no more than 15 feet.
E. Roofline Modulation. To increase visual interest and break up large expansive roof lines, flat roofs, and the roof ridges of sloping roofs, shall not exceed a horizontal length of 75 feet without providing differences in elevation of at least four feet in height. Alternatively, the building may be designed with a cross gable or dormer at least four feet wide or a cornice that is a minimum of eight inches tall and a minimum of three inches beyond the face of the facade.
Figure 18.96.030-1. Roofline Modulation Options



F. Common Open Space. Common open space shall be provided in all newly constructed multiple-family developments as follows:
1. A minimum of 20 percent of the gross site area shall be provided in designated and permanently reserved open space. The following may count towards the required open space:
a. Indoor or covered recreation space.
b. Private Open Space. Private open spaces not more than five feet above finished grade shall measure a minimum of 96 square feet with a minimum horizontal dimension for all sides of six feet. Private open spaces five feet or more above finished grade shall measure a minimum of 48 square feet with a minimum horizontal dimension for all sides of six feet.
c. Natural areas, floodplains, steep slopes greater than 25 percent, may be included; provided, that such areas do not exceed 25 percent of the required common open space.
d. Required setback and buffer areas.
2. At least one common open space area shall be provided within developments of 12 units or more that has a minimum area size of 750 square feet plus an additional 250 square feet for every 12 units, or portion thereof, over 12 units. The minimum dimension for all sides of the required common open space is 25 feet.
3. The total amount of open space may be reduced by up to 25 percent if the development provides improved open space. Improved open space shall meet the minimum size requirements of subsection (F)(2) of this section and incorporate one or more of the following types of features:
a. Covered pavilion.
b. Picnic areas with tables and/or benches, including the tables and clear ground space immediately surrounding each table.
c. Ornamental or food gardens.
d. Developed and equipped children’s play areas, with a minimum 30-inch-tall fence to separate children’s play areas from any parking lot, drive aisle, or street.
e. Sports courts (tennis, handball, volleyball, etc.).
f. Swimming pools, spas and adjacent patios and decks.
G. Off-Street Parking Areas.
1. Parking and vehicle use areas shall be located behind or beside buildings and structures, such that no more than 50 percent of the site’s buildable width shall be occupied by parking or vehicle use areas at the setback line. Parking areas shall not be located between buildings and the street.
2. Parking areas shall comply with the standards of Chapter 18.110 TMC.
H. Pedestrian circulation shall comply with the standards of TMC 18.115.030.
I. Screening. Mechanical and communication equipment and outdoor garbage and recycling areas shall be screened so they are not visible from streets and other ground-level private open space and common open spaces.
1. Appropriate screening for rooftop equipment includes parapet walls or architecturally compatible fabricated enclosures such as panels and walls.
2. Utilities such as transformers, heating and cooling, electric meters, and other utility equipment shall be not be located within five feet of a front entrance and shall be screened with sight-obscuring materials. [Ord. 966 § 3 (Exh. C), 2021.]
A. Building Orientation and Entrances. Buildings shall be located with the principal facade oriented to the street or a street-facing open space such as a courtyard. Building entrances shall be well-defined and easily identifiable.
B. Building Mass and Facade. The development shall be designed to reinforce human scale and incorporate transparency through appropriately placed windows that do not compromise residents’ privacy.
C. Building Design.
1. Building Materials. Buildings shall be constructed with architectural materials that provide a sense of permanence and high quality. Street-facing facades shall consist predominantly of a simple palette of long-lasting materials such as brick, stone, stucco, wood and similar siding, and wood and similar shingles.
2. Design Features. Buildings with long monotonous exterior walls shall be avoided and shall instead incorporate varied architectural elements and facade materials arranged in a way to provide interest and a harmonious, balanced design.
3. Entrances. Architecturally defined and covered entryways shall be incorporated into the design of buildings.
D. Building Articulation. The appearance of building bulk shall be minimized by incorporating changes in wall planes, layering, horizontal datums, vertical datums, building materials, color, and/or fenestration to create simple and visually interesting buildings.
E. Roofline Modulation. Building roofs shall be modulated to provide variety and contribute to residential character of the neighborhood.
F. Common Open Space. The development shall provide sufficient open space for the purpose of outdoor recreation, scenic amenity, or shared outdoor space for people to gather.
G. Parking Areas. Vehicle parking shall be integrated into the site in a manner that does not detract from the design of the building, the street frontage, or the site. Parking areas shall be located to minimize their visibility from the public right-of-way.
H. Pedestrian Circulation. Site design shall promote safe, direct, and usable pedestrian facilities and connections throughout the development and to adjacent streets and pedestrian facilities.
I. Screening. Mechanical equipment, garbage collection areas, and other site equipment and utilities shall be screened so they are not visible from the street and open spaces. Screening shall be visually compatible with other architectural elements in the development. [Ord. 966 § 3 (Exh. C), 2021.]
A. Purpose and Intent. It is the policy of the city of Talent to provide for cluster housing that allows more flexible development as an alternative to traditional housing types. Cluster housing is intended:
1. To provide a variety of housing types that respond to changing household sizes and ages, including but not limited to retirees, small families, and single-person households.
2. To encourage creation of more usable open space for residents of the development through flexibility in density and lot standards.
3. To ensure that the overall size and visual impact of the cluster development be comparable to standard residential development, by balancing bulk and mass of individual residential units with allowed intensity of units.
4. To provide centrally located and functional common open space that fosters a sense of community and a sense of openness in cluster housing developments.
5. To ensure minimal visual impact from vehicular use and storage areas for residents of the cluster housing development as well as adjacent properties. [Ord. 966 § 3 (Exh. C), 2021.]
A. Authorization for Cluster Housing by Zoning District. Cluster housing is permitted in residential districts as permitted by individual zoning districts.
B. Approval Process.
1. Cluster housing shall be reviewed as a Type II site plan review consistent with Chapter 18.150 TMC and TMC 18.190.040.
2. If the cluster housing development includes dwellings on individual lots to be created through land division, the site plan review and tentative plan may be reviewed concurrently, with the condition of approval that the site plan review approval shall only become effective after the final plat is recorded.
3. Notwithstanding the time limitations of TMC 18.150.070(C), a cluster housing project without land division may be approved as phased development, but in no case shall the actual time construction period (i.e., for required public improvements, utilities, streets) for any single phase be greater than three years without reapplying for site plan approval. A cluster housing project approved with a land division may apply for phased development consistent with TMC 17.15.010(G).
C. Systems Development Charges. For the purposes of calculating systems development charges (SDCs), cluster dwellings shall be regarded as apartments and all SDCs shall be assessed accordingly, except the following modifications will be factored into the calculations:
1. Rogue Valley Sewer Services or its successor shall determine SDCs for sanitary sewer. [Ord. 966 § 3 (Exh. C), 2021.]
A. Applicability. Where there is a conflict between these standards and standards elsewhere in the code, the cluster housing standards shall apply.
B. Permitted Housing Types.
1. Residential low density district: Units may be single-family detached or duplexes.
2. Residential medium density district: Units may be single-family detached, duplexes, or up to four units attached.
3. Residential high density district: Units may be single-family detached, duplexes or up to 12 units attached.
C. Dimensional Standards.
1. Maximum average gross floor area: 1,200 square feet per dwelling unit.
2. Maximum height for dwellings: 25 feet or two stories, whichever is less.
3. Units per cluster: There may be three to 12 units per cluster with no limit on the number of clusters per development.
4. Minimum Lot Size.
Minimum lot size for cluster development on a single lot | Minimum lot size for development with individual lots | |
|---|---|---|
RLD | 15,000 square feet | 2,000 square feet |
RMD | 10,000 square feet | 1,500 square feet |
RHD | 8,000 square feet | 1,500 square feet |
5. Minimum lot dimensions: Minimum lot width for individual lots shall be 20 feet, with a minimum lot depth of 50 feet.
6. Minimum setbacks from site perimeter: Same as the base zone.
7. Minimum setbacks for single-family and duplex dwellings on individual lots within a cluster housing development:
Setback | |
|---|---|
Front | 10 ft. |
Porch or stairs | 5 ft. |
Side | 3 ft. |
Rear | 5 ft. |
8. Maximum building coverage: Same as the base zone.
9. Minimum distance separating dwelling units (excluding attached dwellings and accessory structures): six feet.
D. Density.
1. For developments in the RLD district: The minimum density shall be met as established in TMC 18.25.065(A). The maximum density shall be 21.6 units per acre.
2. For developments in the RMD district: The minimum density shall be met as established in TMC 18.30.065(A). The maximum density shall be 29 units per acre.
3. For developments in the RHD district: The minimum density shall be met as established in TMC 18.40.065(A). No maximum density standard applies.
4. For purposes of this section, density may be calculated based on the total development site acreage, after subtracting undevelopable land. No percentage reduction for infrastructure is required.
E. Open Space. Cluster housing developments shall provide and maintain at least one common open space per cluster for the use of all occupants. The open space shall have the following characteristics:
1. Located on land with less than a five percent slope.
2. Cleared sufficiently of trees, brush and obstructions so that recreational use is possible.
3. Not used for temporary or regular parking of automobiles or other vehicles.
4. Includes at least 150 square feet of area for each dwelling unit.
5. Provides at least 50 percent of open space in the form of a single compact, contiguous, central open space that:
a. Has a minimum dimension of 20 feet.
b. Abuts at least 50 percent of the dwellings in a cluster housing development.
c. Has dwellings abutting on at least two sides.
6. The common open space shall be developed with a mix of landscaping and lawn area, recreational amenities, hard-surfaced pedestrian paths, or a community building built for the sole use of the cluster housing residents. Impervious elements of the common open space, excluding community buildings, shall not exceed 30 percent of the total open space.
a. Shared nonrecreational facilities such as shared laundry or storage facilities shall not count towards the open space requirement.
7. If private open space is provided for dwelling units, it shall be adjacent to each dwelling unit. Private open space may include landscaping, porches and decks. The minimum dimension for private open spaces shall be 10 feet, except that porches shall have a minimum dimension of five feet.
F. Siding and Roofing Requirements. Cluster dwellings shall comply with siding and roofing standards in TMC 18.95.040.
G. Existing Dwelling Unit On-Site. One existing single-family dwelling incorporated into a cluster housing development that does not meet the requirements of this chapter is permitted to remain on a site developed for cluster housing and shall be considered a dwelling in the development. The existing single-family dwelling unit shall not be part of the average gross floor area calculations. [Ord. 966 § 3 (Exh. C), 2021.]
The city recognizes the importance of trees to the character and beauty of Talent. This chapter is intended to preserve and enhance that urban forest within the city of Talent through effective management of private and public trees. The city has therefore determined that reasonable regulation of the removal of certain trees is necessary and that this regulation of trees is based upon the following general guidelines:
A. Trees benefit the public health, safety, and welfare by protecting air and water quality, preventing erosion and flooding, reducing energy costs, increasing property values, and providing natural beauty and contrast to the built environment which contributes to the physical and mental well-being of residents;
B. Trees provide both shade and shelter in riparian areas which are essential for aquatic and land-going species;
C. Trees enhance the local economy and increase property values by providing an attractive and aesthetically pleasing environment;
D. Undeveloped or development property should be protected from unregulated removal of trees prior to the approval of development plans. Trees on such properties should be preserved so that they may be considered for incorporation into development plans. [Ord. 918 § 2 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.300, 2006.]
“Arborist” means a person who has met the criteria for certification from the International Society of Arboriculture or American Society of Consulting Arborists, and maintains his or her accreditation.
“Commercial wood lot” means parcels or lots which meet the following criteria on the effective date of the ordinance codified in this chapter:
1. The site is at least two acres in size.
2. Trees have been actively managed and maintained on the subject property for the purpose of harvesting.
3. The owner has supplied the city with proof that the property has been in tax-deferred status under state law provisions such as forest land deferral or small woodlands deferral for a minimum of five consecutive years immediately prior to application.
“Community development director” means the city of Talent community development director, or his/her designee.
“Critical root zone” or “CRZ” means a circular area determined by either of the following methods. The method used shall be indicated on the plans.
1. Method A. A circular area equal to one foot in radius for every inch of tree diameter at breast height measured from the outside trunk of the tree at four and one-half feet above ground level; or
2. Method B. An area determined for an individual tree to be the necessary root area for the tree’s continued normal growth as demonstrated in a written report by a certified arborist and based on documented field investigations. Reasonable alteration of the shape based on factors such as existing infrastructures, tree lean or steep slopes may be considered.

“Dead” means the tree is obviously lifeless without any live leaves, needles or buds.
“Diameter at breast height” or “dbh” means the diameter of the tree measured in inches at four and one-half feet above ground level. For trees with multiple trunks, dbh shall be measured at the narrowest point between ground level and the point where the trunk diverges, or shall be the sum of the diameters of the two largest trunks at breast height, whichever is smaller. All measurements shall be rounded to the nearest inch.
“Dying” means the tree is in an advanced state of decline because it is diseased, infested by insects or rotting and cannot be saved by reasonable treatment or pruning, or must be removed to prevent spread of the infestation or disease to other trees.
“Hazardous tree” means the condition or location of the tree presents a clear public safety hazard or a foreseeable danger of property damage to an existing structure and such hazard or danger cannot reasonably be alleviated by treatment or pruning.
“Heritage tree” means any deciduous tree 28 inches in diameter or larger or any conifer tree 32 inches or larger which is not a hazardous tree as defined above. Exception: Japanese maple and dogwood trees with a diameter greater than eight inches are considered heritage. Deciduous and conifer trees may include but are not limited to the following:
Deciduous
Black, White, Red and Burr Oak
Beech
Sycamore or Planetree
Zelcova
Maple
Ash
Dogwood
Madrone
Conifer
Douglas Fir
Redwood
Blue Atlas Cedar
Bald Cypress
Monterey Cypress
Ponderosa Pine
Sequoia
Deodar Cedar
Incense Cedar
“Impacted tree” means a significant tree whose critical root zone will be impacted by proposed development. Impacts include, but are not limited to, fill, cuts, soil compaction, paving, placement of structures, stockpiling of soil, utility trenching and other activities that may impact the health and viability of the tree.
“Public tree” means a tree or woody plant with its base located within or adjacent to a public right-of-way or any tree or woody plant within a city park, or other publicly owned property. Public trees include trees within existing planting strips or sidewalk tree wells. Public trees typically have a single trunk at least two inches in diameter at a point six inches above the mean ground level at the base of the trunk.
“Remove” means:
1. To cut down a tree, or to damage a tree so as to cause the tree to decline and/or die within a three-year period. Types of damage which may constitute removal include but are not limited to topping, damage inflicted upon a root system by application of toxic substances, and girdling. “Removal” does not include normal trimming or pruning of trees as defined by ANSI A300 pruning standards current on the day this definition was adopted.
2. To perform activities which result in impacts to more than 30 percent of the critical root zone if the CRZ is determined by Method A in the definition of “critical root zone” in this section.
3. To perform activities which impact any of the CRZ if determined using Method B in the definition of “critical root zone” in this section.
“Significant tree” means any deciduous tree 15 inches in diameter or larger or any conifer tree 18 inches or larger which is not a hazardous tree as defined above. Exception: Japanese maple and dogwood trees with a diameter greater than one inch are considered significant. Deciduous and conifer trees may include but are not limited to the following:
Deciduous
Black, White, Red and Burr Oak
Beech
Sycamore or Planetree
Zelcova
Maple
Ash
Dogwood
Madrone
Conifer
Douglas Fir
Redwood
Blue Atlas Cedar
Bald Cypress
Monterey Cypress
Ponderosa Pine
Sequoia
Deodar Cedar
Incense Cedar
“Topping” means the severe cutting back of limbs to stubs larger than three inches in diameter within the tree’s crown to such a degree so as to remove the normal canopy and disfigure the tree.
“Tree” means any significant tree or tree within a designated wetland or riparian area setback as defined by TMC 18.85.030(C). [Ord. 918 § 2 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.310, 2006.]
A. City sanctioned activities that intend to increase overall well-being of the environment and the lives of those who live in Talent.
B. Removal of dead or dying trees.
C. Activities associated with tree trimming for safety, as mandated by the Oregon Public Utilities Commission. Tree trimming shall be done by a certified arborist, journeyman tree trimmer, or party designated by the community development director. [Ord. 918 § 2 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.320, 2006.]
A. A person seeking to remove one or more trees shall apply for a tree removal permit Type A, B, C, or D, depending on the applicable standards as provided in this chapter.
B. By submission of an application, the applicant shall be deemed to have authorized city employees, representatives, or consultants to have access to applicant’s property after providing 24 hours’ notice as may be necessary to verify the information provided, to observe site conditions, and, if a permit is granted, to verify that terms and conditions of the permit are followed.
C. Time of Application. Application for a tree removal permit shall be approved before removing or transplanting significant trees except in emergency situations where immediate action must be taken to ensure public safety, or imminent property damage. See TMC 18.100.030 for exemptions. Where the site is proposed for development necessitating site plan or tentative plat review, application for a tree removal permit shall be made concurrent with subdivision, partition, site plan review, or other development application as specified in this chapter.
D. Fees. A person applying for a tree removal permit shall pay an application fee, as established by resolution of the city council. [Ord. 918 § 2 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.330, 2006.]
A. Reviewing Authority.
1. Type A, B, or D. Where site plan review or tentative plat approval by the planning commission is not required by city ordinance, the review of the tree removal permit application shall be the responsibility of the community development director.
2. Type C. Where the site is proposed for development necessitating site plan review or plat approval by the planning commission, the tree removal permit shall be reviewed concurrently by the planning commission.
B. Timeline and Notice – Review Period for Complete Applications.
1. Type A and B permit applications shall be approved or denied within 10 calendar days.
2. Type C permit applications shall be reviewed for completeness within 30 calendar days, and final action shall take place within 120 days as required by ORS 227.178. Notice of proposed action shall be given to surrounding property owners according to TMC 18.190.050. A Type C permit shall follow the hearings procedures required for the accompanying land use application. If the accompanying land use application is denied or is withdrawn or expired, the tree removal permit shall similarly be denied, withdrawn, or expired.
3. Type D permits shall be approved or denied within 45 calendar days.
C. Conditional Approval. Whenever an application for a tree removal permit is granted, the community development director may attach to the permit any reasonable conditions considered necessary to ensure compliance with applicable standards.
D. Tree removal permits and tree surveys shall be valid for a period not to exceed three years. [Ord. 918 § 2 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.340, 2006.]
A. Type A Permit.
1. Type A permit applications will be approved when all of the following conditions are met:
a. A completed request for Type A permit has been filed on the forms provided by the city.
b. The request is for removal of a single tree within a single 12-month period.
c. The trees subject to removal are not heritage trees or public trees.
d. The trees subject to removal were not retained as part of a previous site development approval or planted as mitigation for a previous tree removal.
e. The tree removal request is not proposed in conjunction with land development which requires a land use approval including but not limited to site plan review or amendment, subdivision, or partition approval.
2. Tree removals under a Type A permit do not require mitigation; however, replanting is generally recommended, and recipients of Type A permits who wish to replant may qualify for assistance from the city’s tree fund, if available.
B. Type B Permit.
1. An applicant must apply for a Type B permit to remove trees when any of the following conditions are met:
a. The applicant proposes to remove two or more trees within a 12-month period, independent of an application for site development review; or
b. The applicant proposes to remove a tree or trees which were preserved as part of a previous land use permit or planted as mitigation for previous tree removal; or
c. The applicant proposes to remove a heritage tree; or
d. The proposed tree removal is for clearing of a home site on a lot subsequent to land division approval. All trees removed for home sites prior to occupancy shall be mitigated according to the standards of this chapter.
2. Application for the Type B permit shall contain the following information unless specifically waived by the reviewing authority under subsection (B)(2)(g) of this section:
a. A brief statement explaining why tree removal is being requested, to ensure that another permit type or consolidated application is not more appropriate.
b. An accurate map, drawn to scale, which shows:
i. The shape and dimensions of the property, and the location of any existing and proposed structures, improvements, easements and setbacks.
ii. The location of all impacted trees on the site including critical root zones, species and/or common name, and diameter at breast height (dbh).
c. Tree Protection. Tree protection measures must be outlined to address protection of the tree trunks, canopy and soils within the critical root zones during and after the tree removal process. Examples of tree protection methods include mulching, irrigation, protective fencing, compaction reduction measures, erosion control, etc.
d. Field Identification. All trees to be removed shall be identified by a method obvious to a site inspector, such as tagging, painting, or flagging, in addition to clear identification on construction or application documents.
e. Mitigation Plan. A description of the proposed tree replacement program with a detailed explanation including the number, species, size within five years, size at maturity and any necessary activities to ensure viability including, but not limited to, mulching and irrigation.
f. Existing Covenants, Conditions and Restrictions (CC&Rs). Where the applicant is proposing to remove trees on common areas governed by CC&Rs, the applicant shall provide a copy of the applicable CC&Rs, including any landscaping provisions.
g. Waiver of Documentation. The community development director may waive any of the above information requirements where the information has already been made available to the city, the information is not necessary to review the application, or alternate forms of information have been provided which provide sufficient detail to allow the community development director to review the application.
3. Approval Criteria. Tree removal or transplanting pursuant to a Type B permit shall be limited to instances where the applicant has applied for a Type B permit in accordance with subsection (B)(1) of this section and has provided complete and accurate information as required by this chapter.
C. Type C Permit.
1. Approval to remove two or more trees on a single lot or parcel as part of a site plan review or amendment, subdivision, or partition application may be granted as a Type C permit in conformance with subsection (C)(5) of this section.
2. Type C permit applications shall be reviewed concurrent with the development review process. If a Type C permit or its associated development application is appealed, no trees shall be removed until the appeal has been resolved.
3. Submittal Requirements. The applicant must provide 10 copies of a tree maintenance and protection plan completed by a certified arborist that contains a summary of existing conditions and a mitigation plan as follows:
a. Summary of existing conditions including a topographical survey bearing the stamp and signature of a qualified, registered professional containing all the following information:
i. Property Dimensions. The shape and dimensions of the property, and the location of any existing or proposed structures, utility installations, grading, or other improvements.
ii. Tree Survey.
(A) The survey must include an accurate drawing of the site based on accurate survey techniques at a minimum scale of one inch equals 100 feet including:
(1) The location, number of trees, tree size as dbh (see definition of “diameter at breast height” in TMC 18.100.020), and proposed trees for removal.
(2) The critical root zone of impacted trees, and the extent of likely impacts.
(3) The common name of impacted trees.
(4) Heritage trees shall be clearly noted on the survey.
(B) Where a stand of 20 or more contiguous trees will be removed, the required tree survey may be simplified to accurately show the location of all heritage trees, and significant trees which are within 50 feet of the edge of the development envelope. Only these trees are required to be field tagged. Interior tree areas shall be depicted with clouds or other similar linework and the dbh, common name, and total number of all interior trees shall be accurately stated on the plans.
(C) Neighboring Properties. All impacted trees on neighboring properties shall be shown on the tree survey. If the applicant cannot obtain permission to survey the neighboring properties, the person or persons preparing the survey shall make a note to this effect on the survey and locate the trees and CRZs to the best of their ability. The survey shall show the percentage of CRZ for these trees which will be impacted by the proposed improvements.
(1) When a proposal includes activities which will result in removal of trees on neighboring properties, the applicant shall include the removal of the neighboring trees in the permit application and mitigate for their removal.
iii. Arborist Report. The report shall describe the health and condition of all heritage trees including species, common name, dbh, approximate height, and age. The report shall identify hazardous, dead, or dying trees. The report shall identify opportunities for preservation of groves or stands of trees and make recommendations regarding special tree protection and maintenance practices necessary to restore preserved trees to full health.
iv. Field Identification. Impacted trees shall be designated with metal tags that are to remain in place throughout the development. Those tags shall be numbered, with the numbers keyed to the tree survey map that is provided with the application.
v. Tree Protection. A statement addressing tree protection during construction. See TMC 18.100.080.
b. Mitigation Plan. A plan prepared in accordance with TMC 18.100.070 by a certified arborist or landscape architect describing the proposed tree replacement program with a detailed explanation including the number, species, size at five years, size at maturity and planting location of replacement trees, and any necessary activities to ensure viability including, but not limited to, mulching and irrigation.
4. Waiver of Documentation. The planning commission may waive any of the above information requirements where the information has already been made available to the city, the information is not necessary to determine conformance with applicable criteria, or alternate forms of information have been provided which provide sufficient detail to allow such a determination.
5. Approval Standards for Type C Permits. All Type C permits submitted as part of a proposed residential development shall be reviewed under Option A in subsection (C)(5)(a) of this section unless the applicant chooses the alternative design review available in Option B in subsection (C)(5)(b) of this section. All commercial and industrial developments shall comply with the criteria of Option B.
a. Option A – Numerical Preservation Standard for Residential Developments. Existing trees must be preserved. The total tree diameter on the site is the total diameter of all significant trees on the site, minus the diameter of all exempt trees as defined by this chapter. The applicant must choose one of the following options. Calculations shall be in accordance with subsection (C)(5)(c) of this section.
i. Preserve at least 30 percent of the total significant tree diameter on the site;
ii. Preserve all heritage trees and at least 30 percent of the significant trees on the site;
iii. If the site is larger than one acre, preserve at least 25 percent of the total tree canopy area on the site.
b. Option B – Commercial/Industrial and Alternative Residential Design Review. Tree preservation and conservation as a design principle shall be equal in concern and importance to other design principles. Application of the standards of this section shall not result in a reduction of overall building square footage or loss of density, but may require an applicant to modify plans to allow for buildings of greater height, different design, or alternate location. Tree removal or transplanting pursuant to a Type C permit shall be limited to instances where the applicant has provided complete and accurate information as required by this chapter and where the reviewing authority determines that the following criteria have been met:
i. The proposal includes provisions for mitigation and tree protection.
ii. The proposed removal is necessary for the construction of roads, structures, or other site improvements and the applicant has demonstrated that there are no feasible and reasonable location alternatives and/or design options which would better preserve significant trees on the site while providing the same overall level of density and design functionality.
iii. Other. Where the applicant shows that tree removal or transplanting is reasonable and necessary under the circumstances.
c. Under Option A, when calculating the amount of tree diameter and the number of significant trees on the site, the applicant may choose one of the following methods of measurement:
i. Tree Inventory. A tree inventory identifies all trees on the site, specifying location, species, and diameter of each tree; or
ii. Statistical Sampling. Statistical sampling may be used to estimate the total tree diameter and total number of significant trees present. Sampling must be carried out by individuals with demonstrated experience performing such surveys and shall be based on generally accepted standard methodologies; or
iii. Tree Canopy. When calculating the amount of tree canopy on the site, the total canopy area is based on the most recent aerial photograph available. If the most recent aerial photograph available is more than five years old, the applicant must provide a more recent photograph.
D. Type D Permit. The owner or operator of a commercial wood lot shall apply and receive approval for a Type D permit before beginning harvesting operations of more than three trees within any 12-month period. Type D permit applications shall be reviewed by the community development director.
1. Application for a Type D permit shall include the following:
a. Proof that the subject property is a “commercial wood lot” as defined by this chapter;
b. A map of the property including property boundaries;
c. The size, species and location of all significant trees other than Douglas fir;
d. The size, species and location of all heritage trees.
2. Approval Standards for Type D Permits. An application for a Type D permit shall be granted when all of the following criteria are met:
a. The applicant has submitted a complete application as required by subsection (D)(1) of this section;
b. All heritage trees other than Douglas fir will be protected according to the requirements of this chapter;
c. All nonfir significant trees in excess of three shall be mitigated;
d. All applicable standards of the Oregon Forest Practice Rules are met;
e. The applicant has submitted and obtained approval of an erosion control plan from the city engineer; and
f. If the tree removal proposed is a final harvest, and no further planting, maintenance, or rotation of trees is proposed, the applicant shall submit a long-term erosion control and revegetation plan for review and approval. [Ord. 918 § 2 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.350, 2006.]
A. Requirement Established. Type B or C tree removal permit grantees shall plant one replacement tree for each significant tree removed in excess of the tree that could otherwise be removed under a Type A permit. Type D permit grantees shall mitigate nonfir trees as required by subsection (B) of this section. Mitigation is not required for removal of hazardous, dead, or dying trees.
B. Heritage trees shall be mitigated based on the following methodology:
Replacement trees = 1 + (A – Q)
Where:
A = Actual dbh of the tree in question.
Q = Minimum dbh for this species to qualify as a heritage tree.
C. Replacement Trees. Trees planted as mitigation must meet all of the following standards:
1. To encourage a diversity of species when four or more trees are required as mitigation, no more than 25 percent of trees planted as mitigation shall be of any one species. Use of native trees where appropriate is encouraged;
2. All replacement trees shall be appropriately chosen for the site conditions (especially soil and hydrology) from an approved tree species list supplied by the city, and shall be State Department of Agriculture and American Association of Nurserymen (AAN) American Standards for Nursery Stock (ANSI Z60.1) for top grade;
3. All replacement trees shall be two-inch caliper. The planning official or planning commission may allow the use of replacement Oregon white oaks and other native trees with the largest available nursery stock if two-inch caliper trees are not available;
4. Replacement trees shall be planted prior to plat for land divisions and prior to issuance of final certificate of occupancy for other applications. Mitigation requirements shall run with the land until all required mitigation has been completed;
5. Replacement trees must be staked, fertilized, mulched, and irrigated as necessary to ensure survival; and
6. Trees planted as mitigation for a Type C permit shall be guaranteed by the permit grantee or the grantee’s successors-in-interest for three years after the planting date through an irrevocable development agreement.
D. Alternatives to On-Site Mitigation.
1. Relocation or Replacement Off Site. If in the opinion of a certified arborist or landscape architect there is insufficient available space on the subject property to accommodate the required mitigation plantings, the following alternatives may be used to fulfill mitigation requirements:
a. Replanting may occur on other property in the applicant’s ownership or control within the city, or in a city-owned or dedicated open space or park. If planting on city-owned or dedicated property, the city may specify the species, size, and location of the trees. Nothing in this section shall be construed as an obligation of the city to allow trees to be planted on city-owned or dedicated property.
b. Payment in Lieu of Planting. The applicant may pay into the tree fund an amount equal to the number of replacement trees required times a per-tree rate as established by resolution of the city council.
E. Trees preserved or planted as mitigation may be used to fulfill the landscaping requirements as set forth in Chapter 18.105 TMC.
F. To encourage the retention of established trees which do not yet meet the definition of a significant tree, credit towards mitigation requirements shall be given on a tree-for-tree basis for preservation of the following healthy, structurally sound trees. If such trees are to be used towards meeting the mitigation requirements of this section, required tree preservation and planting plans shall include the size, species, and location of these trees, and these trees shall be given the protections in accordance with TMC 18.100.080 and shall then be considered significant trees. Trees located within the floodplain, parks, and greenway zone (OFPG) may not be counted towards required mitigation.
Big leaf maple | 8" dbh or larger |
Oregon ash | 8" dbh or larger |
Madrone | 6" dbh or larger |
Red alder | 6" dbh or larger |
Ponderosa pine | 6" dbh or larger |
Western red cedar | 6" dbh or larger |
Chinquapin | 6" dbh or larger |
Pacific dogwood | 6" dbh or larger |
Douglas fir | 6" dbh or larger |
Oregon white oak | 6" dbh or larger |
[Ord. 918 § 2 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.360, 2006.]
Where trees are to be preserved as part of a development plan, the following standards apply:
A. All trees to be protected must be clearly differentiated from those being removed by clearly marking trees to be removed in an obvious visible manner such as bright-colored paint, ribbon, etc.
B. Protective Barrier. Before development, vegetation removal, filling, or any land alteration for which a tree removal permit is required, the developer shall erect and maintain suitable barriers to prevent damage to remaining trees. Barriers shall be erected at the edge of the critical root zone of trees to be preserved. Protective barriers shall not be moved and shall remain in place until the city authorizes their removal or issues a final certificate of occupancy, whichever occurs first. At a minimum, barriers shall consist of 48-inch-high heavy duty, high visibility plastic fencing, or silt fencing, attached to anchored metal or wooden posts.
C. Prior to commencement of ground-disturbing activities, the applicant shall request and receive an inspection of all tree protection barriers to ensure that the approved tree removal plans are accurately implemented on the ground. All inspection requests shall provide a minimum of 24 hours’ notice.
D. Construction near Preserved Trees. No person may conduct any construction activity damaging to a tree designated to remain, including, but not limited to, placing solvents, building material, construction equipment or depositing soils within the tree protection zone, attaching fencing or other items to trees, using trees as anchors, or placing irrigated landscaping within the protective barrier.
E. Where trees are removed from within the CRZ of a tree to remain, the removal shall be done by cutting the tree near the ground and grinding the stump or leaving it in place. Removal of trees or stumps within the CRZ of a protected tree by pushing trees down or pulling trees and/or stumps out of the ground is prohibited. [Ord. 918 § 2 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.370, 2006.]
A. No tree removal permitted as a Type B, C, or D permit shall take place until the applicant has received a notice to proceed from the city engineer on public improvements. When no public improvements are proposed, tree removal shall not occur until building permits have been issued. The community development director may make exceptions to this requirement when warranted due to extenuating circumstances or when no such permits are necessary.
B. For applicants seeking a Type B permit to remove trees independent of site improvements, no tree removal shall take place until tree protection measures have been inspected and approved by the community development director.
C. Inspection and approval of all required tree protection measures by the community development director are required prior to tree removals permitted as Type B, C, and D permits.
D. Forty-eight hours prior to tree removal, a copy of the tree removal permit shall be prominently displayed on the subject property and shall remain on display at all times while tree removal operations are being conducted.
E. All required mitigation shall be completed within one year of the removal. [Ord. 918 § 2 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.380, 2006.]
A. Any person found to have removed a significant tree in violation of this chapter shall incur a penalty of not more than $1,000 nor less than $250.00 per violation.
B. Any person found to have removed a heritage tree in violation of this chapter shall incur a penalty of not less than the value of the tree according to TMC 18.100.070(D) plus no less than $500.00 for each heritage tree removed.
C. Failure to comply with any condition of the permit issued to the applicant shall constitute a violation of this chapter and shall subject the applicant to a fine of not more than $1,000, nor less than $500.00. Any fines collected by the city under this section shall accrue to the city tree fund.
D. Each tree removed in violation of this chapter or any permit issued pursuant to this chapter shall constitute a separate violation.
E. Each tree that the applicant fails to replant or replace as required by the terms of the permit, and each violation of any other condition of a permit, shall constitute a separate violation.
F. Retroactive Permit. A person who removes a tree without obtaining a Type A permit may apply retroactively for a permit. In addition to all application requirements of this chapter, the person must be able to demonstrate compliance with all requirements of this chapter, in addition to paying an additional fee as established by resolution of the city council. Mitigation requirements of this chapter may apply to all retroactive permits.
G. Withholding Permits and Stop-Work Orders. The building official has the authority to issue a stop-work order, withhold approval of a final plat, or withhold issuance of a certificate of occupancy, permits or inspections until the provisions of this chapter, including any conditions attached to a tree removal permit, have been fully met.
H. Revocation of Permit. The city administrator may revoke any tree removal permit when the planning official or designee thereof has clearly demonstrated that the application was incomplete or inaccurate to such a degree as to invalidate the approval. Such a revocation may be immediately followed by a stop-work order and the applicant required to either:
1. Revise and resubmit the permit for review and approval; or
2. Pay fines for removing trees in violation of the permit under subsections (A) and (B) of this section.
I. The city shall notify the property owner in writing that a violation has occurred and mitigation is required. Within 30 days of the date of mailing of the notice, the property owner shall provide a mitigation plan to the city. The plan shall provide for replacement of a tree or, at the city’s discretion, payment into the tree fund in accordance with Chapter 18.135 TMC.
J. Alternative Enforcement. In the event that a person, company, or other operating unit commits more than one violation of this chapter, the following alternative fees may be imposed by the city:
1. A person that has gained money or property through the commission of an offense under this section may be required to pay an amount, fixed by the city, not to exceed double the amount of the gain from the commission of the offense.
2. “Gain” is defined as the amount of money or value of property derived from the commission of the violation, less the amount of money or value of property seized by or surrendered to the city. “Value” shall be the greater of the market value or replacement cost as determined by a licensed professional in the tree, nursery, or landscape field. [Ord. 918 § 2 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.390, 2006.]
The purpose of this chapter is to provide for the regulation of planting, maintenance, and removal of landscaping within the city of Talent. All yards, required buffers or screening areas, and parking areas shall be landscaped in accordance with this chapter. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 918 § 2 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.410, 2006.]
A. The minimum percentage of required landscaping is as follows:
1. Residential Zones. Twenty percent of each lot for residential developments.
2. Central Business District (CBD) and Commercial Neighborhood (CN) Zones. Fifteen percent of the site.
3. Commercial Highway (CH), Central Business Highway (CBH) and Commercial Interchange (CI) Zones. Twenty percent of the site.
4. Industrial Zones (IL). Fifteen percent of the site.
5. When the above requirements conflict with landscaping requirements found elsewhere in this title, the standard which maximizes landscaped area shall apply. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 918 § 2 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.420, 2006.]
A. Minimum number of trees and shrubs acceptable per 1,000 square feet of landscaped area:
1. One tree, minimum two-inch caliper.
2. Four five-gallon shrubs or accent plants.
B. Minimum Percentage Ground Cover. All landscaped area, whether or not required, that is not planted with trees and shrubs, or covered with nonplant material as defined in subsection (C) of this section, shall have ground cover plants that are sized and spaced to achieve 75 percent coverage of the area not covered by shrubs and tree canopy unless a xeriscape plan is approved.
C. Landscape Materials. Permitted landscape materials include trees, shrubs, ground cover plants, nonplant ground covers, and outdoor hardscape features, as described below. “Coverage” is based on the projected size of the plants at maturity, i.e., typically three or more years after planting. The landscape materials below may be modified as part of an approved xeriscape plan.
1. Existing Vegetation. Existing noninvasive vegetation may be used in meeting landscape requirements.
2. Plant Selection. A combination of deciduous and evergreen trees, shrubs, and ground covers shall be used for all planted areas, the selection of which shall be based on local climate, soil, exposure, water availability, and drainage conditions. Applicants are encouraged to select native plants which are drought tolerant to reduce the demand on the city’s water supply.
3. Plant Establishment. Unless a certified landscape architect specifically recommends otherwise, all new landscaping shall be irrigated for a minimum of two years to ensure viability.
4. Soil Amendment. When new vegetation (including sod) is planted, topsoil shall be added and/or soils amended or aerated as necessary, to allow for healthy plant growth. Compaction of the planting area shall be minimized whenever practical and compacted soils shall be amended and/or aerated as necessary prior to planting.
5. “Invasive” plants shall be removed during site development and the planting of new invasive species is prohibited. Lists of locally invasive species are available through the local USDA extension office.
6. Hardscape Features. May cover up to 10 percent of the required landscape area (unless a xeriscape plan is approved); except in the downtown area where publicly accessible hardscape features may cover up to 80 percent of the required landscape area, subject to approval through site development plan review. Swimming pools, sports courts, and similar active recreation facilities, as well as paving for parking and access, may not be counted toward fulfilling the landscape requirement.
7. Nonplant Ground Covers. Bark dust, chips, aggregate, or other nonplant ground covers may be used, but shall cover no more than 25 percent of the area to be landscaped and shall be confined to areas underneath plants. Nonplant ground covers cannot be a substitute for ground cover plants unless approved as part of a xeriscape plan. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 918 § 2 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.430, 2006.]
No person shall plant on any public property or private property the following trees if the tree’s future critical root zone (CRZ) at maturity (CRZ is defined in TMC 18.100.020) is within the public right-of-way: poplar, willow, cottonwood, fruit tree, or ailanthus, unless part of a city-authorized riparian restoration project. The recommended street tree list should be consulted before any tree is planted within or adjacent to the public right-of-way. No person shall plant any tree anywhere in the city so as to adversely affect public utilities. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 918 § 2 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.440, 2006.]
In order to reduce the impacts on adjacent uses of a different type, buffering and screening are required in accordance with Table 18.105.050-1 below.
A. General Requirements.
1. The property owner is responsible for the installation and maintenance of required buffers and screens including compliance with TMC 18.135.060(A).
2. The community development director may waive the buffering/screening requirements of this section where the required buffer/screen has been installed on the adjacent property in accordance with this chapter.
3. Where a proposed use abuts undeveloped property, only one-half of the buffer width shall be required.
B. Buffer Location. A buffer consists of an area within a required setback adjacent to a property line. It has a depth equal to the amount specified in Table 18.105.050-1 and contains a length equal to the length of the property line of the abutting use(s).
C. Buffer Requirements.
1. At least one row of trees. These trees will not be less than 10 feet tall at the time of planting and not spaced more than 30 feet apart and five feet tall at the time of planting for evergreen trees and spaced not more than 15 feet apart. This requirement may be waived by the community development director when it can be demonstrated that such trees would conflict with other provisions of this code (e.g., solar access).
2. At least five five-gallon shrubs or 10 one-gallon shrubs for each 1,000 square feet of required buffer area.
3. The remaining buffer area shall be planted in accordance with TMC 18.105.030(C).
D. Screening. Where screening is required or provided, at least one of the following techniques shall be provided in addition to the buffering requirements above:
1. One row of evergreen shrubs that will grow to form a continuous hedge at least six feet tall within two years of planting; or
2. A fence or masonry wall at least six feet in height to provide a uniform sight-obscuring screen; or
3. An earthen berm combined with evergreen plantings or a fence that forms a sight and noise buffer at least six feet tall within two years of installation.
E. Clear Vision. Buffering and screening provisions are superseded by the clear vision requirements of TMC 18.105.055.
F. Landscaping within the buffer shall count towards minimum landscaped area and vegetation required by TMC 18.105.020 and 18.105.030.
G. Agricultural Buffers. To implement the agricultural buffering standards of the Greater Bear Creek Valley regional plan, buffering provisions in TMC 18.215.200 shall be addressed when urban development on land along the urban growth boundary abutting land zoned exclusive farm use is proposed.
Table 18.105.050-1. Buffer and Screening Requirements
BUFFER REQUIREMENTS | PROPOSED USE | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
ABUTTING USE OR ZONING DISTRICT | Single-family dwelling (1) | Multifamily | Manufactured home park or subdivision | Commercial/professional or mixed-use | Light industrial use | Parking lot with at least 5 spaces |
Dwellings in RHD, RMD, RLD districts | 0' | 10' | 0' | 10' S | 30' S | 10' S |
Manufactured home park (MHP) or subdivision in any district | 0' | 0' | 0' | 10' S | 30' S | 10' S |
Any arterial street (2) | 10' | 10' | 10' S | 10' | 10' | 10' |
Commercial or professional uses, or commercial and mixed use districts | 10' | 10' S | 10' S | 0' | 0' | 0' |
Light industrial district | 30' S | 30' S | 30' S | 0' | 0' | 0' |
Any parking lot with at least 5 spaces | 5' S | 5' S | 5' S | 0' | 0' | 0' |
“S” indicates screening required. (1) Includes single-family detached, attached and common-wall dwellings, duplexes, triplexes, quadplexes and cluster housing. (2) The buffer/screening standard does not apply along arterial streets where it conflicts with other provisions of this code. | ||||||
[Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 918 § 2 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.450, 2006.]
The purpose of this section is to maintain clear vision areas at intersections in order to protect the safety and welfare of the public in their use of city streets.
A. No person shall maintain or allow to exist on property which they own or which is in their possession or control trees, shrubs, hedges, or other vegetation or projecting overhanging limbs thereof, which obstruct the view necessary for safe operation of motor vehicles or otherwise cause danger to the public in the use of city streets. It shall be the duty of the person who owns, possesses, or controls the property to remove or trim and keep trimmed any obstructions to the view.
B. A clear vision area shall be maintained at all driveways and accessways and on the corners of all property adjacent to an intersection.
C. A clear vision area shall contain no planting, fence, wall, structure, or temporary or permanent obstruction, except for an occasional utility pole, except when the height of the obstruction does not exceed two and one-half feet in height, measured from the top of the curb, or where no curb exists, from the street centerline grade. Trees exceeding this height may be located in this area; provided, all branches and foliage are removed to the height of eight feet above the grade. Open wire fencing that does not obscure sight is allowed to a maximum height of six feet.
D. The clear vision area for all street intersections and all street and railroad intersections shall be that area described in the most recent edition of the “AASHTO Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets.” The clear vision area for all corner lots shall be that area within a 30-foot radius from where the lot line and the edge of a street intersect. The clear vision area for all driveways shall be that area within a 10-foot radius from where the driveway and the edge of a street intersect.

E. Modification of this computation may be made by the city engineer after considering the standards set forth in the most recent edition of the “AASHTO Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets” and taking into consideration the type of intersection, site characteristics, types of vehicle controls, vehicle speed, and traffic volumes adjacent to the clear vision area.
F. The provisions of this section relate to safety. They shall not be modified by variance and are not subject to appeal. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021.]
Fences, walls, hedges, screen plantings and similar regulated objects provide privacy and promote security. Tall fences are appropriate in some locations and for some purposes, but inappropriate where they interfere with public safety and neighborliness. Excessive heights between properties inhibit the enjoyment of light and air and, in residential zones, can create the same confining effect as a building directly against the property line.
All fences and hedges are subject to the following standards:
A. Materials. No one may construct fences or walls of or containing material(s) that can do bodily harm, such as barbed wire, broken glass, or any other hazardous or dangerous materials. For barbed wire and electric fence exceptions, see TMC 8.10.150.
B. Placement. Fences and walls may be erected directly up to common property lines. An exception to this rule may be required when the placement would prevent the use of adjacent property or right-of-way, or prevent the safe use of a driveway or alley. In such cases, the city may require the fence or wall to be set back a minimum distance from the driveway, right-of-way, alley or property line.
Hedges and screen plantings may be planted in locations where their growth does not encroach on public rights-of-way. Encroachment on private property is commonly a private civil matter; the city will not become involved in such disputes unless it deems there is a significant safety concern.
C. Height Limitations. Figure 3-1 illustrates the regulations. See also definitions of “yard” in Chapter 18.15 TMC.
1. Front yard: three feet.
2. Side yard: six feet.
3. Rear yard: six feet.
4. Corner lot: three feet for a distance of 40 feet along the street-side yard when that street is a collector or arterial; otherwise 30 feet. This is to provide a clear sight triangle of 30 feet by 30 feet or 30 feet by 40 feet at intersections.

D. Measuring Height.
1. Generally, height is measured from the adjacent ground upward.
2. When fences are built on top of retaining walls, or one lot is markedly higher than an adjacent lot, height shall be measured from the highest adjacent grade, except that a fence or wall may not be higher than eight feet above the lowest adjacent grade.
3. Below-Grade Lots. On lots that are not generally level with the adjacent street, height may be measured from the top of the adjacent curb, or, where curbs are absent, from the crown of the adjacent street. Exercise of this exception shall be at the discretion of the city.
4. Lots on Collector Streets. Because of heavier traffic volumes and greater speeds, the same exception allowed in the preceding subsection may apply to lots on collector streets. Exercise of this exception shall be at the discretion of the city.
E. Allowances.
1. A hedge or a screen planting is defined as vegetation that has the purpose or effect of obscuring or blocking casual viewing through it and is six feet or more in diameter or width. Nonpyramidal trees are not considered to be such vegetation.
Individual bushes, trees, hedges, and similar vegetation, or groupings of such, that have the effect of substantially inhibiting visibility above the height limitation for the yard in which they are located are permitted if the total blockage of the frontage is 50 percent or less and there are six-foot gaps for every 12 feet of grouping (see Figure 3-2). This allowance does not extend to the sight triangle area in subsection (C)(4) of this section.

2. Entryway or gate arbors are permitted in front yards provided they are no more than eight feet tall, six feet wide, six feet deep, and are no less than 15 feet from a property corner or driveway, including those on adjacent lots.
3. The city planner may grant a special allowance for fences, walls, hedges, or screen plantings that exceed the height limits or location requirements of this chapter for the circumstances listed below. The process used for granting a special allowance will be administrative and include consultation with the police department and/or public works department, and notification of adjoining neighbors, whose interests will be considered.
a. Lots with unusual shapes or in unique situations, where it is shown that public safety is not decreased.
b. Fences or walls surrounding tennis courts, swimming pools, schools, or other special facilities, not including residences, where it is shown that the normal use or level of protection requires a greater height for safety or other reasons.
4. Security fences may be constructed up to 10 feet high in commercial and industrial areas, provided they are a see-through, chain-link type and set back a distance equal to their height in front yards and street-facing side yards, plus any necessary accommodations for sight distance on corners.
F. General Safety Provisions.
1. Recognizing that the best intentions and most careful crafting of regulations do not account for all variables, the city can either disallow or require the elimination or mitigation of fences, walls, hedges, screen plantings, and similar that it finds deleterious to public health or safety, or at odds with the purpose of this chapter.
2. Property owners aggrieved by a decision made under this section may appeal the decision to the planning commission, which may reverse, uphold or modify staff’s decision based on its evaluation of the evidence presented. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 918 § 2 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.460, 2006.]
It shall be the responsibility of the property owner to maintain landscaping on their property. All landscaping and trees shall be provided with irrigation or other facilities for the continuing care of the vegetation.
A. Residential Areas. In all residential zones, areas on a lot not occupied by roadways, parking areas, walkways, patios or structures shall be maintained. Fences, walls, hedges and screen plantings shall be permitted in conformance with the requirements of Chapter 18.100 TMC. All fences, walls, hedges and screen plantings shall be maintained.
B. Commercial Areas. In commercial zones, areas not occupied by structures, roadways or parking areas, walkways, bicycle paths, patios or other specific facilities shall be maintained. Fences, walls, hedges and screen plantings shall be permitted in conformance with the requirements of TMC 18.105.020 and 18.105.030. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 918 § 2 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.470, 2006.]
Solar energy use can be considered as an option to reduce the total number of required trees for a development plan. A clear plan must be created which demonstrates the location of solar panels, intended use of energy from them, and demonstration that the planting of all required trees would pose an obstacle to the development. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 918 § 2 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.480, 2006.]
Xeriscaping is landscaping that is intentionally designed to conserve water and protect the environment. It is a relevant option for landscaping, and is a potential option to reduce landscaping requirements including a reduction of the total number of trees to be planted, or total landscaped area. To be eligible for reduced landscaping requirements, the following requirements must be met:
A. Eligibility.
1. Must be city of Talent utility customer with potable water (not TID) for irrigation.
2. Project must demonstrate a reduction in water use compared to the necessary water required for standard landscaping.
3. The square footage of the xeriscape area must be at least 50 percent of the required landscaped area in TMC 18.105.020. Proposed projects meeting this requirement will be allowed to reduce the overall landscaped area by 10 percent of that required in TMC 18.105.020.
B. Submittal Requirements. The following must be included with any xeriscaping project when a reduction of landscape requirements is being requested:
1. Interested parties wishing to xeriscape a portion of a parcel to reduce landscaping requirements shall supply the city with a completed xeriscape application.
2. Site Description. Applicants are required to submit a simple site design plan including all required landscaping, proposed xeriscaping and irrigation to be installed. The plan shall include the location of plants and type of irrigation for each plant. All xeriscaping shall meet the landscaping requirements below:
a. Plants. Ninety percent of the plant material must be drought tolerant or considered low water use plants (based on the water-wise landscaping website, WUCOLS).
b. Plant Coverage. At completion, xeriscape areas must contain enough plants to create at least 50 percent living plant cover at maturity. Xeriscape areas may not include any live lawn (grass) or invasive plant species as defined by the Oregon Department of Agriculture noxious weed list.
c. Efficient Irrigation Components. If a watering system is used, all sprinkler heads in the xeriscape areas must be low volume (drip, micro-spray, bubblers, or low precipitation rotating nozzles).
d. Prevent Overspray. The xeriscape area shall not be irrigated or oversprayed by other required nonxeriscape areas.
e. Permeable Surfaces and Treatments. In residential areas, no concrete, plastic sheeting or other impermeable surfaces shall be used in an identified xeriscape area.
f. Mulch. Exposed soil must be completely covered by a layer of mulch. Common mulching materials include wood chips, decomposed granite, river rock, and bark. If weed barrier is used beneath the mulch, it must be manufactured to be permeable to air and water.
g. Living Ground Cover. Qualifies as mulch provided the plants are installed at a density to assure 100 percent plant coverage at maturity.
C. Approval Criteria. After examination of the design plan, city staff shall approve or approve with conditions if the following requirements have been met:
1. Submittal requirements of subsection (B) of this section have been met;
2. A preinspection of the site has been conducted by city staff to determine the feasibility of the plan.
D. Inspection Process. All projects shall have a final inspection to ensure that all proposed xeriscaping has been completed in accordance with the approved plan. Certificate of occupancy shall be issued once final inspection and approval have been granted. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 918 § 2 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.490, 2006.]
The purpose of this chapter is to set forth the off-street parking and loading requirements for the various buildings and uses permitted in the city. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.510, 2006.]
No building or other permit shall be issued until plans and evidence are presented to show how the off-street parking and loading requirements set forth below are to be fulfilled, and that property is and will be available for exclusive use as off-street parking and loading space. Every use hereafter inaugurated and every building hereafter erected or substantially altered or enlarged shall have permanently maintained parking spaces in accordance with the provisions of this chapter. The subsequent use of the property for which a building permit is issued shall be conditional upon the unqualified continuance and availability of the amount of parking and loading space required by this chapter. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.515, 2006.]
Every hospital, institution, hotel, commercial or industrial building hereafter erected or established, and every existing structure enlarged or changed for these uses within any zone of the city, having a gross floor area of 10,000 square feet or more, shall provide and maintain at least one off-street loading space plus one additional off-street loading space for each additional 20,000 square feet of gross floor area. Any use requiring one-half or more of a loading space shall be deemed to require the full space. Each loading space shall be at least 10 feet in width, 25 feet in length, and have 14 feet vertical clearance. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.520, 2006.]
No parking lot shall be surfaced or resurfaced without a building permit and until the project plans have been submitted to the city planning office for review to ensure conformance with the provisions of this chapter. If the staff advisor determines that the project plans conform to the provisions of this chapter, this person shall so certify on a copy of plans, retain one copy in the planning office files, and return a copy to the applicant. If a question arises as to the project’s conformance with the provisions of this chapter, the staff advisor shall subject the project to a site development plan review without a public hearing. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.525, 2006.]
Off-street parking spaces shall be provided and maintained as set forth in this chapter for all uses in all zoning districts, except as provided in subsection (C) of this section, or as otherwise provided at the time:
A. A new building is hereafter erected or enlarged; or
B. The use of a building or property is hereafter changed to another use with greater parking requirements; provided, that if the enlargement of a building existing at the time hereof is less than 50 percent of the gross floor area, parking space shall be required in proportion to the increase only. Any use requiring one-half or more of a parking space shall be deemed to require the full space. The provision and maintenance of off-street parking space is a continuing obligation of the property owner.
C. The following uses shall be subject to limited application of this chapter:
1. Single-family residential dwellings, duplex, triplex and quadplex dwellings in any zone shall provide parking consistent with spaces required in TMC 18.110.060 and developed consistent with standards in TMC 18.110.115, and are exempt from other standards of this chapter.
2. All uses in the central business district zone (CBD) are exempt from providing off-street parking consistent with this chapter, except that residential uses shall provide off-street parking consistent with this chapter at a ratio of 50 percent of the spaces otherwise required in TMC 18.110.060. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.530, 2006.]
A. The number of off-street parking spaces required shall be not less than as set forth in Table 18.110.060-1, except as otherwise provided in this chapter.
Table 18.110.060-1. Parking Requirements by Use
Use | Standard |
|---|---|
Residential Uses | |
Single-family dwelling (detached, attached, common wall, and individual manufactured homes) | 2 spaces per dwelling unit, or 1 space per dwelling unit with alley-loaded parking |
Duplex | 1 space per dwelling unit |
Triplex and quadplex dwelling | 1 space per dwelling unit |
Cluster housing | 1 space per dwelling unit |
Multifamily dwelling: Studio dwelling units One- and two-bedroom dwelling units Three-bedroom or larger dwelling units | 0.5 space per dwelling unit 1 space per dwelling unit 1.5 spaces per dwelling unit |
Residential care home and residential care facility | 2 spaces for each 3 guest rooms, or 1 per 3 beds, whichever is more |
Manufactured home park | 1 space for each manufactured home site, plus one per 8 manufactured homes as required by Chapter 18.180 TMC |
Institutional and Public Uses | |
Auditorium or meeting rooms | 1 space for each 60 square feet of floor area in the auditorium or, where seating is fixed to the floor, 1 space for each 4 seats or 8 feet of bench length |
Child care centers having 13 or more children, kindergartens, equivalent parochial or private schools | 1 space per 2 employees, a minimum of 2 spaces; 1 driveway, designed for continuous flow of passenger vehicles for the purpose of loading and unloading |
Churches | 1 space for every 5 seats or every 10 feet of bench length in the main auditorium (sanctuary or place of worship) |
Clubs and lodges | Spaces to meet the combined requirements of the uses being conducted, such as hotel, restaurant, auditorium, etc. |
Hospitals | 1.5 spaces for each bed; when fractioned, next higher full unit |
Libraries, museums, art galleries | 1 space for each 400 square feet of floor area |
Schools | |
Elementary or junior high schools and equivalent private and parochial schools | 1.5 spaces per classroom, or 12 feet of bench length in the auditorium or assembly room, whichever is greatest |
High schools and equivalent private school and parochial schools | 1.5 spaces per classroom plus 1 space for each 10 students capacity, or 1 space per 4 seats or 8 feet of bench length in the main auditorium, whichever is greater |
Colleges, universities; commercial schools for adults; institutions of higher learning; technical, music or art schools; equivalent private or parochial schools | 1 space for each 10 students classroom capacity |
Welfare or correctional institutions | 1 space for each 5 beds |
Passenger terminals (bus, rail) | 2 spaces for each 2,000 square feet floor space for the first 10,000 square feet, with 1 additional space for each additional 10,000 square feet |
Government offices | 1 space for every 450 square feet of gross floor area |
Commercial Uses | |
Banks, office buildings, business and professional offices, including medical and dental | Medical and dental offices – 1 space per 350 square feet of gross floor area; general offices – 1 space per 450 square feet of gross floor area |
Barber and beauty shops, pharmacies | 1 space for every 200 square feet of gross floor area |
Recreational or entertainment establishments | |
Stadiums, theaters, assembly halls | 1 space for each 60 square feet of gross floor area, or 1 space per 4 seats or 8 feet of bench length, whichever is greater |
Skating rinks, dance halls, pool halls, bowling alleys, arcades | 1 space for each 100 square feet of gross floor area |
Hotels and motels | 1 space per guest room plus 1 space for the manager |
Retail establishments, except as otherwise provided herein | 1 space for each 400 square feet of gross floor area |
Nursing homes, homes for the aged, assisted living facilities, and like uses | 1 space for each 2 beds for patients and/or residents |
Restaurants, taverns or bars | 1 space per 4 seats or 1 space for each 100 square feet of gross floor area, whichever is less |
Service or repair shops; retail stores exclusively handling bulky merchandise (e.g., automobiles, furniture) | 1 space for each 750 square feet of gross floor area |
Industrial Uses | |
Industrial uses listed as permitted in the light industrial zone | 2 spaces minimum, plus 1 space per 2 employees on the maximum shift, or 1 space for each 700 square feet of gross floor area, whichever is less, plus 1 space per company vehicle |
B. Maximum Number of Parking Spaces. The number of parking spaces provided by any particular use in ground surface parking lots shall not exceed the required minimum number of spaces provided by this section by more than 50 percent. Spaces provided on-street, or within the building footprint of structures, such as in rooftop parking, or under-structure parking, or in multi-level parking above or below surface lots, may not apply towards the maximum number of allowable spaces. Parking spaces provided through “shared parking” also do not apply toward the maximum number.
C. The following parking shall be provided for disabled persons, in conformance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (Table 18.110.060-2). Disabled parking is in addition to the minimum number of required parking spaces in subsection (A) of this section.
Table 18.110.060-2. Minimum Number of Accessible Parking Spaces – ADA Standards for Accessible Design
Total Number of Parking Spaces Provided (per Lot) | Total Minimum Number of Accessible Parking Spaces (60" and 96" Aisles) | Van Accessible Parking Spaces with Min. 96" Wide Access Aisle | Accessible Parking Spaces with Min. 60" Wide Access Aisle |
|---|---|---|---|
Column A | |||
1 – 25 | 1 | 1 | 0 |
26 – 50 | 2 | 1 | 1 |
51 – 75 | 3 | 1 | 2 |
76 – 100 | 4 | 1 | 3 |
101 – 150 | 5 | 1 | 4 |
151 – 200 | 6 | 1 | 5 |
201 – 300 | 7 | 1 | 6 |
301 – 400 | 8 | 1 | 7 |
401 – 500 | 9 | 2 | 7 |
501 – 1,000 | 2% of total parking provided in each lot | 1/8 of Column A* | 7/8 of Column A** |
1,001 and over | 20 plus 1 for each 100 over 1,000 | 1/8 of Column A* | 7/8 of Column A** |
*One out of every 8 accessible spaces
**7 out of every 8 accessible spaces
Handicapped parking spaces shall be located in a safe location in close proximity to a building entrance.
D. The number of employee off-street parking spaces may be reduced by the planning commission if the applicant for a development can demonstrate such a reduction is supported by adequate mass transit service or that organized carpooling or company-provided transportation is available.
E. The number of off-street parking spaces may be reduced by the planning commission when the developer can demonstrate that the driving characteristics of the development clientele do not necessitate full parking space requirements, that mass transit service is available, and/or that company-provided transportation is provided.
F. Credit for On-Street Parking. The amount of off-street parking required shall be reduced by one off-street parking space for every on-street parking space adjacent to the development. On-street parking shall follow the established configuration of existing on-street parking, except that angled parking may be allowed for some streets, where permitted by city of Talent standards. The following constitutes an on-street parking space:
1. Parallel parking, each 24 feet of uninterrupted curb;
2. Forty-five-degree diagonal parking, each with 12 feet nine inches of curb;
3. Sixty-degree diagonal parking, each with 10 feet five inches of curb;
4. Ninety-degree (perpendicular) parking, each with 10 feet of curb;
5. Curb space must be connected to the lot which contains the use;
6. Parking spaces that would not obstruct a required clear vision area, nor any other parking that violates any law or street standard; and
7. On-street parking spaces credited for a specific use may not be used exclusively by that use, but shall be available for general public use at all times. No signs or actions limiting general public use of on-street spaces are permitted. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.540, 2006.]
Other uses not specifically listed above shall furnish parking as required by the planning commission. The planning commission shall use the above list as a guide for determining the requirements for said other uses. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.550, 2006.]
A. If more than one type of land use occupies a single structure or parcel of land, the total requirements for off-street parking spaces shall be the sum of the requirements for the various uses, unless the planning commission finds that the peak parking demands are actually less (i.e., the uses operate on different days or at different times of the day). In that case, the total requirements shall be reduced accordingly.
B. In the CBD, CBH, CN and CH zones, sites developed with a mix of residential and nonresidential uses are presumed to have reduce peak parking demands and shall be allowed to reduce required residential parking spaces under TMC 18.110.060 by 50 percent at a minimum. Further reductions may be approved by planning commission consistent with subsection (A) of this section. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.552, 2006.]
The planning commission may, upon application by the owners or operators of the uses, encourage and authorize the joint use of parking facilities required by two or more uses, structures or parcels of land, to the extent that it can be shown by the owners or operators of the uses that time does not overlap, and the parking facility is no further than 500 feet from the buildings or uses required to provide parking. If the uses, structures, or parcels are under separate ownership, a right to joint use of the parking space must be evidenced by a deed, lease, contract or other appropriate document to establish the joint use; such instrument must be approved as to form and content by the city attorney, recorded in the office of the county recorder and copies thereof filed with the city recorder. Joint parking facilities are encouraged in the central business district zone, as well as along arterials and collectors to promote access management standards. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.555, 2006.]
Commercial, industrial facilities and multiple-family dwellings shall provide adequate, safe and conveniently located parking facilities for bicycles. All uses, which are subject to site design review, shall provide bicycle parking, in conformance with the following standards, which are evaluated during site design review:
A. Number of Bicycle Parking Spaces. A minimum of two bicycle parking spaces per use is required for all uses with greater than 10 vehicle parking spaces. The following additional standards apply to specific types of development:
1. Multiple-Family Dwellings. Every residential use of five or more dwelling units provides at least one sheltered bicycle parking space for each dwelling unit. Sheltered bicycle parking spaces may be located within a garage, storage shed, basement, utility room or similar area. In those instances in which the residential complex has no garage or other easily accessible storage unit, the bicycle parking spaces may be sheltered from sun and precipitation under an eave, overhang, independent structure, or similar cover.
2. Parking Lots. All public and commercial parking lots and parking structures provide a minimum of one bicycle parking space for every 10 motor vehicle parking spaces. Sheltered bicycle parking is recommended to encourage bicycle use.
3. Schools. Elementary, middle, and high schools, both private and public, provide one bicycle parking space for every five students and employees. All spaces shall be sheltered under an eave, overhang, independent structure, or similar cover.
4. Colleges and Trade Schools. Provide one bicycle parking space for every 10 motor vehicle spaces plus one space for every dormitory unit. Fifty percent of the bicycle parking spaces shall be sheltered under an eave, overhang, independent structure, or similar cover.
5. Downtown District. Within the CBD, bicycle parking for customers shall be provided along the street at a rate of at least one space per use. Individual uses may provide their own parking, or spaces may be clustered to serve up to six bicycles. Bicycle parking spaces shall be located in front of the stores along the street, either on the sidewalks or in specially constructed or designated areas such as pedestrian curb extensions. Inverted “U” style racks are recommended and creative designs are strongly encouraged. Bicycle parking shall not interfere with pedestrian passage, leaving a clear area of at least 36 inches between bicycles and other existing and potential obstructions. Customer spaces may or may not be sheltered. When provided, sheltered parking (within a building, or under an eave, overhang, or similar structure) shall be provided at a rate of one space per 10 employees, with a minimum of one space per store.
6. Multiple Uses. For buildings with multiple uses (such as a commercial or mixed-use center), bicycle parking standards shall be calculated by using the total number of motor vehicle parking spaces required for the entire development. A minimum of one bicycle parking space for every 10 motor vehicle parking spaces is required unless a bus shelter with an existing bike rack is located adjacent to the proposed site.
B. Exemptions. This section does not apply to single-family dwellings (attached, detached, common wall, or manufactured housing), duplex, triplex or quadplex dwellings, home occupations, agriculture and livestock uses, or other developments with fewer than 10 vehicle parking spaces. Further exemptions may be approved only by the planning commission.
C. Location and Design. Bicycle parking shall be conveniently located with respect to both the street right-of-way and at least one building entrance (e.g., no farther away than the closest parking space). It should be incorporated whenever possible into building design and coordinated with the design of street furniture when it is provided, unless demonstrated otherwise by the applicant. Street furniture includes benches, streetlights, planters, and other pedestrian amenities. Creative designs are strongly encouraged.
D. Visibility and Security. Bicycle parking shall be visible to cyclists from street sidewalks or building entrances, so that it provides sufficient security from theft and damage.
E. Options for Storage. Bicycle parking requirements for long-term and employee parking can be met by providing a bicycle storage room, bicycle lockers, racks, or other secure storage space inside or outside of the building.
F. Lighting. Bicycle parking shall be as well lit as vehicle parking for security, unless otherwise well lit by an existing streetlight in the public right-of-way.
G. Reserved Areas. Areas set aside for bicycle parking shall be clearly marked and reserved for bicycle parking only.
H. Hazards. Bicycle parking shall not impede or create a hazard to pedestrians. Parking areas shall be located so as to not conflict with vision clearance standards in TMC 18.105.055. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.560, 2006.]
A. Location of Parking Facilities. Off-street parking spaces for existing and proposed dwellings shall be located on the same lot with said structure. Other required parking spaces shall be located on the same parcel or on another parcel not farther than 500 feet from the building or use they are intended to serve, measured in a straight line from the building. The burden of proving such existence of such off-premises parking arrangements rests upon the person who has the responsibility of providing parking.
B. Use of Parking Facilities. Required parking space shall be available for the parking of operable passenger automobiles of residents, customers, patrons and employees only, and shall not be used for the storage of vehicles or materials or for the parking of trucks used in conducting the business or use.
C. Parking, Front Yard. Required parking and loading space shall not be located in a required front yard setback, but such space may be located within a required side or rear yard. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.565, 2006.]
A. Applicability. The standards of this section apply to all single-family, duplex, triplex and quadplex dwellings in any zone.
B. Dimensions. Off-street parking spaces shall be a minimum of nine feet wide by 19 feet deep.
C. Location. Off-street parking spaces shall be located on the same lot as the residential dwelling(s), and may be located in a garage or carport. Parking spaces may not be located within the front yard or street side yard setbacks, with the exception of spaces located in a driveway within those setbacks.
D. Driveways. Driveways shall comply with standards in TMC 18.115.060(J).
E. Materials. Parking, driveway and maneuvering areas are required to have a durable and dust-free hard surface, and shall be maintained for all-weather use. The use of pervious concrete, pervious paving, parallel driveway tracks leaving the space between unpaved, or an in-ground grid or lattice surface is encouraged to minimize impervious surface and reduce storm water runoff. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021.]
A. Groups of five or more parking spaces shall be served by a service drive so that no backward movement or other maneuvering of a vehicle within a street other than an alley will be required.
B. In cases where a lot fronts on a major or minor arterial street, parking spaces shall be arranged so that no backward movement in the public right-of-way or other maneuvering of a vehicle, including any trailer being towed by a vehicle, within the arterial street shall be required.
C. The community development director or planning commission (for Type III reviews) may allow 35 percent of the required off-street parking spaces to be reduced to seven feet six inches by 15 feet to accommodate compact or hybrid electric cars.
D. Parking Stall Standard Dimensions and Compact Car Parking. All off-street parking stalls shall be improved to conform to city standards for surfacing, storm water management, and striping. Standard parking spaces shall conform to the dimensions below (Figure 18.110.120 and Table 18.110.120). Disabled parking shall conform to the standards in TMC 18.110.060(C).
Figure 18.110.120.

Table 18.110.120. Minimum Parking Space and Aisle Dimensions
A | Type | B | C | D | E | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Angle | Stall Width (in feet) | Stall Depth (in feet) | 1-Way Aisle Width (in feet) | 2-Way Aisle Width (in feet) | Curb length perpendicular to Aisle (D) (in feet) | |
0° (parallel) | standard | 8.0 | 8.0 | 12.0 | 24.0 | 22.5 |
compact | 7.5 | 7.5 | 12.0 | 24.0 | 19.5 | |
30° | standard | 9.0 | 17.0 | 12.0 | 24.0 | 18.0 |
compact | 7.5 | 14.0 | 12.0 | 24.0 | 15.0 | |
45° | standard | 9.0 | 19.0 | 12.0 | 24.0 | 12.5 |
compact | 7.5 | 16.0 | 12.0 | 24.0 | 10.5 | |
60° | standard | 9.0 | 20.0 | 18.0 | 24.0 | 10.5 |
compact | 7.5 | 16.5 | 15.0 | 24.0 | 8.5 | |
90° | standard | 9.0 | 19.0 | 24.0 | 24.0 | 9.0 |
compact | 7.5 | 15.0 | 22.0 | 24.0 | 7.5 | |
[Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.570, 2006.]
All public and private parking areas which contain five or more off-street parking spaces shall be improved according to the following:
A. All parking areas shall have a durable, dust-free surfacing of asphaltic concrete, Portland cement concrete, or other materials approved by the city engineer. The use of pervious asphalt paving in parking areas is encouraged to meet on-site storm water standards that may significantly reduce the requirement for drainage facilities.
B. All parking areas, aisles, turnarounds, and outdoor vehicle sales areas shall be graded so as not to drain storm water over sidewalks, public rights-of-way, and abutting private property. Storm water runoff generated beyond that which is normal for the site in its natural state shall, as much as possible, be retained on the site. Direct flow in stream channels is to be avoided. Methods to accomplish this provision include exhausting the possibilities of grading and draining parking lots into one or more of the following: percolation wells, trenches or ponds; vegetated or landscaped swales; natural drainage channels other than creek channels; and, for peak rainfall or runoff periods, seldom-used portions of the parking lot itself. It is the responsibility of the property owner to maintain the storm water system on his property in an operational manner so as to maintain the public safety and welfare; failure to maintain such a system in good repair may be constituted as a public nuisance in accordance with the provisions of any city ordinance regarding public nuisances. At least, drainage systems shall be conducted to public storm water sewers and ditches. (Please see Storm Drainage Design Standards.)
C. All spaces shall be permanently and clearly marked.
D. Wheel stops and bumper guards shall be provided where appropriate for all spaces abutting property lines or buildings, and where necessary to protect trees or other landscaping; and no vehicle shall overhang a public right-of-way.
E. Where parking facilities or driveways are located adjacent to residential or agricultural uses, school yards, or similar institutions, a sight-obscuring fence, wall or evergreen hedge not less than five feet and not more than six feet in height (except that such wall, fence or screen planting may exceed six feet in height if located beyond the required yard setbacks), and adhering to any vision clearance requirements and the yard requirements of the zone in which it is located, shall be provided on the property line, or between the property line and the parking area or driveway. Screen plantings shall be of such size and number as to provide the required screening at maturity, and shall be planted within 12 months of the issuance of the building permit required in subsection (H) of this section.
F. Trees and Landscaping.
1. A minimum of 40 percent of the outdoor parking area shall be shaded by trees within 15 years of planting, and by buildings at noon on August 21st, Pacific Daylight Time. Noon on August 21st constitutes a 58-degree solar altitude and shadow lengths shall be calculated by multiplying the height of a shadow-casting object by 0.625. Shadow patterns will be cast in a due north direction from the object.
2. Trees shall be retained and/or planted in landscaped areas, which shall cover not less than seven percent of the area devoted to outdoor parking facilities. Such landscaping shall be uniformly distributed throughout the parking area and may consist of trees plus shrubs, ground cover or related material. The intent is to break up large expanses of asphalt and thus provide shade in the warmer months and pervious surfaces for storm water, and aesthetic relief. At a minimum, one tree per five parking spaces total shall be planted to create a partial tree canopy over and around the parking area. All parking areas with more than 20 spaces shall include landscape islands with trees to break up the parking area into rows of not more than 12 contiguous parking spaces. All landscaped areas shall have minimum dimensions of four feet by four feet to ensure adequate soil, water, and space for sustainable plant growth, with appropriate timing devices to encourage water conservation.
3. Irrigation facilities or other provisions for the continuing care of the vegetation and protective curbs or raised wood headers shall be provided for landscaped areas.
4. Trees shall be of a type and distribution to reduce the reflection of heat by paved surfaces and should have an adequate lifespan, be pollution tolerant and have low maintenance requirements in order to save long-term costs. An approved recommended tree list will be provided to the applicant.
5. Trees shall be planted in a manner that will minimize interference with the solar access of adjacent properties.
G. Any lights provided to illuminate any public or private parking area or vehicle sales area shall be so arranged as to reflect light away from any abutting or adjacent residential district and limit excessive light pollution.
H. Building permits are required for all parking lot construction, repair or resurfacing. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.575, 2006.]
A. Parking Prohibited on Flag Drives. No parking or storage of vehicles will be permitted on flag drives, unless area is provided for parking in addition to the paved width required for access to a flag lot. A flag drive is generally the narrow portion used for access of a flag lot defined in TMC Title 17.
B. Recreation Vehicles. The following regulations apply to recreation vehicles parked outside of recreation vehicle parks:
1. It shall be unlawful to occupy a recreational vehicle parked on a public street for sleeping or living purposes for any period of time exceeding three hours.
2. No owner or person in charge of premises within the city shall occupy or allow the occupancy of a recreation vehicle upon the premises as permanent living quarters, except where specifically permitted as a use within a mobile home park.
3. A recreation vehicle may be parked on private property and used for sleeping and/or cooking purposes by guests visiting the residents of the premises, for a period not to exceed 15 days; provided, that the vehicle has self-contained sewage facilities or the occupants are utilizing the facilities in the residence on the premises.
4. Nothing in this title shall prevent the parking of an unoccupied recreation vehicle, not in daily use, upon the premises of the owner thereof. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.580, 2006.]
This chapter addresses access management, multimodal circulation, public improvements, and dedications and setbacks. One of the primary purposes of this chapter is to provide standards for attractive and safe streets that can accommodate vehicle traffic from planned growth, and provide a range of alternative transportation options, including, but not limited to, carpooling, walking, transit and bicycling. This chapter is also intended to implement the transportation system plan (TSP) portion of the comprehensive plan.
The dedications, improvements and/or setbacks required by this chapter must be met or complied with, or provisions made to ensure complete compliance, before any building permits shall be issued. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021.]
A. Purpose. To preserve the character of the city and to conserve natural resources by encouraging development that incorporates open space and the natural features of the land into neighborhood design, and by allowing density distribution within the development project so that there is no penalty for creative design.
B. Open Space Standard. Designated locally significant wetland and riparian areas and a 50-foot “safe harbor” setback from these areas shall be maintained as permanent open space, pursuant to Chapter 18.85 TMC. Additional open space may also be required by the city or dedicated by the developer of a subdivision, in conformance with the comprehensive plan. The open space shall be shown on the preliminary plat for a subdivision and recorded with the final plat or separate instrument in accordance with one of the following methods:
1. By dedication to the city as publicly owned open space. Open space proposed for dedication to the city must be acceptable to the city council with regard to the size, shape, location, improvement, environmental condition (i.e., the applicant may be required to provide a level-one environmental assessment), and budgetary and maintenance terms; or
2. As private open space, by leasing or conveying title (including beneficial ownership) to a corporation, homeowners association or other legal entity, with the city retaining the development rights to the property. The terms of such lease or other instrument of conveyance must include provisions (e.g., maintenance, property tax payment, etc.) acceptable to the city, and shall establish that the subject property may not be developed for any purpose other than that specified in the approved plan. (Note: This section is intended to ensure that open space is used for open space or recreational purposes only.)
C. Uses of Required Open Space. Subject to review and approval by the city council, an open space dedication may be used to comply with the city’s wetland and riparian protection codes and ordinances (Chapters 15.15 and 18.85 TMC) and/or mitigate parks and recreation impacts related to the subject development.
D. Open Space for Public Park Use. If determined by the planning commission to be in the public interest in accordance with the adopted comprehensive plan, the city may require the dedication or reservation of areas within the subdivision of a character, extent and location suitable for the development of parks and other public uses.
E. Additional Open Space. If the developer is required to reserve additional land area in excess of conservation areas prescribed in subsections (B) through (D) of this section, for a park, playground, or other public use, the land shall be acquired by the appropriate public agency within 24 months following final plat approval, at a price agreed upon prior to approval of the plat, or the reservation shall be released to the property owner.
(Note: When the developer is required to reserve additional land area in excess of conservation areas, Dolan v. City of Tigard findings should be in the staff report and decision to justify the exaction.)
F. System Development Charge Credit. Dedication of land to the city for public use areas shall be eligible as a credit toward any required system development charge for parks. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021.]
A. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to provide planning and design standards for public and private transportation facilities and utilities.
B. When Standards Apply. All development shall comply with the city’s public facilities standards and construction specifications. When a new subdivision uses existing streets and other public facilities, those facilities shall be improved to current standards.
C. Standard Specifications. The public works director and city engineer shall establish written standard construction specifications and standard construction drawings consistent with the design standards of this section and application of engineering principles. They are incorporated in this code by reference.
D. Conditions of Development Approval. No development may occur unless required public facilities are in place or guaranteed, in conformance with the provisions of this code. Improvements required as a condition of development approval, when not voluntarily accepted by the applicant, shall be roughly proportional to the impact of development. Findings in the development approval shall indicate how the required improvements are roughly proportional to the impact. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021.]
To ensure safe, direct, and convenient pedestrian circulation, all developments, except residential development of four or fewer units on a single lot, shall provide a continuous pedestrian and/or multi-use pathway system. (Pathways only provide for pedestrian circulation. Multi-use pathways accommodate pedestrians and bicyclists.) The system of pathways shall be designed based on the standards in subsections (A) through (E) of this section:
A. Continuous Pathways. The pathway system shall extend throughout the development site, and connect to all future phases of development, adjacent trails, public parks and open space areas whenever possible. The developer may also be required to connect or stub pathway(s) to adjacent streets and private property, in accordance with the provisions of this section.
Figure 18.115.030-1. Pedestrian Pathway System for Multiple-Family Development (Typical)

B. Safe, Direct, and Convenient Pathways. Pathways within developments shall provide safe, reasonably direct and convenient connections between primary building entrances and all adjacent streets, based on the following definitions:
1. Reasonably Direct. A route that does not deviate unnecessarily from a straight line or a route that does not involve a significant amount of out-of-direction travel for likely users.
2. Safe and Convenient. Bicycle and pedestrian routes that are reasonably free from hazards and provide a reasonably direct route of travel between destinations.
3. For commercial, industrial, mixed use, as well as public and institutional buildings, the primary entrance is the main public entrance to the building. In the case where no public entrance exists, street connections shall be provided to the main employee entrance.
4. For residential buildings, the primary entrance is the front door (i.e., facing the street). For multifamily buildings in which each unit does not have its own exterior entrance, the primary entrance may be a lobby, courtyard, or breezeway that serves as a common entrance for more than one dwelling.
5. Walkways shall be constructed with a hard-surfaced material and shall be no less than five feet wide. If adjacent to a parking area where vehicles will overhang the walkway, a seven-foot-wide walkway shall be provided. The walkways shall be separated from parking areas and internal driveways using curbing, landscaping, bollards, or distinctive paving materials.
C. Connections Within Development. For all developments subject to site development plan review (Chapter 18.150 TMC), pathways shall connect all building entrances to one another. In addition, pathways shall connect all parking areas, storage areas, recreational facilities and common areas, and adjacent developments to the site, as applicable.
D. Street Connectivity. Pathways (for pedestrians and bicycles) shall be provided at or near mid-block where the block length exceeds the length required by TMC 18.115.050(J)(1) through (J)(5). Pathways shall also be provided where cul-de-sacs or permanent dead-end streets are planned, to connect the ends of the streets together, to other streets, and/or to other existing or future developments. Pathways used to comply with these standards shall conform to all of the following criteria:
1. All pathways shall be not less than 10 feet and not more than a 20-foot-wide right-of-way or easement that allows access for emergency vehicles;
2. Pathways within subdivisions shall be lighted;
3. Stairs or switchback paths using a narrower right-of-way/easement may be required in lieu of a multi-use pathway where grades are steep;
4. The city may require landscaping and/or fencing within the pathway easement/right-of-way for screening and the privacy of adjoining properties;
5. The community development director or planning commission (for Type III reviews) may determine, based upon facts in the record, that a pathway is impracticable due to: physical or topographic conditions (e.g., freeways, railroads, extremely steep slopes, sensitive lands, and similar physical constraints); buildings or other existing development on adjacent properties that physically prevent a connection now or in the future, considering the potential for redevelopment; and sites where the provisions of recorded leases, easements, covenants, restrictions, or other agreements recorded prior to the effective date of the ordinance codified in this chapter prohibit the pathway connection.
Figure 18.115.030-2. Pathway Standards (Typical)

E. Design and Construction. Pathways shall conform to all of the standards in subsections (E)(1) through (E)(5) of this section:
1. Vehicle/Pathway Separation. Where pathways are parallel and adjacent to a driveway or street (public or private), they shall be raised six inches and curbed, or separated from the driveway/street by a five-foot-minimum strip with bollards, a landscape berm, or other physical barrier. If a raised path is used, the ends of the raised portions must be equipped with curb ramps that comply with the federal Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).
2. Housing/Pathway Separation. Pedestrian pathways for public use shall be separated a minimum of five feet from all residential living areas on the ground floor, except at building entrances. Separation is measured from the pathway edge to the closest dwelling unit. The separation area shall be landscaped in conformance with the provisions of Chapter 18.105 TMC. No pathway/building separation is required for commercial, industrial, public, or institutional uses, except as required for mixed uses when a residential use is on the ground floor.
3. Crosswalks. Where pathways cross a parking area, driveway, or street (“crosswalk”), they shall be clearly marked with contrasting paving materials, humps/raised crossings, or painted striping. An example of contrasting paving material is the use of a concrete crosswalk through an asphalt driveway. If painted striping is used, it shall consist of thermoplastic striping or similar type of durable application. Striping, because of ongoing maintenance costs, is not the city’s preferred alternative.
4. Pathway Surface. Pathway surfaces shall be concrete, asphalt, brick/masonry pavers, or other surface as approved by the city, at least six feet wide or as approved by the city and shall conform to ADA requirements. Multi-use paths (i.e., for bicycles and pedestrians) shall be the same materials, at least 10 feet wide. (See also TMC 18.115.050, Transportation facility standards, for public, multi-use pathway standard.) Pathway right-of-way shall be no less than 15 feet to provide emergency vehicle access. Right-of-way of less than 15 feet may be used where a path could not otherwise be provided, but in no case may a right-of-way less than 12 feet be approved for a public path.
5. Accessible Routes. Pathways shall comply with the ADA, which requires accessible routes of travel. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021.]
A. Purpose. This section is intended to improve the comfort, safety and appearance of streets through the appropriate use of street trees. The standards in this section supplement, but do not replace, the provisions of Chapters 18.105 and 18.135 TMC.
B. Plantings. Street trees shall be planted in planter strips on all arterial and collector streets, for all developments that are subject to land division or site design review, except that street trees may be planted in planter wells as provided in subsection (E) of this section. Street trees are encouraged, but not required, for local streets. When provided on local streets, street trees shall be in planter strips. Additional requirements for tree planting are provided in TMC 18.105.030. Planting on unimproved streets shall be deferred until the construction of curbs and sidewalks.
C. Growth Characteristics. Trees shall be selected based on growth characteristics and site conditions, including available space, overhead clearance, soil conditions, exposure, and desired color and appearance. The following should guide tree selection:
1. Provide a broad canopy where shade is desired.
2. Use low-growing trees for spaces under utility wires.
3. Select trees that can be “limbed-up” where vision clearance is a concern.
4. Use narrow or “columnar” trees where awnings or other building features limit growth, or where greater visibility is desired between buildings and the street.
5. Use species with similar growth characteristics on the same block for design continuity.
6. Avoid using trees that are susceptible to insect damage and avoid using trees that produce excessive seeds or fruit.
7. Select trees that are well adapted to the environment, including soil, wind, sun exposure, and exhaust. Drought-resistant trees should be used in areas with sandy or rocky soil.
8. Select trees for their seasonal color, as desired.
9. Use deciduous trees for summer shade and winter sun.
D. Caliper Size. The minimum caliper size at planting shall be two inches diameter at breast height (dbh), based on the American Association of Nurserymen Standards.
E. Spacing and Location. If a planter strip is provided, street trees shall be planted within the planting strip. If a planter strip is not provided, trees shall be planted behind the sidewalk or in sidewalk tree wells (e.g., downtown area) when determined in the review process to be a reasonable accommodation. Street tree spacing shall be based upon the type of tree(s) selected and the canopy size at maturity. In general, trees shall be spaced no more than 30 feet apart, except where planting a tree would conflict with sight distance requirements, or existing trees, retaining walls, utilities and similar physical barriers.
F. Soil Preparation, Planting and Care. The developer shall be responsible for planting street trees, including soil preparation, ground cover material, staking, and temporary irrigation for two years after planting. The developer shall also be responsible for tree care (pruning, watering, fertilization, and replacement as necessary) during the first year after planting and individual homeowners or established homeowners’ association will be responsible thereafter.
G. Street Tree List. Only trees included on the city of Talent’s approved tree list shall be planted as street trees. The Pacific Power approved tree list where overhead power lines are a factor, or other native tree lists acceptable to the parks and recreation commission and tree subcommittee, will be acceptable as well. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021.]
A. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to ensure that developments provide a safe and efficient public street system for pedestrians and vehicles, in conformance with the city’s transportation system plan and applicable ordinances.
B. Development Standards. No development shall occur unless the development has frontage or approved access to a public street, in conformance with the provisions of TMC 18.115.060, Vehicular access and circulation, and the following standards are met:
1. Streets within or adjacent to a development shall be improved in accordance with the transportation system plan standards;
2. Development of new streets, and additional street width or improvements planned as a portion of an existing street, shall be improved in accordance with this section, and public streets shall be dedicated to the applicable city, county or state jurisdiction;
3. The city may accept a future improvement guarantee (e.g., owner agrees not to remonstrate (object) against the formation of a local improvement district in the future) in lieu of street improvements if one or more of the following conditions exists:
a. A partial improvement may create a potential safety hazard to motorists or pedestrians;
b. Due to the developed condition of adjacent properties it is unlikely that street improvements would be extended in the foreseeable future and the improvement associated with the project under review does not, by itself, provide increased street safety or capacity, or improved pedestrian circulation;
c. The improvement would be in conflict with an adopted capital improvement plan; or
d. The improvement is associated with an approved land partition on property zoned residential and the proposed land partition does not create any new streets.
C. Variances. A variance to the transportation design standards in this section may be granted pursuant to Chapter 18.160 TMC.
D. Creation of Rights-of-Way for Streets and Related Purposes. Streets, sidewalks and walkways shall be created through the approval and recording of a final subdivision or partition plat; except the city may approve the creation of a street, sidewalk or walkway by acceptance of a deed; provided, that the street is deemed essential by the city council for the purpose of implementing the transportation system plan, and the deeded right-of-way conforms to the standards of this code. All deeds of dedication shall be in a form prescribed by the city administrator and shall name “the public” as grantee.
E. Creation of Access Easements. The city may approve an access easement established by deed when the easement is necessary to provide for access and circulation in conformance with TMC 18.115.060, Vehicular access and circulation. Access easements shall be created and maintained in accordance with Uniform Fire Code Section 10.207.
F. Street Location, Width, and Grade. Except as noted below, the location, width and grade of all streets shall conform to the transportation system plan, as applicable, and an approved street plan or subdivision plat. Street location, width and grade shall be determined in relation to existing and planned streets, topographic conditions, public convenience and safety, and in appropriate relation to the proposed use of the land to be served by such streets:
1. Street grades shall be approved by the public works director or designee in accordance with the design standards in subsection (O) of this section; and
2. Where the location of a street is not shown in an existing street plan (see subsection (I) of this section), the location of streets in a development shall either:
a. Provide for the continuation and connection of existing streets in the surrounding areas, conforming to the street standards of this section; or
b. Conform to a street plan adopted by the planning commission, if it is impractical to connect with existing street patterns because of particular topographical or other existing conditions of the land. Such a plan shall be based on the type of land use to be served, the volume of traffic, the capacity of adjoining streets and the need for public convenience and safety.
G. Minimum Rights-of-Way and Street Sections. Street rights-of-way and improvements shall be within the range of appropriate widths adopted in the transportation system plan. A variance shall be required to vary the standards in the transportation system plan. Where a range of width is indicated, the width shall be determined by the decision-making authority based upon the following factors:
1. Street classification in the transportation system plan;
2. Anticipated traffic generation;
3. On-street parking needs;
4. Sidewalk and bikeway requirements based on anticipated level of use;
5. Requirements for placement of utilities;
6. Street lighting;
7. Proposed traffic-calming devices;
8. Minimize drainage, slope, and sensitive lands impacts, as identified by the comprehensive plan;
9. Street tree location, as provided for in TMC 18.115.040, Street trees;
10. Protection of significant vegetation (i.e., trees with a caliper of four inches (dbh) or greater);
11. Safety and comfort for motorists, bicyclists, and pedestrians;
12. Street furnishings (e.g., benches, lighting, bus shelters, etc.), when provided;
13. Access needs for emergency vehicles; and
14. Transition between different street widths (e.g., existing streets and new streets) where applicable.
H. Traffic Signals and Traffic-Calming Features.
1. Traffic-calming features, such as traffic circles, roundabouts, curb extensions, crosswalks, speed bumps, narrow residential streets, and special paving, should be used to slow traffic in existing and planned neighborhoods and areas with high pedestrian traffic.
Figure 18.115.050-1. Traffic-Calming Features

2. Traffic signals shall be required with development when traffic signal warrants are met, in conformance with the Highway Capacity Manual and the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices. The location of traffic signals shall be noted on approved street plans. Where a proposed street intersection will result in an immediate need for a traffic signal, a signal meeting approved specifications shall be installed. The developer’s cost and the timing of improvements shall be included as a condition of development approval.
I. Future Street Plan and Extension of Streets.
1. A future street plan shall be filed by the applicant in conjunction with an application for a subdivision in order to facilitate orderly development of the street system. The plan shall show the pattern of existing and proposed future streets from the boundaries of the proposed land division and shall include other dividable parcels within 600 feet surrounding and adjacent to the proposed land division. The street plan is not binding; rather, it is intended to show potential future street extensions to serve future development.
2. Streets shall be extended to the boundary lines of the parcel or tract to be developed, when the planning commission determines that the extension is necessary to give street access to, or permit a satisfactory future division of, adjoining land. The point where the streets temporarily end shall conform to subsections (I)(2)(a) through (c) of this section:
a. These extended streets or street stubs to adjoining properties are not considered to be cul-de-sacs or permanent dead-end streets since they are intended to continue as through streets when the adjoining property is developed.
b. A barricade (e.g., fence, bollards, boulders or similar vehicle barrier) shall be constructed at the end of the street by the subdivider and shall not be removed until authorized by the city or other applicable agency with jurisdiction over the street. The cost of the barricade shall be included in the street construction cost.
c. Temporary turnarounds (e.g., hammerhead or bulb-shaped configuration) shall be constructed for stub streets over 150 feet in length.
J. Street Alignment and Connections.
1. Staggering of streets making “T” intersections at collectors and arterials shall not be designed so that jogs of less than 300 feet on such streets are created, as measured from the centerline of the street.
2. Spacing between local street intersections shall have a minimum separation of 125 feet, except where more closely spaced intersections are designed to provide an open space, pocket park, common area or similar neighborhood amenity. This standard applies to four-way and three-way (offset) intersections.
3. All local and collector streets that abut a development site shall be extended within the site to provide through circulation unless prevented by environmental or topographical constraints, existing development patterns or compliance with other standards in this code. This exception applies when it is not possible to redesign or reconfigure the street pattern to provide required extensions. Land is considered topographically constrained if the slope is greater than 15 percent for a distance of 250 feet or more. In the case of environmental or topographical constraints, the mere presence of a constraint is not sufficient to show that a street connection is not possible. The applicant must show why the environmental or topographic constraint precludes some reasonable street connection.
4. Proposed streets or street extensions shall be located to provide direct access to existing or planned commercial services and other neighborhood facilities, such as schools, shopping areas, parks and transit facilities wherever possible.
5. In order to promote efficient vehicular and pedestrian circulation throughout the city, the design of subdivisions and alignment of new streets shall conform to the standards in TMC 18.115.060, Vehicular access and circulation, and block length shall not exceed the dimensions in subsections (J)(5)(a) through (c) of this section:
a. Four-hundred-foot maximum block length, and 1,200-foot maximum perimeter in the residential zones;
b. Four-hundred-foot maximum block length and 1,200-foot maximum perimeter in the central business district zone;
c. Eight-hundred-foot maximum block length and 2,400-foot maximum perimeter in the light industrial district.
Exceptions to the above standards may be granted when the developer can clearly demonstrate that compliance is not feasible, or when a nonvehicle access way is provided at or near mid-block, in conformance with the provisions of TMC 18.115.030, Pedestrian access and circulation. (See examples in Figure 18.115.050-2.)
Figure 18.115.050-2. Street Connectivity

K. Sidewalks, Planter Strips, Bicycle Lanes. Sidewalks, planter strips, and bicycle lanes in a public right-of-way shall be installed in conformance with the TSP. Pathways and bike paths within subdivisions shall be designed to promote the safety of those using the path, and the privacy of adjoining property owners to the greatest extent practicable. For example, pathway connections shall be as direct as possible. Overhead street lighting shall be coordinated with pathway entrances wherever possible, and pedestrian-oriented lighting shall be considered in other areas where overhead lighting cannot be provided. Fences and landscaping may be required for privacy screening and buffering between pathways and adjacent land uses. Alternatively, grade change between pathways and adjacent uses may be a suitable buffer. Ease of maintenance of paved areas and use of native landscaping shall also be encouraged. Maintenance of sidewalks and planter strips is the continuing obligation of the adjacent property owner (ORS 105.672).
L. Intersection Angles. Streets shall be laid out to intersect at an angle as near to a right angle as practicable, except where topography requires a lesser angle or where a reduced angle is necessary to provide an open space, pocket park, common area or similar neighborhood amenity. In addition, the following standards shall apply:
1. No street intersection may be created within 25 feet of a street curve, and no street curve may be created within 25 feet of a street intersection (on the same street). Such intersections and curves shall have at least 25 feet of tangent between them unless topography requires a lesser distance;
2. Intersections that are not at right angles shall have a minimum corner radius of 20 feet along the right-of-way lines of the acute angle; and
3. Right-of-way lines at intersections with arterial streets shall have a corner radius of not less than 20 feet.
M. Existing Rights-of-Way. Whenever existing rights-of-way adjacent to or within a tract are of less than standard width, additional rights-of-way shall be provided at the time of subdivision or development, in conformance with the standards in the transportation system plan.
N. Cul-de-sacs. A permanent dead-end street shall be no more than 250 feet long, shall not provide access to more than 12 dwelling units, and shall only be used when environmental or topographical constraints, existing development patterns, or compliance with other standards in this code preclude street extension and through circulation:
1. All cul-de-sacs shall terminate with a circular or hammerhead turnaround. Circular turnarounds shall have a radius of not less than 30 feet, and not more than a radius of 40 feet (i.e., from center to edge of pavement); except that turnarounds may be larger when they contain a landscaped island or parking bay in their center. When an island or parking bay is provided, there shall be a fire apparatus lane of 20 feet in width;
2. The length of the cul-de-sac shall be measured along the centerline of the roadway from the near side of the intersecting street to the farthest point of the cul-de-sac pavement; and
3. Pathways shall be provided to connect cul-de-sacs in conformance with TMC 18.115.030(B).
O. Grades and Curves. Grades shall not exceed 10 percent on arterials, 12 percent on collector streets, or 12 percent on any other street (except that local or residential access streets may have segments with grades up to 15 percent for distances of no greater than 250 feet), and:
1. Centerline curve radii shall not be less than 700 feet on arterials, 500 feet on major collectors, 350 feet on minor collectors, or 100 feet on other streets; and
2. Streets intersecting with a minor collector or greater functional classification street, or streets intended to be posted with a stop sign or signalization, shall provide a landing averaging five percent slope or less. Landings are portions of the street within 20 feet of the edge of the intersecting street at full improvement.
P. Curbs, Curb Cuts, Ramps, and Driveway Approaches. Concrete curbs, curb cuts, wheelchair and bicycle ramps and driveway approaches shall be constructed in accordance with standards specified in TMC 18.115.060, Vehicular access and circulation, and Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) standards.
Q. Streets Adjacent to Railroad Right-of-Way. Wherever a proposed residential subdivision is adjacent to a railroad right-of-way, a street approximately parallel to such right-of-way at a distance suitable for the appropriate use of the land shall be created. Exception: This standard shall not apply where physical constraints (e.g., wetlands, slopes, etc.) make development of a road impracticable. In this situation, the subdivision shall contain adequate buffering and additional setbacks may be required, as determined by the planning commission. New railroad crossings and modifications to existing crossings are subject to review and approval by the Oregon Department of Transportation.
R. Development Adjoining Arterial Streets. Where a development adjoins or is crossed by an existing or proposed arterial street, the development design shall separate residential access and through traffic, and shall minimize traffic conflicts. To satisfy this requirement, the design shall include one or more of the following:
1. A parallel access street along the arterial with a landscape buffer separating the two streets;
2. Deep lots abutting the arterial or major collector to provide adequate buffering with frontage along another street. Double-frontage lots shall conform to the buffering standards in TMC 18.115.060(F), Access Options;
3. Screen planting at the rear or side property line to be contained in a nonaccess reservation (e.g., public easement or tract) along the arterial; or
4. Other treatment suitable to meet the objectives of this subsection.
S. If a lot has access to two streets with different classifications, primary access shall be from the lower classification street, in conformance with TMC 18.115.060, Vehicular access and circulation.
T. Alleys, Public or Private. Alleys shall conform to the standards in the transportation system plan. While alley intersections and sharp changes in alignment shall be avoided, the corners of necessary alley intersections shall have a radius of not less than 12 feet.
U. Private Streets. A private street shall not provide access to more than two single-family residential lots. A private street shall not be used to avoid connections with public streets. Gated communities and private street systems (i.e., where a gate limits access to a development from a public street) are prohibited. Design and construction standards for grading, base rock, compaction, paving and drainage of private streets shall be the same as for public streets.
V. Street Names. No street name shall be used which will duplicate or be confused with the names of existing streets in Jackson County except for extensions of existing streets. Street names, signs and numbers shall conform to the established pattern in the surrounding area, except as requested by emergency service providers.
W. Survey Monuments. Upon completion of a street improvement and prior to acceptance by the city, it shall be the responsibility of the developer’s registered professional land surveyor to provide certification to the city that all boundary and interior monuments shall be reestablished and protected. The certification shall be a signed statement submitted with the final plat.
X. Street Signs. The city, county or state with jurisdiction shall install all signs for traffic control and street names. The cost of signs required for new development shall be the responsibility of the developer. Street name signs shall be installed at all street intersections. Stop signs and other signs may be required.
Y. Mail Boxes. Plans for mailboxes to be used shall be approved by the United States Postal Service.
Z. Streetlight Standards. Streetlights shall be installed in accordance with city standards. Street lighting shall be designed to provide necessary lighting only, with all fixtures hooded and all resulting lights projected downward, and with no light projected onto adjoining property.
AA. Street Cross-Sections. The final lift of asphalt or concrete pavement shall be placed on all new constructed public roadways prior to final city acceptance of the roadway and within one year of the conditional acceptance of the roadway unless otherwise approved by the city engineer. The final lift shall also be placed no later than when 50 percent of the structures in the new development are completed or three years from the commencement of initial construction of the development, whichever is less.
1. Sub-base and leveling course shall be of select crushed rock;
2. Surface material shall be of Class C or B asphaltic concrete;
3. The final lift shall be Class C asphaltic concrete as defined by A.P.W.A. standard specifications; and
4. No lift shall be less than one and one-half inches in thickness. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021.]
A. Intent and Purpose. The intent of this section is to manage vehicle access to development through a connected street system, while preserving the flow of traffic in terms of safety, roadway capacity, and efficiency. Access shall be managed to maintain an adequate level of service and to maintain the functional classification of roadways as required by the city’s transportation system plan. This section attempts to balance the right of reasonable access to private property with the right of the citizens of the city and the state of Oregon to safe and efficient travel. These regulations also further the orderly layout and use of land, protect community character, and conserve natural resources by promoting well-designed road and access systems and discouraging the unplanned subdivision of land.
This chapter is also intended to implement the transportation system plan (TSP) portion of the comprehensive plan.
1. Street Access and Circulation. Land use activity such as excessive curb cuts, or road approaches, intersections with “local” streets, and traffic lights creates congestion, stop-and-go traffic, and less convenience for users of major streets. These impacts create increased air pollution, energy consumption and traffic hazards and accidents. It is important to minimize access, stop signals and unsafe conditions and to maximize convenience along arterial streets. The intent of this chapter is to manage vehicle access to development through a connected street system, while preserving the flow of traffic in terms of safety, roadway capacity, and efficiency. Access shall be managed to maintain an adequate “level of service” and to maintain the “functional classification” of roadways as required by the city’s transportation system plan.
2. Pedestrian Access and Circulation. The intent of this chapter is to ensure that developments provide safe and efficient access and circulation for pedestrians.
3. Street Improvements. Many streets exist in the city which are substandard in right-of-way width, paved width, pedestrian amenities, or other improvements. Improvements will be necessary in the interests of the public health, safety and convenience. Street improvements on arterial and collector streets benefit all city residents and are generally paid for from public funds. Improvements on local streets primarily benefit properties which have frontage or direct access onto said streets, and street improvement costs are generally assessed to the owners of benefited properties. To ensure that neither the city nor land subdividers or partitioners shall have to assume the entire burden of upgrading the city’s streets, owners of property shall be required to contribute to the improvement of city streets as set forth in TMC 18.115.050.
4. Street Dedication and Setbacks. The transportation system plan assigns a classification to each roadway in Talent based upon existing or planned use, to allow for the safe accommodation of present and anticipated traffic volume on these streets. In order to effectuate the policies of the TSP, a program of street dedication and building setbacks is necessary to permit the widening of certain streets to their appropriate width.
This will not always be feasible due to existing land use, but where it is possible the following regulations will be enforced. Where applicable, requirements set forth in this chapter supersede the yard requirements for the zone in which any specific affected property is located.
B. Applicability. This section shall apply to all public streets within the city and to all properties that abut these streets.
C. Access Permit Required. A new or modified connection to a public street requires an access permit in accordance with the following procedures:
1. Permits for access to city streets shall be subject to review and approval by the public works director based on the standards contained in this section and the provisions of TMC 18.115.050, Transportation facility standards. An access permit may be in the form of a letter to the applicant, or it may be attached to a land use decision notice as a condition of approval.
2. Permits for access to state highways shall be subject to review and approval by the Oregon Department of Transportation (ODOT), except when ODOT has delegated this responsibility to the city or Jackson County. In that case, the city or county shall determine whether access is granted based on its adopted standards.
3. Permits for access to county highways shall be subject to review and approval by Jackson County, except where the county has delegated this responsibility to the city, in which case the city shall determine whether access is granted based on adopted county standards.
D. Traffic Study Requirements. The city or other agency with access jurisdiction may require a traffic impact study (TIS) prepared in accordance with Chapter 18.185 TMC, Traffic Impact Study.
E. Conditions of Approval. The city or other agency with access permit jurisdiction may require the closing or consolidation of existing curb cuts or other vehicle access points, recording of reciprocal access easements (i.e., for shared driveways), development of a frontage street, installation of traffic control devices, and/or other mitigation as a condition of granting an access permit, to ensure the safe and efficient operation of the street and highway system. Access to and from off-street parking areas shall not permit backing onto a public or private street.
F. Access Options. When vehicle access is required for development, access shall be provided by one of the following methods (a minimum of 10 feet per lane is required). These methods are “options” to the developer/subdivider.
1. Option 1. Access is from an existing or proposed alley or mid-block lane. If a property has access to an alley or lane, direct access to a public street is not permitted.
2. Option 2. Access is from a private street or driveway connected to an adjoining property that has direct access to a public street (i.e., shared driveway). An access easement covering the driveway shall be recorded in this case to assure access to the closest public street for all users of the private access.
3. Option 3. Access is from a public street adjacent to the development parcel. If practicable, the owner/developer may be required to close or consolidate an existing access point as a condition of approving a new access. Street accesses shall comply with the access point and spacing standards in subsections (G) and (H) of this section.
4. Subdivisions Fronting Onto an Arterial Street. New residential land divisions fronting onto an arterial street shall be required to provide alleys or secondary (local or collector) streets for access to individual lots.
5. Double-Frontage Lots. When a lot has frontage onto two or more streets, access shall be provided first from the street with the lowest classification. For example, access shall be provided from a local street before a collector or arterial street. Except for corner lots, the creation of new double-frontage lots shall be prohibited in the residential district, unless topographic or physical constraints require the formation of such lots. When double-frontage lots are permitted in the residential district, a landscape buffer with trees and/or shrubs and ground cover not less than 10 feet wide shall be provided between the back yard fence/wall and the sidewalk or street; and maintenance shall be assured by the owner (e.g., through homeowners’ association, etc.).
G. Access Spacing. Driveway access shall be separated from other driveways and public and private street intersections in accordance with the following standards and procedures:
1. Local Streets. A minimum of 10 feet of separation (as measured from the sides of the driveway/street) shall be required on local streets (i.e., streets not designated as collectors or arterials), except as provided in subsection (G)(3) of this section.
2. Arterial and Collector Streets. Access spacing on collector and arterial streets shall be determined by the public works director. Access to State Highway 99 shall be subject to review and approved by the Oregon Department of Transportation (ODOT), based on the applicable standards contained in the city’s transportation system plan and policies contained in the 1999 Oregon Highway Plan.
3. Special Provisions for All Streets. Direct street access may be restricted for some land uses. For example, access consolidation, shared access, and/or access separation greater than that specified by subsections (G)(1) and (G)(2) of this section may be required by the city, county or ODOT for the purpose of protecting the function, safety, and operation of the street for all users. (See subsection (I) of this section.)
H. Road Access Points. For single-family (detached and attached), duplex, triplex and quadplex housing types, one street access point is permitted per lot. Alley access is strongly encouraged before other access points are considered; except that two access points may be permitted for duplexes, triplexes and quadplexes on corner lots (i.e., no more than one access per street), and subject to the access spacing standards in subsection (G) of this section. The number of street access points for multiple-family, commercial, industrial, and public/institutional developments shall be minimized to protect the function, safety and operation of the street(s) and sidewalk(s) for all users. Shared driveways may be required, in conformance with subsection (I) of this section, in order to maintain the required access spacing, and minimize the number of access points.
Standards for the number and location of road access points are as follows. Variations from these standards shall satisfy and be subject to the requirements of Chapter 18.160 TMC, Variance.
1. Arterial Streets.
a. Minimum sight distance of 300 feet.
b. New residential uses: no access.
c. Commercial uses: no access if alternative exists; a maximum of one curb cut or driveway per 150 feet or fraction thereof.
d. Industrial uses: no access if alternative exists; a maximum of one curb cut or driveway per 250 feet or fraction thereof.
2. Collector and Local Streets. All uses: road access permit required as set forth in subsection (B) of this section, subject to general considerations for safety and transportation mobility; curb cuts and driveways. A minimum of 10 feet for local streets and 30 feet separation for collectors (as measured from the sides of the driveway/street) from street intersections.
3. Special Provisions for All Streets. Access consolidation, shared access, and/or access separation greater than that specified by this section may be required by the city, county or ODOT for the purpose of protecting the function, safety, and operation of the street for all users. Where no other alternatives exist, the permitting agency may allow construction of an access connection along the property line farthest from an intersection. In such cases, directional restrictions (i.e., right in/out, right in only, or right out only) may be required.
Where no other alternatives exist, the permitting agency may allow construction of an access connection along the property line farthest from an intersection. In such cases, directional connections (i.e., right in/out, right in only, or right out only) may be required.
I. Shared Driveways. The number of driveway and private street intersections with public streets may be minimized by the use of shared driveways with adjoining lots where feasible. The city shall require shared driveways as a condition of land division or site design review, as applicable, for traffic safety and access management purposes in accordance with the following standards:
1. Shared driveways and frontage streets may be required to consolidate access onto a collector or arterial street. When shared driveways or frontage streets are required, they may be stubbed to adjacent developable parcels to indicate future extension. “Stub” means that a driveway or street temporarily ends at the property line but may be extended in the future as the adjacent parcel develops. “Developable” means that a parcel is either vacant or it is likely to receive additional development (i.e., due to infill or redevelopment potential).
2. Access and maintenance easements (i.e., for the benefit of affected properties) shall be recorded for all shared driveways, including pathways, at the time of final plat approval or as a condition of site development approval to ensure continual emergency accessibility at all times.
3. “Private Access” signage and driveway approach shall be placed at the intersection with the public street to clearly identify the private access.
Figure 18.115.060-1. Examples of Acceptable Driveway Openings Next to Sidewalks/Pathways

J. Driveway Openings/Curb Cuts. Driveway openings or curb cuts shall be the minimum width necessary to provide the required number of vehicle travel lanes (10 feet for each travel lane). The following standards (i.e., as measured where the front property line meets the sidewalk or right-of-way) are required to provide adequate site access, minimize surface water runoff, and avoid conflicts between vehicles and pedestrians:
1. Access that serves up to four dwelling units shall have a minimum driveway opening/curb cut and driveway width of 10 feet and a maximum width of 24 feet.
2. Access that serves between five and eight dwelling units shall have a minimum driveway opening/curb cut and driveway width of 20 feet and a maximum width of 24 feet.
3. Access that serves more than eight dwelling units shall have a minimum driveway opening/curb cut and driveway width of 24 feet and a maximum width of 30 feet. These dimensions may be increased if the public works director determines that more than two lanes are required based on the number of trips generated or the need for turning lanes.
4. Commercial and industrial uses: maximum curb cuts and driveway approaches are the following according to property frontage:
Property Frontage | One Two-Way Driveway | Two or More Two-Way Driveways |
|---|---|---|
Under 30 feet | 60% of frontage | – |
30 – 50 feet | 18 feet | – |
50 – 80 feet | 29 feet | – |
80 feet or more | 33 feet | 28 feet |
Note: One-way driveways can be a maximum of 50 percent of the two-way maximum driveway standards.
5. In no case shall a driveway or curb cut exceed 60 percent of property frontage.
6. The length of driveways shall be designed in accordance with the anticipated storage length for entering and exiting vehicles to prevent vehicles from backing into the flow of traffic on the public street or causing unsafe conflicts with on-site circulation.
7. Driveway Aprons. Driveway aprons (when required) shall be constructed of concrete and shall be installed between the street right-of-way and the private drive, as shown in Figure 18.115.060-1. Driveway aprons shall conform to ADA standards for sidewalks and pathways, which require a continuous accessible route of travel, with a cross slope not exceeding two percent.
K. Fire Access and Parking Area Turnarounds. A fire equipment access drive shall be provided for any portion of an exterior wall of the first story of a building that is located more than 150 feet from an existing public street or approved fire equipment access drive. Parking areas shall provide adequate aisles or turnaround areas for service and delivery vehicles so that all vehicles may enter the street in a forward manner. For requirements related to cul-de-sacs, please refer to TMC 18.115.050, Transportation facility standards.
L. Vertical Clearances. Driveways, private streets, aisles, turnaround areas and ramps shall have a minimum vertical clearance of 13 feet, six inches for their entire length and width.
M. Vision Clearance. Vision clearance at intersections shall conform to the standards of TMC 18.105.055.
N. Construction. The following construction standards shall apply to all driveways and private streets:
1. Surface Options. Driveways, parking areas, aisles, and turnarounds shall be paved with asphalt, concrete or comparable surfacing, or a durable nonpaving material that will support emergency vehicles may be used to reduce surface water runoff and protect water quality.
2. Surface Water Management. When a paved surface is used, all driveways, parking areas, aisles and turnarounds shall have on-site collection or infiltration of surface waters to eliminate sheet flow of such waters onto public rights-of-way and abutting property. Surface water facilities shall be constructed in conformance with city standards.
3. Driveway Aprons. When driveway approaches or “aprons” are required to connect driveways to the public right-of-way, they shall be paved with concrete surfacing. (See also subsection (J)(7) of this section.)
O. Road Access Permits.
1. New curb cuts, driveways and access along and to all streets in or adjacent to the city shall not be permitted unless a road access permit has been granted by the city. The road access permit is not to be construed as a mechanism to deny properties reasonable access to public roads and streets.
2. When new curb cuts, driveways, and access are established as part of normal review processes (e.g., land divisions, site development plan reviews) a road access permit shall not be required, unless it applies to an arterial street.
3. The applicant for a road access permit shall file on forms prescribed by the city. The amount of the fee shall be established, and may be changed, by ordinance or general resolution of the city council. In addition to a nonrefundable fee, the applicant shall be liable for the expense of engineering and legal services provided by the city engineer and attorney in prescribing improvement standards, legal instruments, conducting reviews and site inspections.
4. The community development director, after consultation with the public works director, city engineer, and city attorney as necessary, shall be responsible for determining the curb cut or driveway improvement standards, which shall be constructed on local and collector streets; the planning commission shall be responsible for the same along arterial streets. In general, along local and collector streets, curb cut or improvement standards shall be similar to those prevailing along the street.
5. Permits requested along collector or local streets will be granted in accordance with the standards set forth in subsections (F)(2) through (F)(5) of this section.
6. Permits requested along arterial streets shall be granted in accordance with the provisions of this section and Chapter 18.150 TMC. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021.]
A. Building on Arterial and Collector Streets. Before a building permit can be issued to construct any main building or to increase the floor area of any existing building on any property fronting on an arterial street, the owner of the lot shall execute and deliver to the city a recordable covenant running with the land to the effect that, if the city subsequently undertakes a project to construct a public pedestrian sidewalk along street frontage which includes the subject property’s frontage, on the basis of assessing the cost to abutting properties in proportion to special benefits, neither the owner of the subject property nor his successors in interest shall file or cause the filing of any remonstrance against the project as it relates to the construction of the proposed walk; provided, that the walk proposed to be constructed must extend as one continuous walk (except when crossing an intersecting street) and either extend:
1. For an entire block, or the full distance from one intersecting street to the next; or
2. For not less than 1,000 feet and from an intersecting street to the end of a property’s frontage; or
3. When for purposes of extending either an existing walk, or a walk to be constructed under this subsection, that connects to a street intersection, for not less than 500 feet.
The path shall consist of a six-foot-wide, durable, dust-free surface of asphaltic concrete, or Portland cement concrete, and shall be constructed at an elevation and location approved by the city. If the pedestrian walk is to be within a right-of-way not under the jurisdiction of the city, the state or the county, as the case may be, shall have the right to establish the standards, specifications, elevations and location of the path.
B. Building on All Other Streets.
1. Before a building permit will be issued for the construction of a new single-family dwelling, or the placement of a mobile home, or the construction of an additional dwelling unit on a lot with an existing unit or units, within property with frontage on a street (other than an arterial), which is not yet improved to city standards, the owner of the property shall either install the improvements required for exterior unimproved streets adjacent to minor land partitions or shall sign a recordable agreement to consent to the improvements when the city forms a local improvement district to improve the street.
2. Before a building permit will be issued for the construction of a duplex, multiple-family dwelling or other high-density residential building, not requiring subdivision or land partitioning, or the construction of any main building on a commercial or industrial lot, on property with frontage on a street (other than an arterial) which is not yet improved to city standards, the owner of the property shall covenant with the city to install the improvements required for exterior subdivision streets and sidewalks in conformance with TMC 17.20.060.
C. Development Standards. No development shall occur unless the development has frontage or approved access to a public street, in conformance with the provisions of this chapter and TMC 17.20.020.
D. Variances. Variances to the transportation design standards in this section may be granted as governed by Chapter 18.160 TMC. A variance may be granted under this provision only if a required improvement is not feasible due to topographic constraints or constraints posed by sensitive lands.
E. Creation of Access Easements. The city may approve an access easement established by deed when the easement is necessary to provide for access and circulation in conformance with this chapter. Access easements shall be created and maintained in accordance with the fire code standards.
F. Development Adjoining Arterial and Collector Streets. Where a development adjoins or is crossed by an existing or proposed arterial street, the development design shall separate residential access and through traffic, and shall minimize traffic conflicts. The design shall include one or more of the following:
1. A parallel access street along the arterial with a landscape buffer separating the two streets;
2. Deep lots abutting an arterial or collector street will provide adequate buffering with frontage along another street. Double-frontage lots shall conform to the buffering standards in TMC 18.115.060(F)(5);
3. Screen planting at the rear or side property line to be contained in a nonaccess reservation (e.g., public easement or tract) along the arterial; or
4. Other treatment suitable to meet the objectives of this subsection;
5. If a lot has access to two streets with different classifications, primary access shall be from the lower classification street, in conformance with this chapter. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021.]
If a lot adjoins a street which is designated in the comprehensive plan as an arterial or collector street but which has less right-of-way width than required by the plan, then no building permit will be issued for the construction of a main building on that lot until, if on a collector street, there is first dedicated from the lot a sufficient amount of frontage to remedy half the right-of-way deficiency of the street as a collector along the portion adjoining the lot. If the street is an arterial, dedication for arterial width shall not be required, but in lieu thereof a building setback in the additional amount shall be enforced as prescribed in subsections (A)(1) and (B) of this section. If such setback is imposed it shall not apply to existing buildings and the property within the setback shall in all respects retain all incidents of ownership, except the building restriction, including the right to compensation if the area is subsequently acquired for street widening.
A. Planned Right-of-Way Line. A planned right-of-way line is hereby established for the streets designated in the transportation system plan as minor arterials, collectors and locals.
1. Arterials. The planned right-of-way for arterials is 90 to 100 feet wide, unless it is determined by the planning commission or city council that some lesser width in conformance with the TSP is more appropriate. The planned right-of-way line is a line 45 to 50 feet from each side of, and parallel to, the centerline. If a lesser right-of-way width is permitted, half of that width measured from each side of, and parallel to, the centerline will result in the planned right-of-way line.
2. Collectors. The planned right-of-way for collectors is 60 to 66 feet wide. The planned right-of-way line is a line 30 to 33 feet from each side of, and parallel to, the centerline.
3. Local Streets. The planned right-of-way for a local street is 50 to 60 feet wide, unless some lesser width is permitted by the planning commission or city council in conformance with the standards set forth in the TSP. The planned right-of-way line is a line measured half the permitted right-of-way width from, and parallel to, the centerline.
4. Alleys. The planned right-of-way for an alley is 20 feet wide.
B. Building Setback Line. Where there is a planned right-of-way line established by this chapter, the building setback distance required for any yard area in the zone in which a property is located shall be measured from the planned right-of-way line rather than from the actual property line. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021.]
A. Sewers and Water Mains Required. Sanitary sewers and water mains shall be installed to serve each new development and to connect developments to existing mains in accordance with the city’s construction specifications and the applicable comprehensive plan policies.
B. Sewer and Water Plan Approval. Development permits for sewer and water improvements shall not be issued until the city engineer has approved all sanitary sewer and water plans in conformance with city standards.
C. Oversizing. Proposed sewer and water systems shall be sized to accommodate additional development within the area as projected by the comprehensive plan. The developer shall be entitled to system development charge credits for the oversizing. (Note: Dolan v. City of Tigard findings should accompany any decision to require oversizing.)
D. Permits Denied. Development permits may be restricted by the city where a deficiency exists in the existing water or sewer system which cannot be rectified by the development and which if not rectified will result in a threat to public health or safety, surcharging of existing mains, or violations of state or federal standards pertaining to operation of domestic water and sewerage treatment systems. Building or development moratoriums shall conform to the criteria and procedures contained in ORS 197.505. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021.]
A. General Provisions. The city shall issue a development permit only where adequate provisions for storm water and surface water runoff have been made pursuant to Resolution 517, Storm Drainage Design Standards.
B. Accommodation of Upstream Drainage. Culverts and other drainage facilities shall be large enough to accommodate potential runoff from the entire upstream drainage area, as designated in the city of Talent storm water master plan, whether inside or outside the development. Such facilities shall be subject to review and approval by the public works director or city engineer.
C. Effect on Downstream Drainage. Where it is anticipated by the public works director or designee that the additional runoff resulting from the development will overload an existing drainage facility, the city shall withhold permits of the development until provisions have been made for improvement of the potential condition or until provisions have been made for storage of additional runoff caused by the development in accordance with city standards. Any applicable procedures in state development moratorium statutes shall be followed.
D. Easements. Where a watercourse, drainage way, channel, or stream traverses a development, there shall be provided a storm water easement or drainage right-of-way conforming substantially with the lines of such watercourse and such further width as will be adequate for conveyance and maintenance. Development within designated locally significant wetland and riparian areas shall be in conformance with the requirements in Chapter 18.85 TMC, Natural Areas, Parks and Floodplains. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021.]
A. Underground Utilities. All utility lines including, but not limited to, those required for electric, communication, lighting and cable television services and related facilities shall be placed underground and shall provide for future expansion of services, except for surface mounted transformers, surface mounted connection boxes and meter cabinets which may be placed aboveground, temporary utility service facilities during construction, and high capacity electric lines operating at 50,000 volts or higher. The following additional standards apply to all new subdivisions, in order to facilitate underground placement of utilities:
1. The developer shall make all necessary arrangements with the serving utility to provide the underground services. All aboveground equipment shall not obstruct vision clearance areas for vehicular traffic per TMC 18.105.055;
2. The city reserves the right to approve the location of all surface mounted facilities;
3. All underground utilities, including sanitary sewers and storm drains installed in streets by the developer, shall be constructed prior to the surfacing of the streets;
4. Stubs for service connections shall be long enough to avoid disturbing the street improvements when service connections are made; and
5. Adequate capacity for communications services shall be provided. Underground conduit for communications lines, or oversized conduit for phone or other compatible utilities, shall be installed whether or not provision of such services is planned at the time of development.
B. Easements. Recorded easements shall be provided for all underground utility facilities.
C. Exception to Undergrounding Requirement. The standard applies only to proposed subdivisions. An exception to the undergrounding requirement may be granted due to physical constraints, such as steep topography, or existing development conditions, when demonstrated by the applicant. [Ord. 966 § 2 (Exh. B), 2021.]
The following describe the purpose and intent of this chapter:
A. To protect the health, safety, property, and welfare of the public;
B. To provide for the safe installation and maintenance of signs;
C. To initiate and maintain an organized, clean, orderly, attractive, and inviting appearance that respects and reflects the rural character of the city;
D. To permit and encourage flexibility for creative, context sensitive design that respects the site conditions and is appropriate to the applicable zoning district;
E. To maintain simplicity in permitting and review of signs, while encouraging economic development;
F. To improve the effectiveness of signs in identifying businesses; and
G. To enhance the aesthetic character of the “rural, small town atmosphere” in the Old Town and highway districts and improve the appearance of commercially zoned corridors. [Ord. 817 § 8-3J.710, 2006.]
“Area” shall mean the area included within the outer dimensions of a sign. In the case of a multiple-faced sign, the area of each face shall be included in determining sign area, excepting double-faced signs placed no more than 24 inches back to back.
“Awning” means a temporary or movable shelter supported entirely from the exterior wall of a building and composed of nonrigid materials except for the supporting framework.
“Building or face wall” means all window and wall area of a building in one plane or two closely related planes or elevations. Walls are distinguished from roofs in that wall planes are erected at an angle equal to or less than 30 degrees from a vertical plane.
“Electrical sign” means a sign utilizing electrical wiring.
“Flashing sign” means any sign containing an intermittent or flashing light source or an externally mounted intermittent light source.
“Frontage” means the length of the property line of any one premises along each public right-of-way it borders.
“Grade” means the level of the surface of the soil, whether paved or not, immediately below a particular sign; when a slope is involved, the average grade.
“Ground sign” means a sign erected on a freestanding frame, mast or pole and not attached to any building. Also known as a “freestanding” or “monument” sign.
“Incidental sign” means a sign not exceeding two square feet in area identifying or advertising goods, products, services, or facilities available on premises. Such incidental signs include, but are not limited to, trading stamps, credit cards accepted, brand names of price signs; such signs larger than two square feet and used to identify the business or premises are not considered incidental signs.
“Joint-use sign” means when two or more businesses combine part or all of their total allowed sign area into ground sign for each common frontage of such business.
“Maintain” means to permit a sign, sign structure, or any part thereof to continue; or to repair, refurbish, or keep in good order and repair a sign, sign structure, or any part of each.
“Marquee sign” means a sign, which is painted on, attached to, or supported by a marquee, awning or canopy.
“Nameplate” means a nonelectrical sign identifying only the name, address, occupation, or profession of the occupant of the premises on which the sign is located. If any premises includes more than one occupant, the nameplate can have all names and occupations or professions as well as the name of the building and directional information.
“Off-premises sign” means a sign that directs attention to a business commodity, industry, or other activity, which is sold, offered, or conducted elsewhere than on the premises where the sign is located.
“Portable sign” means any sign that is not originally designed to be permanently affixed to a building, structure, or the ground. A sign originally designed, regardless of its current modification, to be moved from place to place. These signs primarily include, but are not limited to, A-frame or sandwich board signs, signs attached to wood or metal frames and designed to be self-supporting and movable, and also including trailer reader boards. Portable signs are not to be considered temporary signs as defined in this title.
“Projecting sign” means a sign that projects from and is supported by a wall or a building, with the display surfaces of the sign in a plane other than parallel to said wall.
“Reader board” means any sign that uses a continuous message system or a sign of a permanent nature, but which accommodates changeable copy. Also referred to as “bulletin board.”
“Roof sign” means a sign or any portion of which that is displayed above the highest point of the roof, whether or not such sign also is a wall sign.
“Shopping center or business complex” means any two or more businesses which are in a building or group of buildings with shared off-street parking, on one or more lots which are contiguous or which are separated by a public right-of-way or a privately owned flag drive used for access and not greater than 35 feet in width, which are constructed and/or managed as a single entity, regardless of individual ownership and/or function.
“Sign” means any sign, illuminated or nonilluminated, or presentation by words, letters, figures, designs, or pictures, visible in the public right-of-way to give notice relative to a person, business, goods, products, or service, an activity, or a solicitation. “Sign” includes identification, advertising, and informational signs. “Sign” also includes any permanently installed or situated merchandise (other than a structure), an emblem, a painting, a banner, a pennant, a placard, a poster, a temporary sign, a light (other than a device used primarily to illuminate a building or premises) that is intended to attract attention, advertise, identify, or inform. For the purpose of removal, “sign” shall include sign structure. This definition shall not include official notices issued by a court or public body or officers, or directions, warning or information signs or structures required by or authorized by law or by federal, state, county or city authority.
“Sign height” means the distance from the finish ground level to the top of the sign or the highest portion of the sign structure or frame, whichever is greater.
“Temporary sign” means any sign which is not permanently installed or affixed to any sign structure or building, to advertise a new business before a permanent sign is installed, or to advertise a business special or sale.
“Wall sign or graphics” includes, but is not limited to, any mosaic, mural or painting or graphic art technique or combination or grouping of mosaics, murals, or paintings or graphic art techniques applied, implanted or placed directly onto a wall or fence.
“Wayfinding system” means a color coordinated system of pedestrian-scale signs designed to solely provide directions within a shopping center or central business district zone (CBD) and is not intended as additional advertisement for each business listed on such system. [Ord. 817 § 8-3J.720, 2006.]
A. General. No person shall hereafter install a sign unless the city has issued a valid permit for the sign, and no person shall allow or maintain on premises under his or her control any sign hereafter installed without such permit. No person shall install a sign in violation of the lawful conditions of a permit, or install or maintain a sign, or allow a sign on premises under his control, in violation of any other requirement imposed by this chapter.
B. Permit. An application for permit shall be submitted in writing on forms provided by the city, and must be approved by the city planner or such other department designated by the city council to administer this chapter; and, if any portion located on the exterior of a building is electrical or structural, the application must also be approved by the building official. The application shall contain the following information:
1. Contact information: name, mailing address, telephone number, and e-mail address of the applicant; of the owner of the sign premises; and of the installer.
2. Location by street number of the building, structure, or lot to or upon which the sign is to be installed or affixed, and, where no address exists, cross streets.
3. A drawing approximately to scale showing design of the sign including dimensions, size, color scheme, method of attachment, materials, source of illumination (if any), and an illustration of the relationship to any building, structure, or public right-of-way to which it is proposed to be installed or affixed. Three-dimensional drawings are preferred.
4. A plot plan approximately to scale indicating the location of the sign relative to property lines, streets, and sidewalks.
5. The square footage of each of the following:
a. Each wall area fronting along each street and alley;
b. Each existing sign by sign type.
C. If the proposed sign conforms to this chapter, a permit shall be issued. City staff or the planning commission may attach conditions of approval as may be necessary and lawful, upon payment of the prescribed fee. A sign permit shall expire unless exercised within 100 days from the date of issuance.
D. Fees. Applicants for signs will be charged a fee in an amount established, and which may be changed, by ordinance adopted by the city council. Signs requiring review and inspection by the city building official will be charged an additional fee prescribed by the official building permit fee schedule.
E. Appeal. An applicant or any other person can appeal an administrative decision made by the city planner or building official to the planning commission. A planning commission decision may be appealed to a hearings officer. Appeals shall be based on the same issues and conducted according to Chapter 18.190 TMC, which provides standards and procedures for the appeal process. The fee for an appeal shall be in an amount established, and which may be changed, by ordinance adopted by the city council. If the appeal is upheld, the filing fee shall be refunded except for the costs for publishing, posting, and mailing public notices. [Ord. 817 § 8-3J.730, 2006.]
The following signs or operations are exempt from permits, but shall conform to all other applicable provisions of this chapter:
A. On-site repainting or touch-up, cleaning and normal maintenance and repair of a sign.
B. Informational signs placed by local, regional, or state governments in the publicly owned right-of-way. However, when placed over a public sidewalk, the bottom of these signs shall be no less than seven feet from the top of the sidewalk or pedestrian grade.
C. Flags of international, national, state, or local governments.
D. Signs within a building as long as the signs are not visible to motorists or pedestrians outside the building.
E. Memorials, plaques, cornerstones, or other designations that may be associated with historical or cultural persons, events, and cemeteries.
F. Temporary Signs.
1. Temporary on-premises signs, including any visible from the public right-of-way, advertising a new business, establishment, or organization before permanent signs are installed may be maintained for a period of time not to exceed 45 days;
2. Temporary signs advertising a candidate or ballot measure for an election, as defined and limited in TMC 18.120.060(A)(4).
G. Nameplate on private residence.
H. On-premises real estate signs, as set forth in TMC 18.120.060, advertising exclusively for sale, rental, or lease of the premises upon which the signs are located. The signs must be removed within 15 days of the sale, lease, or rental of the property.
I. Incidental signs not visible from a public street; provided, that they are less than two square feet per sign, do not exceed two in number per lot, or two per street frontage.
J. Public art, including murals, three-dimensional statues, caricatures, representations of persons, animals or objects, as long as such art is first approved by the city council. For clarification purposes, public art shall not include or be construed to be for the benefit of private advertising. [Ord. 861 § 2; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.732, 2006.]
A. No movable sign or bench sign shall be permitted except as may be otherwise permitted by TMC 18.120.040 or 18.120.060.
B. No flashing signs shall be permitted.
C. No wind sign, device, or balloon shall be permitted.
D. No three-dimensional statue, caricature, or representation of persons, animals or merchandise shall be permitted as part of any sign.
E. No public address system or sound devices shall be used as part of a sign.
F. No electrical reader board signs.
G. Signs, which by reason of size, location, movement, content, coloring, or manner of illumination may be confused with or construed as a traffic, street, or emergency sign or signal, or cause any other hazardous or disruptive situation.
H. No signs shall be affixed to telephone poles in the public right-of-way.
I. No fluorescent colors shall be used in the design or construction of a sign. [Ord. 817 § 8-3J.734, 2006.]
A. Residential Zones. In all residential zones set forth in this title, no signs shall be permitted except the following:
1. Nameplates. One sign showing property numbers, names of occupants or other identification. Area may not exceed two square feet.
2. Real Estate Signs. One single- or double-faced, nonilluminated, on-site sign for each street frontage offering the premises for sale, lease or inspection. Such sign must be removed once the property has been sold, leased, or rented. The area of each sign may not exceed six square feet.
3. Temporary and Permanent Residential Development Identification Sign. One single- or double-faced ground sign, nonilluminated or indirectly illuminated, set back from vehicle or pedestrian traffic ways may be permitted at each entry point to a residential development. The area of the sign may not exceed an area of 32 square feet located not over five feet above grade.
4. Nonilluminated, Temporary, On-Premises Signs Advertising a Local, County, State, or National Candidate or Ballot Measure. Said signs shall not exceed 16 square feet in area, and the applicable removal date shall be marked on each sign. All such signs shall be removed within 10 days following the election to which the sign pertains.
5. Nonresidential Signs. For nonresidential uses permitted or conditionally approved within a residential zone excluding approved home occupations, the following standards shall apply:
a. No sign shall exceed an area of 12 square feet.
b. Signs may only be externally or indirectly illuminated.
c. Only one on-premises sign shall be permitted which may be either:
i. A ground sign not to exceed an overall height of five feet and set back at least 10 feet from the property line; or
ii. A wall sign; or
iii. A sign projecting from the main structure on the lot.
Signs associated with residential districts may be reviewed in conjunction with the associated development review. All signs that are not reviewed at this time shall be subject to the procedural requirements set forth for review of home occupation signs in subsection (A)(6) of this section.
6. Home Occupation Signs. Home occupation signs shall be permitted by the city planner and/or building official if the requirements of TMC 18.120.030(B) and all of the following have been met:
a. No more than one sign is permitted per home occupation.
b. No sign is illuminated.
c. No sign is larger than two square feet and no dimension is smaller than 18 inches.
d. No additional sign permit fee is required as part of a home occupation approval.
e. If an applicant is required to petition the neighbors for a home occupation each property owner within 250 feet of the subject property has an opportunity to review the proposed sign and a majority of those owners do not object.
If the city planner determines that the proposed sign does not meet the standards in this chapter, or the property owner did not collect the necessary signatures, he or she shall refer the question to the planning commission in accordance with the procedure set forth in Chapters 18.170 and 18.190 TMC.
B. Commercial and Industrial Zones. Signs in all commercial and industrial zones are subject to the following standards and requirements:
1. The total square footage allotted for all signs for each business or premises cannot exceed 15 percent of the total square footage of each wall area fronting along a street or 150 square feet, whichever is less. Alleys are considered a street. The permissible square footage can be used in the following manner, however:
a. No sign, or combination of signs, can exceed an area greater than 15 percent of the wall area to which it relates, regardless of whether or not the wall fronts on a street;
b. No more than two types of signs are permitted per business or premises. Types of signs include, but are not limited to, portable signs, wall signs, ground signs, joint-use signs, and other signs demarcating the establishment. No ground sign shall exceed 10 feet from grade.
c. Sign standards for advertising a ballot measure or candidate for public office shall be the same as subsection (A)(4) of this section.
2. The total area of all permanent shopping center identification signs cannot exceed 15 percent of the total wall area of walls on the premises where customer entrances are provided or 150 square feet, whichever is less. No more than two signs can be utilized. A wayfinding system shall not count towards the permissible amount.
3. No individual ground sign can exceed 10 feet in height from grade or contain in excess of 150 square feet in area. No sign dimension can exceed 10 feet.
4. Off-premises signs specifically for another business located within the Talent area of mutual planning concern, as set forth in the comprehensive plan, are considered signs for the premises or business giving permission to locate such signs. Thus, such off-premises signs will be calculated as part of the permitting business’s total square footage requirements prescribed in subsection (B)(1) of this section. Where no building frontage exists and the property is vacant, such off-premises signs are permitted according to the standards for construction signs in subsection (B)(7)(a) of this section.
5. All off-premises signs visible from the public right-of-way of Interstate 5 and Highway 99 shall be subject to the standards and requirements of the Oregon Administrative Rules and Oregon Revised Statutes administered and enforced by the Oregon Department of Transportation (ODOT). Where there is a conflict between the standards or requirements of the city and the state, the more restrictive standards or requirements shall apply.
6. No sign shall be permitted for a business or premises above the highest point of the roof except if permitted according to the following:
a. When application for a variance is made as set forth in TMC 18.120.100 and approved by the planning commission.
7. Except as otherwise provided in this chapter, the following signs are permitted as set forth herein, but are subject to the following requirements:
a. Construction signs identifying the architect, general contractor, and subcontractors shall be permitted not to exceed one per street frontage of the property, or an area of 32 square feet located not over five feet above grade, and must be removed when a certificate of occupancy is issued.
b. The Old Town design standards regarding awnings and marquees may be used outside of the Old Town district. An applicant requesting a sign permit outside the Old Town district is strongly encouraged to use the Old Town design standards to accelerate the permit approval process. [Ord. 817 § 8-3J.736, 2006.]
A. Safety, Design and Construction.
1. All signs shall be constructed of such materials or treated in such a manner to withstand normal wear from weathering. Sign materials should be able to meet the Uniform Building Code for wind resistance. Neon is an acceptable material. The design, fabrication and lettering and/or message elements shall be comparable in quality to a product produced by a professional commercial sign shop. The use of plastic and foam is prohibited as an exterior material in the Old Town district as defined in Chapter 18.175 TMC. Creative designs are strongly encouraged, especially hanging signs, to distinguish the Old Town district. The Old Town design standards, Commercial Standard 9, shall be required if the subject property is located in the Old Town district and is subject to review by the architectural review committee.
2. Commercial and Industrial Districts. All signs shall be earth tone colors in the Old Town district. All signs and their supporting members shall be constructed of noncombustible materials or fire-retardant treated wood, which maintains its fire-resistive qualities when tested in accordance with the rain and weathering tests of the state building code standards.
3. Nontreated Signs. All wall, ground, marquee, and projecting signs of 20 square feet or less may be constructed of nontreated wood.
4. Directly Illuminated Signs. All signs illuminated from within may be faced with plastics approved by the state building code. All commercial signs shall be externally lit in the Old Town district with low-voltage, high-intensity lighting.
5. Glass. All glass used in signs shall be shatter resistant, or covered by a shatter-resistant material.
6. Wood. Wood in contact with the ground shall be foundation-grade redwood, foundation-grade cedar, all-heartwood cypress, or any species of wood which has been pressure treated with an approved preservative. Trim and backing strips may be constructed of wood.
7. All letters, figures, and other message elements shall be safely secured to the sign structure.
8. Each electrical sign shall be constructed to meet the requirements of the state electrical code.
9. No sign shall be erected or maintained in such a manner that any portion of its surface or its supports will interfere in any way with free use or access to any fire escape, exit, or standpipe. No sign shall be erected or maintained so as to obstruct any window so that light or ventilation is reduced below minimum standard required by any applicable law or building code.
10. No sign face, supporting member of a sign, or other obstruction will be permitted to obstruct the view from an automobile at an intersection. The location of a sign and its supporting members must be such that a car, if stopped at an intersection, can see clearly for the distances set forth in the table below. The location of the stopped car and the approaching traffic will be determined by assuming streets are improved to standards in accordance with their street classification set forth in the transportation system plan.
Table 18.120.070. Speed Limits and Vision Distance
Speed Limit of Oncoming Traffic | Clear Vision Distance of Approaching Traffic |
|---|---|
10 mph | 21 ft. |
15 mph | 36 ft. |
20 mph | 55 ft. |
25 mph | 76 ft. |
30 mph | 101 ft. |
35 mph | 129 ft. |
40 mph | 160 ft. |
45 mph | 195 ft. |
50 mph | 232 ft. |
55 mph | 273 ft. |
Signs constructed lower than two feet or their lowest portion higher than nine feet in height, measured from the top of the curb, or where no curb exists, from the established street centerline grade, are permitted and are not considered to obstruct visibility. Objects with a horizontal dimension of 12 inches or less are not considered to obstruct visibility.
11. All signs projecting over a sidewalk or public right-of-way shall be at least 10 feet in height. No sign shall project farther than five feet into any public right-of-way, except in alleys where signs shall not be constructed in a manner that would prohibit the movement of delivery trucks. In any event, no sign shall project beyond a curb or into a roadway.
B. Maintenance and Inspection.
1. All signs shall be maintained at all times in a state of good repair.
2. Any sign erected or maintained in violation of this section is a public nuisance and the city may issue a 45-day written notice that requires the owner of the sign or of the premises to correct the unlawful condition or remove the sign. It shall be unlawful for any person who owns or controls the sign, or the premises on which it is situated, to fail to obey such an order within the time prescribed. The city shall give the notice by registered mail to the owner of the sign or, if the sign owner cannot be located, to the owner of the building or premises upon which the sign is located. If the sign owner or property owner has not removed or corrected the sign within the 45-day period, the city may requisition the removal of the sign, and the charge for removal shall become a lien on the property. If the city finds that any sign is in violation of this section to the extent that it deems it an immediate and serious danger to the public, it may order its immediate removal.
3. Upon discontinuance in business or occupancy of any establishment, the city shall require the removal of the signs and supporting structures advertising or identifying the establishment according to the procedure set forth in subsection (B)(2) of this section. [Ord. 817 § 8-3J.738, 2006.]
All billboards and other off-premises advertising signs, except as otherwise provided in TMC 18.120.060(B), are hereby declared a public nuisance. Any sign nonconforming under this section and in existence on the date of the ordinance codified in this title, if on private property, shall be removed immediately upon change of ownership of the property upon which the sign is located. [Ord. 817 § 8-3J.750, 2006.]
Any sign that existed prior to the effective date of this chapter (when originally adopted by Ordinance No.723 on August 21, 2002), but does not conform to the provisions and requirements set forth in this chapter, shall be a “nonconforming” sign. Nonconforming signs may be continued and maintained in reasonable repair, but shall not be altered, relocated, or replaced (even if accidentally destroyed), except as provided in this section:
A. An existing nonconforming sign may not be altered or replaced unless reviewed and approved by the city planner or planning commission. To grant such a permit, the city planner or planning commission must find:
1. That the proposal meets all criteria for a conditional use permit under TMC 18.155.100; and
2. That the nonconformity will not be increased in any respect.
Application shall be made on forms provided by the city under TMC 18.120.030. The filing fee and the procedure thereafter shall be the same as for a conditional use permit. [Ord. 817 § 8-3J.760, 2006.]
Any person or firm, including, but not limited to, a sign owner, a tenant, the fabricator, installer, or painter of a proposed sign, may seek a variance to the provisions of this chapter by following the procedures prescribed by Chapter 18.160 TMC. The fee for a variance shall be in an amount fixed by ordinance. The planning commission may grant a variance to this title if, after holding a public hearing, it finds:
A. Uncommon Condition of Premises or Nature of Use. Because of circumstances beyond the control of the applicant, including the lot size, shape or orientation; the topography; or the location of other signs or obstructions, the proposed sign is the only practical method to adequately identify and advertise the premises; or the sign has a special quality, such as a barber pole, that traditionally identifies the given use; or the proposed sign helps to accentuate the quality of any historical structure or policy identified by city ordinance; and
B. No Detriment. The proposed sign will not be detrimental to the neighborhood environment, is within the intent and purpose expressed in TMC 18.120.010, and will conform with the comprehensive plan; and
C. Minimum Variance. The proposed sign represents the minimum variance necessary to carry out the purposes set forth above. [Ord. 817 § 8-3J.770, 2006.]
On conviction, any person who violates any of the provisions of this chapter shall be punished by a fine not exceeding $150.00 per day of the violation, or by confinement not exceeding five days, or both, in the discretion of the municipal court. Such person shall be deemed guilty of a separate offense for each day that the violation continues. The continued maintenance of a sign installed in violation of this title constitutes a public nuisance and it, or the condition constituting the violation, may be abated in accordance with the procedures of the general nuisance abatement ordinances of the city (Chapter 8.10 TMC); provided, that the violation constituting the nuisance has been adjudged after a Talent municipal court hearing. The city council may, after according the property owner 10 days’ notice and a reasonable opportunity to be heard before the city council, authorize the chief of police or designated code enforcement officer to go upon the premises and summarily abate the nuisance. [Ord. 817 § 8-3J.780, 2006.]
Because of the existing shortage of conventional energy sources, it has been determined to be in the public interest to encourage the use of solar energy for the heating and cooling of buildings and providing hot water for use in buildings or swimming pools. As a general rule existing zoning regulations for height, setback, and lot density limitations in residential areas are sufficient to permit adequate access to sunlight by each lot without obstruction by adjacent structures. Trees should be planted in such a manner as to prevent the casting of shadows upon solar collectors. However, where existing zoning is insufficient to provide adequate protection from interference by structures, trees or topography, it is the intent of this chapter to provide adequate protection for the use of solar collectors without at the same time causing undue hardships on the rights of property owners. [Ord. 817 § 8-3J.810, 2006.]
The use of solar energy collectors for the purpose of providing energy for heating and/or cooling is a permitted use within all zones, whether as a part of a structure or incidental to a group of structures in the nearby vicinity. Use of solar energy collectors is subject to the restraints imposed by the diversity of topography within the city of Talent city limits plus the zoning, height and setback limitations contained within this title, and existing trees. No guarantee is hereby given that all property within the city limits of the city of Talent is entitled to the use of solar collectors. However, as a general policy, reasonable care should be taken to protect the opportunity for the utilization of solar collectors at all of the locations available. [Ord. 817 § 8-3J.820, 2006.]
A. Solar easements across contiguous or nearby lots, tracts, or land may be created to establish a window of exposure to the sun so as to protect an existing or intended solar collector’s exposure to the sun from obstruction by buildings and trees.
1. Solar easements may be purchased, reserved, granted, or otherwise obtained. Adverse possession cannot create such an estate.
2. An easement infringed upon is a compensable property right through private remedy.
B. Solar easements shall contain at least:
1. A legal description of the real property benefited and burdened by the easement; and
2. A description of the solar energy easement sufficient to determine the space over the burdened property which must remain unobstructed.
C. A solar easement may, at the discretion of the easement owner, be recorded and filed in the office of the county recorder and copies thereof filed with the city recorder.
D. Any person seeking a building permit to construct or modify any structure or building so as to increase the consumption of airspace over that lot shall certify in writing that no solar easement exists over that lot. Where a solar easement exists, the applicant for the permit shall present a copy of the deed containing the legal description of the easement unless the easement is already recorded with the city recorder. Should the city planner determine that the proposed construction would intrude upon the easement, no building permit shall be granted. [Ord. 817 § 8-3J.830, 2006.]
A. The planning commission may grant a variance to setbacks and other lot requirements prescribed by a zone in which a development is proposed, or require special setbacks and heights for buildings, objects or vegetation, in order to permit unimpaired access to the sun. Special setbacks or heights requested or required shall conform to the following conditions:
1. Development within Developed Areas. When a development is proposed in an area where shadows will be cast on properties that are fully developed, special setbacks and heights requested or required shall not permit a proposed development to:
a. Interfere with an existing solar collector attached to a dwelling, a passive solar system or solar easement; and
b. Cast a shadow on a major south wall of a building used for human occupancy;
c. Under unavoidable circumstances, major south roof access may be considered adequate solar access for properties within a reasonable vicinity when:
i. Lot size and shape, existing land use, and topographic conditions prohibit better solar access; and
ii. The affected property owners have been notified of the intended proposal and the effects on their property and have either given their written approval or have not provided comment within 20 days.
2. Development within Undeveloped Areas. When a development is proposed in an area where shadows will be cast on properties that are vacant or not fully developed, special setbacks and heights requested or required shall not permit the development:
a. To cast a shadow within an existing solar easement;
b. To cast a shadow within the buildable area of the shaded property or cast a shadow higher than six feet at the property line, whichever provides greater flexibility for the developer of the proposal; or
c. Preclude the opportunity to reasonably install a solar collector or utilize other passive or active solar techniques upon shaded property.
3. Determination of Developed and Undeveloped Areas. The city planner shall determine whether a development proposed is in a developed or undeveloped area, or whether it is partially located in both. The planning commission and city council may reverse the planner’s decision.
B. If, for reason of solar orientation, a development such as a subdivision or several contiguous lots are being developed cooperatively or as a unit, all yard regulations may be varied to carry out said purpose, providing that the planning commission after public notice and hearing, as set forth in TMC 18.190.050, is of the opinion that such a development will not be injurious to adjacent property.
C. For determining shadow patterns, a 16-degree solar altitude shall be used and shadows shall be determined for those cast between the hours beginning at 9:00 a.m. and ending at 3:00 p.m., Pacific Standard Time, on November 21st. The hours of 9:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m. on November 21st constitute a 45-degree measurement east and west of due north. [Ord. 847 § 4 (Exh. B), 2008; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.840, 2006.]
A. Purpose and Intent. The purpose of this section is to establish standards that regulate the placement, appearance and impact of wireless communication facilities, while providing residents with the ability to access and adequately utilize the services that these facilities support. Because of the physical characteristics of wireless communication facilities, the impact imposed by these facilities affects not only the neighboring residents, but the community as a whole. The standards are intended to ensure that the visual and aesthetic impacts of wireless communication facilities are mitigated to the greatest extent possible.
B. All wireless communication facilities, towers or antennas shall meet the following:
1. For existing facilities, a request for a modification of an existing wireless tower or base station that does not substantially change the physical dimensions of the tower or base shall not be denied (47 USC § 1455, Wireless Facilities Deployment, 2012). These modifications are limited to the following:
a. Collocation of new transmission equipment;
b. Removal of transmission equipment; or
c. Replacement of equipment.
2. All facilities shall be installed and maintained in compliance with the requirements of the building code. At the time of building permit, the applicant shall provide written statements from the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), the Aeronautics Section of the Oregon Department of Transportation, and the Federal Communication Commission that the proposed wireless communication facility complies with regulations administered by that agency, or that the facility is exempt from regulation.
3. Strobe lighting is prohibited. Therefore, any facility that requires such illumination is prohibited. If federal regulations require strobe lighting and an alternative is possible, the alternative shall be used.
4. All facility applications shall contain documentation showing that the emissions of the proposed facility, and the cumulative emissions of this facility and any collocated or nearby facilities, shall meet the occupational/controlled and general population/uncontrolled electromagnetic radiation emission standards established by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC), 47 CFR 1.1310.
5. Prior to construction of a wireless communication facility the owner/operator shall provide a deposit to the city of Talent for the estimated cost of removal and disposal of the facility and equipment as well as give consent to allow city to enter the property.
6. If a wireless communication facility ceases to be operational the owner/operator has six months to decommission the facility. The community development director may grant a six-month extension to this requirement. Requests for extensions must be in writing and must be received by the community development director within the initial six-month period. The property owner shall bear the ultimate responsibility for removal of decommissioned facilities. If the facility is not decommissioned within one year, the city of Talent shall decommission the facility and the owner/operator shall forfeit the deposit and shall be billed for any remaining balance.
7. Any application to locate an antenna on a building or structure located in the Old Town design review district shall be subject to review by the Talent architectural review committee.
C. Type II Review. Wireless communication antennas are permitted in all zones but limited to existing facilities within the public right-of-way in any zone designated residential under Type II site plan review application provided the following conditions are met:
1. The antenna must be mounted on another structure allowed in the zone, such as a rooftop, light pole, or utility pole, and blend in architecturally with the structure to which it is attached.
2. Any equipment associated with an antenna must be located within the exterior walls of the building to which the antenna is attached or it must be screened from view of the public right-of-way and any adjacent property by an opaque hedge or fence five to six feet high and of a design appropriate to the building or neighborhood. If the equipment is located on the roof it must be set back and screened so that it is not within public view or it must appear to be part of the building.
3. A photo of the antenna at a similar installation, including a photo montage that includes the antenna within the surrounding area.
D. Conditional Use Permits. Wireless communication towers are allowed subject to the provisions of Chapter 18.155 TMC. [Ord. 817 § 8-3J.910, 2006.]
The purpose of this chapter is to provide for the regulation of planting, maintenance, and removal of publicly owned trees, shrubs, and other plants adjacent to public rights-of-way. [Ord. 918 § 1 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.1000, 2006.]
“Public tree” means a tree or woody plant with its base located within or adjacent to a public right-of-way or any tree or woody plant within a city park, or other publicly owned property. Public trees include trees within existing planting strips or sidewalk tree wells. Public trees typically have a single trunk at least two inches in diameter at a point six inches above the mean ground level at the base of the trunk.
Significant and Heritage Tree. See TMC 18.100.020. [Ord. 918 § 1 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.1010, 2006.]
The removal of public trees should be compatible with guidelines adopted by the Oregon Department of Forestry. Except for the purposes of removal of dying or hazardous branches, maintenance by city crews, or pruning for purposes of maintaining tree health, no person shall plant, remove, cut above the ground, or disturb any public tree until a permit has been issued by the community development department. A permit for the removal of any public tree shall be in accordance with the tree preservation and protection requirements of Chapter 18.100 TMC and shall also require a right-of-way permit. Applicants for a removal permit may be required to mitigate the removal of tree or trees in accordance with the provisions of TMC 18.100.070, Mitigation.
Planting of public trees shall generally follow construction of curbs and sidewalks; however, the city may defer tree planting until final inspection of completed dwellings to avoid damage to trees during construction. When public trees are proposed, their selection and installation shall be according to the following requirements:
A. Species Selection. Trees shall be selected from the city’s adopted tree list and shall be appropriate for the planning location based on the criteria found therein.
B. Caliper Size. All street trees shall be a minimum of two-inch caliper at time of planting.
C. Spacing and Location. Street trees shall be planted within the street right-of-way within existing and proposed planting strips or in sidewalk tree wells on streets without planting strips, except when utility easements occupy these areas. Street tree spacing shall be determined by the type of tree(s) selected and the canopy size at maturity and, at a minimum, the planting area shall contain 16 square feet or, typically, four feet by four feet. In general, trees shall be spaced at 30- to 40-foot intervals, except where planting a tree would conflict with existing trees, retaining walls, utilities and similar physical barriers. All public trees shall be placed outside utility easements and clear vision areas.
D. Growth Characteristics. Trees shall be selected based on climate zone, growth characteristics and site conditions, including available space, overhead clearance, soil conditions, exposure, and desired color and appearance. The following should guide tree selection by developers and approval by the city:
1. Provide a broad canopy where shade is desired, except where limited by available space.
2. Use low-growing trees for spaces under low utility wires.
3. Select trees which can be “limbed-up” to comply with vision clearance requirements.
4. Use species with similar growth characteristics on the same block for design continuity.
5. Use deciduous trees for summer shade and winter sun, unless unsuited to the location due to soil, wind, sun exposure, annual precipitation, or exhaust.
E. Replacement. Replacement of public trees shall be the responsibility of the developer for a period of two years from the time of planting, and shall be guaranteed through a warranty bond prior to final plat. [Ord. 918 § 1 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.1020, 2006.]
The city may plant trees on any public right-of-way, park, or other public property. The city will notify private property owners 24 hours in advance before any tree, shrub, or plant is planted on public property within six feet of any owner’s property. [Ord. 918 § 1 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.1030, 2006.]
No person shall plant on any public property or private property the following trees if the tree’s future critical root zone (CRZ) at maturity (CRZ is defined in TMC 18.100.020) is within the public right-of-way: poplar, willow, cottonwood, fruit tree, or ailanthus, unless part of a city-authorized riparian restoration project. The recommended street tree list should be consulted before any tree is planted within or adjacent to the public right-of-way. No person shall plant any tree anywhere in the city so as to adversely affect public utilities. [Ord. 918 § 1 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.1040, 2006.]
A. Tree Maintenance. The city may require any trees, shrubs, plants, or vegetation in any public right-of-way, park, or other public property to be trimmed or pruned.
1. The city will maintain trees within the public right-of-way along collector and arterial streets.
2. The owners of property abutting streets other than arterial and collector streets in residential zoning districts within the city shall be responsible for the care and maintenance (trimming, pruning and spraying) of trees and shrubs located in the public right-of-way. Property owners shall also be responsible for repairing damage done to a street, sidewalk or curb by the roots of any tree or shrub where the CRZ is within the public right-of-way.
3. All owners of property within the city shall be responsible for the following:
a. Trimming, pruning and spraying trees on private property that overhang a public right-of-way.
b. Trimming and pruning of vegetation that obstructs motorist or pedestrian view of traffic signals, signs, streetlights, street names, or other markings or safety fixtures in the public way. Branches over the street shall be pruned to a height of 13 feet, six inches and eight feet above a sidewalk.
c. Repairing damage done to a street, sidewalk or curb by the roots of any tree or shrub on private property.
d. Removing trees and shrubs on private property that have been declared a public nuisance or a hazard.
e. Debris Removal. The person working on trees on a street, highway, or public area shall be required to remove all debris from the right-of-way by sunset of the same day, unless specifically authorized to do otherwise by the community development director, or designee. The acceptable standard shall be a broom clean finish or better.
4. If any property owner neglects to perform any duty required by this section and causes injury or damage to any person or property, that owner shall be liable to the person suffering such injury or damage and shall indemnify the city for all damages the city has been compelled to pay in any such case. Such damages may be collected in a civil action against the property owner.
B. Tree Topping. It shall be unlawful as a normal practice for any person, firm, or city department to top any tree in the public right-of-way. Topping is defined as the severe cutting back of limbs to stubs larger than three inches in diameter within the tree’s crown to such a degree so as to remove the normal canopy and disfigure the tree. Trees severely damaged by storms, or other causes, or certain trees under the utility wires or other obstructions where other pruning practices are impractical may be exempt from this provision.
C. Dangerous Tree – Nuisance – Removal. Any tree or shrub growing in any public property, on private property, or in a planting strip abutting public property, which is a public safety hazard or which may endanger the security or usefulness of any public street, sewer, or sidewalk; is declared to be a public nuisance. The abatement procedure of Chapter 8.10 TMC shall be applied.
D. Trees – Abuse – Mutilation. No person shall abuse, destroy, or mutilate any tree, shrub, or plant in a public planting strip, park, or any other public property. This includes attaching or placing any rope or wire (other than one used to support a young or damaged tree), signs, posters, or handbills to any public tree; or allowing any wire charged with electricity, or any gaseous, liquid, or solid substance which is harmful to the trees, to come in contact with the roots or leaves of any such tree. [Ord. 918 § 1 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.1050, 2006.]
The tree committee shall be a subcommittee of the parks commission. The responsibilities of the tree committee shall include the following:
A. Making recommendations to the city council for nominating public trees for locally significant or heritage tree designation;
B. Assisting city staff with Arbor Day observance. [Ord. 918 § 1 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.1060, 2006.]
The city shall observe Arbor Day once a year. The tree committee shall assist city staff with organizing any event to celebrate Arbor Day and the mayor shall issue a proclamation declaring the observance of Arbor Day. [Ord. 918 § 1 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.1070, 2006.]
Any community member may go before the tree committee to nominate a public tree to be designated as a locally significant or heritage tree. The tree committee will make a recommendation to the city council. Upon owner approval, city council may pass a resolution to designate the nominated tree. [Ord. 918 § 1 (Exh. A), 2016; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.1080, 2006.]
This chapter supplements the standards of this title. It provides additional standards for permitted land uses in order to control the scale and compatibility of those uses within the city. [Ord. 952 § 1 (Exh. A), 2019; Ord. 936 § 1 (Exh. A), 2017; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.1110, 2006.]
This chapter supplements the other requirements of this title. Uses designated as special uses, and uses the city determines to be similar to such uses, are subject to this chapter. Some special use standards contained in this chapter, and others, have a corresponding section in this title. Where standards differ between chapters, the provisions of this chapter apply. [Ord. 952 § 1 (Exh. A), 2019; Ord. 936 § 1 (Exh. A), 2017; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.1120, 2006.]
City staff or planning commission applies the standards of this chapter through the applicable review process (i.e., Type I review, Type II review or Type III review). Site development plan review pursuant to Chapter 18.150 TMC, or a conditional use permit pursuant to Chapter 18.155 TMC, may be required for some uses. [Ord. 952 § 1 (Exh. A), 2019; Ord. 936 § 1 (Exh. A), 2017; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.1130, 2006.]
The purpose of this section is to regulate the cultivation of marijuana within the city of Talent in a manner that protects the health, safety and welfare of the community, while avoiding undue interference with an individual’s right to cultivate marijuana as allowed by the laws of the state of Oregon.
A. Homegrown Marijuana Cultivation. Marijuana cultivators shall be allowed to cultivate, produce, process and/or possess marijuana as an outright permitted use, subject to the following general conditions:
1. The resident grower must live on the property where the cultivation of marijuana is located and that same property must be the primary residence of the resident grower;
2. Marijuana cultivation shall not be the primary use of a dwelling. Vacant, uninhabited or abandoned dwelling units shall not be used for marijuana cultivation;
3. Marijuana cultivation and any related activities shall be in full compliance with all applicable provisions of the Oregon Health Authority (OHA) and Oregon Liquor Control Commission (OLCC);
4. Marijuana processing including any drying, keeping or storage of homegrown marijuana shall be located indoors;
5. Licensed commercial grows, as defined by Measure 91, are strictly prohibited in all residential zones;
6. The use of explosive or flammable gas products for marijuana cultivation or processing is prohibited;
7. The cultivation area shall not adversely affect the health or safety of nearby residents by creating dust, glare, heat, noise, smoke, traffic, or other impacts, or be hazardous due to use or storage of materials, processes, products or wastes;
8. Disposal of any excess or unused marijuana, marijuana products, or other by-products thereof shall meet all local and state requirements for disposal, and shall be disposed of in a secure fashion to avoid access by children, visitors, casual passersby, vandals or anyone not licensed or authorized to possess marijuana;
9. Building Code. Any structure, accessory structure, electrical service, plumbing, or mechanical equipment such as lighting, fans, heating and cooling systems associated with marijuana cultivation shall satisfy the Oregon Building Code requirements and obtain all required permits prior to installation;
10. Accessory Structures. Any accessory structure shall meet the requirements of this title;
11. Light and Glare. Light pollution, glare, or brightness that disturbs the repose of another shall be minimized. All lighting shall be shielded or confined to the interior of the structure;
12. Outdoor Cultivation. Up to four recreational marijuana plants per lot or up to six medical marijuana plants per lot are allowed to be grown in accordance with applicable Oregon Revised Statutes and Oregon Administrative Rules. Outdoor marijuana cultivation shall meet all of the following requirements:
a. Outdoor cultivation areas must be in compliance with ORS 475.320(2)(d) which requires all medical marijuana grows to obtain and display a medical marijuana grow site registration card.
b. Locate marijuana plants so that they are not visible from a public place, public street or area the general public has access (e.g., schools, playgrounds, parks, open space, pedestrian and bicycle paths and trails). Marijuana plants shall not be located in a front yard.
c. Marijuana plants grown outdoors shall meet the following dimensional standards:
i. Cultivation areas shall be sited closer to the primary dwelling of the resident grower than to dwellings on adjacent properties;
ii. Cultivation areas may include one area or a combination of areas on the property;
iii. Contiguous legal lots or parcels under single ownership shall be considered a single lot or parcel for the purpose of calculating the allowed marijuana plants;
iv. Number of marijuana plants grown outdoors may not exceed four recreational or six medical plants;
v. Maximum marijuana plant height shall not exceed 10 feet in height. Plant height is measured from the average adjacent grade;
vi. Minimum cultivation area setbacks from any property line shall be 10 feet and 20 feet from dwellings on adjacent properties or from multifamily dwelling units within a multifamily development.
B. Marijuana-Related Businesses.
1. Marijuana-related businesses may require a Type II or Type III site development plan review under Chapter 18.150 TMC or a Type III conditional use permit under Chapter 18.155 TMC. Marijuana-related businesses shall meet all of the following requirements:
a. The business must be located in a permanent building and may not locate in a trailer, cargo container, or motor vehicle. Outdoor marijuana production, cultivation, and storage of merchandise, raw materials, or other material associated with the business are prohibited.
b. Any modifications to the subject site or exterior of a building housing the business must be consistent with the site development plan standards, if required by Chapter 18.150 TMC. Security bars or grates on windows and doors are prohibited.
c. The business must provide for secure disposal of marijuana remnants or by-products; such remnants or by-products shall not be placed within the business’s exterior refuse containers.
d. Light and Glare. Shield lighting systems and the use of window coverings may be required to confine light and glare from light systems associated with indoor cultivation to confine light and glare to the interior of the structure. Grow light systems within a greenhouse are prohibited.
e. Building Code. Any structure, accessory structure, electrical service, plumbing, or mechanical equipment (e.g., lighting, fans, heating and cooling systems) associated with a business shall satisfy the building code requirements and obtain all required building permits prior to installation.
f. Methodology for Measuring Separation Requirements. The following methodology shall be used for marijuana-related businesses that are required to be separated by a specific distance (i.e., marijuana production facility, marijuana wholesale facility, marijuana retail outlet). For the purposes of determining the distance between a marijuana-related business and another marijuana-related business, “within 1,000 feet” means a straight-line measurement in a radius extending for 1,000 feet or less in every direction from the closest point anywhere on the premises of an approved marijuana-related business to the closest point anywhere on the premises of a proposed marijuana-related business of the same type. If any portion of the premises of a proposed marijuana-related business is within 1,000 feet of an approved marijuana-related business of the same type, it shall not be approved. For the purpose of this chapter, “premises” are all public and private enclosed areas within a building at the location that are used in the business operation, including offices, kitchens, rest rooms, and storerooms. [Ord. 952 § 1 (Exh. A), 2019; Ord. 936 § 1 (Exh. A), 2017; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.1140, 2006.]
All temporary uses must comply with the provisions of this chapter. Only temporary uses lasting more than two days require a temporary use permit. Temporary uses lasting two days or less shall be subject to a special use permit.
A. Application. Applications for the temporary use permit shall be filed with community development and shall include:
1. Form prescribed by the city and signed by the property owner.
2. A statement explaining the request.
3. Site plan showing location of any proposed structures, activity areas, and parking with respect to property lines and existing buildings, parking areas, and landscaping.
4. Drawings or photos showing proposed structures.
5. Any other information needed to describe the proposed use in sufficient detail for community development director to determine how the proposed use meets the approval criteria.
B. Approval Standards. A temporary use may be granted only if:
1. The temporary use is consistent with the purpose of the zoning district in which it is placed.
2. The temporary use shall comply with the applicable criteria listed in subsection (C) of this section.
C. Allowable Temporary Uses.
1. Temporary Displays, Sales, and Events. Temporary displays, sales and events may be permitted in all industrial, commercial and public facilities and parks zones. All activities must meet the following criteria:
a. Adequate parking facilities are available. The temporary activity does not eliminate parking spaces required by Chapter 18.110 TMC.
b. The temporary activity does not encroach on the required setbacks of the lot.
c. Food vendors shall comply with all state and county health and fire regulations and shall furnish written evidence of compliance prior to opening for business.
d. Renew the temporary use permit each year.
e. Temporary activities involving tents, tarps, or sales out of vehicles will last no more than two consecutive days.
2. Temporary Stationary Food Vending, Coffee Stands or Other Kiosks. Temporary stationary food vending, coffee stands or other kiosks may be permitted in all commercial zones for a period not to exceed one year.
a. No extension cords shall be used to provide electricity.
b. The use shall not connect to city water or sewer and shall identify the method of gray water disposal.
c. Prior to the issuance of any permit or a business license, the fire marshal shall inspect and approve any mobile unit to determine compliance with all applicable building and fire codes.
3. Second Dwelling on Property during Construction or Demolition of Dwelling. A manufactured home or RV may be used temporarily during construction or reconstruction of a permanent residence, or a building permit may be issued for a new residence while an existing home remains occupied to allow for the residents to remain on their lot until the new dwelling is ready to occupy. The temporary use, including demolition of building, shall be limited to a maximum of one year unless an extension is approved by the community development director. The following standards must be met for either of these temporary uses:
a. The applicant shall provide evidence of an approved water supply and sewage disposal system.
b. The certificate of occupancy for the new residence shall not be issued until the original dwelling has been demolished and the site cleaned up, or until the manufactured home being used temporarily is removed from the site.
c. If a manufactured home is to be used as a temporary residence, a building permit for the siting and anchoring of the manufactured home shall be submitted and approved by the building inspector prior to occupancy. Upon expiration of the temporary use, the manufactured home shall not be converted to an accessory use.
d. RV use shall be limited to not more than 180 days, unless an active building permit exists. RV use may be extended with a written request beyond the 180 days if a final building permit for the construction or demolition of a second dwelling has not been obtained.
4. Outdoor Storage (Not Involving Sales). Temporary outdoor storage not exceeding 180 days may be permitted in all industrial and commercial zones. All outdoor storage areas must meet the following criteria:
a. The storage does not encroach on the required setbacks of the lot.
b. Adequate parking facilities are available. The temporary outdoor storage does not eliminate parking spaces required by Chapter 18.110 TMC.
c. The materials being stored will not cause any contamination of storm water runoff. The materials being stored shall be screened from view with sight-obscuring fence or landscaping in compliance with Chapter 18.105 TMC.
d. The materials do not create an attractive nuisance as defined in the Talent Municipal Code.
e. After one year, the temporary use permit period expires. The use shall then either be converted to a permanent use through conditional use permit review in compliance with the standards of Chapter 18.155 TMC or be discontinued.
5. Standards for a Manufactured Dwelling as a Temporary Office in the Commercial or Industrial Zone during Construction of a Permanent Structure.
a. Within six months from the date the approval is granted, an application for a building permit for a permanent structure or modification of an existing structure on the premises must be filed. Failure to submit the application within the specified time will terminate the approval.
b. The temporary permit shall be for a period not to exceed 18 months.
c. All owners of the lot agree in writing to remove the manufactured dwelling from the lot not later than 18 months from the date on which the building permit is issued or not later than two months following the completion of the construction, whichever shall occur first.
d. All owners of the lot agree in writing to remove all evidence that the manufactured dwelling has been on the lot within 30 days after the removal of the manufactured dwelling and that the manufactured dwelling shall not be converted to an accessory building.
e. Any electric, water and sewer connections which are necessary must be made according to city specification.
f. A building permit for the siting and anchoring of the manufactured dwelling shall be submitted and approved by the building inspector prior to occupancy.
D. Procedures for Approving Temporary Uses.
1. The community development director may approve, disapprove, or conditionally approve the temporary use permit. Approval of the temporary use permit will be subject to compliance with the standards as set forth in this chapter and standards as established elsewhere by city ordinance.
2. The community development director may attach appropriate and reasonable conditions to the permit that are necessary to ensure the public health, safety, and welfare and to maintain compliance with city codes and ordinances. Such clear and objective standards may include but are not limited to:
a. Setback requirements.
b. Screening.
c. Control of points of ingress and egress.
d. Special provisions for signs.
e. Landscaping and maintenance of landscaping.
f. Maintenance of grounds.
g. Control of noise, vibration, and odors.
h. Limitation of hours for certain activities.
i. Limitation of duration of temporary use.
3. Once approved, the site plan for the temporary use as modified with conditions shall become the official plan and a revised plan meeting the conditions shall be submitted to community development.
4. Compliance with conditions imposed in the temporary use permit and adherence to the approved plans are required. The community development director may revoke the temporary use permit with any departure from the approved plans or conditions of approval.
5. All temporary uses require a city business license.
E. Procedures for Renewing Temporary Use Permits.
1. Temporary use permits shall be subject to review and approval by the community development director on an annual basis for a period not to exceed three years, after which the use shall be discontinued or application for site development plan review shall be approved.
2. Temporary use permit renewals may be approved by the community development department; provided, that:
a. No formal complaints have been filed regarding the temporary use.
b. There have been no changes made to the site plan or activities from the time of initial approval as verified by the community development director. [Ord. 952 § 1 (Exh. A), 2019; Ord. 936 § 1 (Exh. A), 2017; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.1150, 2006.]
A. The keeping of chickens or ducks within the city is allowed in all residential zoning districts as an outright permitted use, subject to the following conditions:
1. One chicken or duck is allowed for each 1,000 square feet of assessed lot size, up to a maximum of 10 chickens or ducks.
2. Roosters and geese are not allowed.
B. Chickens and ducks kept under this section shall be secured at all times:
1. During nondaylight hours, chickens and ducks shall be confined within a secure coop sufficient to protect chickens and ducks from predators;
2. During daylight hours, chickens and ducks shall be confined within a coop or run meeting the requirements of subsection (C) of this section, or within a securely fenced backyard.
C. Coops and Runs.
1. Coops and runs shall be built in compliance with all applicable building and zoning codes if over 200 square feet;
2. Coops shall be set back at least 20 feet from dwellings on abutting property;
3. Coops shall be set back a minimum of five feet from abutting side property;
4. Coops and runs shall not exceed eight feet in height in a back yard or three feet in height in the front yard;
5. Coops must have at least two square feet of floor area per adult chicken or duck;
6. Runs must have at least six square feet of run area per adult chicken or duck.
D. To protect public health, the areas in which chickens or ducks are kept must be maintained in compliance with the following requirements:
1. All animal or poultry food shall be stored in metal or other rodent-proof receptacles;
2. Manure must be collected, stored, composted and/or removed from the property on a regular basis so as not to create a public health hazard or nuisance. All manure not used for composting or fertilizing shall be removed from the property;
3. Noise resulting from the keeping or maintaining of chickens or ducks must not exceed the limitations set forth in the Talent Municipal Code. [Ord. 952 § 1 (Exh. A), 2019; Ord. 936 § 1 (Exh. A), 2017; Ord. 817 § 8-3J.1160, 2006.]
The purpose of this section is to allow short-term rentals in the city of Talent with the goal of minimizing impacts to residential housing stock in the city. A short-term rental is defined as a dwelling unit that is rented to successive tenants for periods of less than 30 days’ duration over a 12-month period. Short-term rentals are permitted in all residential zones, in both owner-occupied and leased properties; provided, that the short-term rental meets the definition as stated in TMC 18.15.020, the requirements of this section, and all other applicable city, county or state laws and regulations.
A. Application Requirements. Any occupant of a dwelling unit may make an application to the community development department to operate a short-term rental. The application shall consist of the following:
1. Applicant’s name, address, telephone number and email address, mailing address (if different from site address), and the assessor’s parcel map number and tax lot number of the subject property.
2. A written description of the subject property, including property type (single-family home, multifamily apartment, etc.), and a description of the portion (if applicable) of the dwelling to be rented.
3. Site map showing location of dwelling unit on the parcel, and location and number of required off-street parking spaces.
4. If the property is leased, a copy of a lease agreement valid for at least six months from the date of application, plus an original, signed letter from the property owner indicating the tenant has permission to use the property as a short-term rental.
5. A one-time application fee and annual permit fee, in an amount established by resolution or ordinance of the city council.
6. A copy of the applicant’s Oregon driver’s license or other document indicating the applicant resides in the dwelling unit that is the subject of the application.
7. Name, address, telephone number and email address of an adult 18 years or older living within 10 miles of the short-term rental site who will be available for emergency contact if the property owner or lessee is not.
8. Copy of the neighborhood notice that was mailed or delivered. The applicant must:
a. Prepare a notification letter using the authorized community development form that:
i. Describes the operation and the number of bedrooms that will be rented to overnight guests; and
ii. Includes information on how to contact the applicant, and the operator if the operator is not the applicant, by phone.
b. Mail or deliver the notification letter to all residents and owners of the property within 250 feet from the short-term rental.
B. Conditions of Approval. The following are the conditions that must be met in order for a short-term rental permit application to be approved:
1. The dwelling unit to be used as a short-term rental must be the primary residence of the of the applicant proposing to operate the short-term rental, either as an owner or a lessee. For the purposes of this section, “primary residence” is defined as the place an individual considers to be the individual’s true, fixed, permanent home, and the place a person intends to return to after an absence. In addition, the owner or lessee must occupy the property full-time for at least 200 days per calendar year.
2. The owner or lessee of the dwelling unit may lease all or part of the subject property as long as the residency requirements of this section are met.
3. Existing accessory dwelling units and new accessory dwelling units permitted under this code shall not be used as short-term rentals, and owners or lessees may not occupy an accessory dwelling unit in order to make a primary dwelling available as a short-term rental.
4. The short-term rental must demonstrate compliance with city off-street parking standards.
a. For one- and two-bedroom dwelling units: two spaces per unit.
b. For three- or more bedroom dwelling units: two spaces per unit, and one space for each additional bedroom between three and five, for a maximum of five spaces.
5. Applicant shall demonstrate that the dwelling unit is in compliance with all applicable health and safety laws and regulations, including installation of smoke and carbon monoxide detectors.
6. Applicant shall keep a guest log recording the name, address and dates of stay for each short-term rental guest. The log shall be available for inspection by city staff at any time.
7. No exterior signs advertising the short-term rental accommodations shall be allowed.
8. Applicant shall prominently post rental rules and regulations in the interior of the dwelling unit where they can be seen by guests. Rules shall include reference to on-street parking prohibitions, excessive noise, disturbance of neighbors, and the emergency contact information as listed in the application.
9. By submitting an application for a short-term rental, applicant agrees to allow city staff to inspect the dwelling unit prior to approval of the short-term rental application, should staff determine an inspection is necessary, and at any time after approval in response to complaints, upon 24 hours’ notice to the applicant.
10. Applicant shall provide evidence of a current city business license, and registration with the applicable state and local taxing authorities for purposes of paying state and local lodging taxes.
11. Applicant shall agree to provide notice to all property owners within 250 feet of the dwelling unit that is the subject of the application that the applicant intends to use dwelling unit as a short-term rental.
C. Level of Review. An application for a short-term rental shall be a Type I review by the community development department based on the conditions for approval set forth in this section. An administrative decision by the community development department is final on the date that it is made and cannot be appealed to the city or city officials.
D. Preexisting Nonconforming Use. Preexisting nonconforming use of a residential property as a short-term rental shall be allowed if all of the following conditions are met:
1. The owner/occupant files an application under this section and pays all applicable fees, within 60 days of final approval of a short-term rental ordinance.
2. The owner/occupant demonstrates to the satisfaction of the community development department that the property was in compliance with all applicable state and local laws and regulations in the 12 months prior to enactment of the ordinance codified in this chapter, including obtaining a business license and paying all required taxes.
E. Enforcement. The granting of a business license to operate a short-term rental shall be subject to payment of an annual permit fee, and to review by the community development department. If the community development department determines that a short-term rental is operating in violation of the conditions of approval of this section, the license holder shall be subject to all applicable fines and other actions under the Talent Municipal Code, including but not limited to disallowance of a short-term rental for a period of 12 months from the date of violation or citation.
F. Renewal. If a short-term rental licensee has been cited for one or more violations of the Talent Municipal Code that result in a fine during the term of the license, the licensee shall not be allowed to renew the license for a period of 12 months from the license expiration date.
G. Council Review. The city council shall review the operation of the ordinance codified in this chapter within one year after the date of enactment in order to assess its impact on, and benefit to, the city and its residents, assess any opportunity to direct proceeds generated by transient room taxes from short-term rentals to affordable housing, and make any changes to the ordinance it deems necessary at that time. [Ord. 952 § 1 (Exh. A), 2019.]